System For Dispensing A Cosmetic Product Patent Application (2024)

U.S. patent application number 17/666743 was filed with the patent office on 2022-05-19 for system for dispensing a cosmetic product.This patent application is currently assigned to L'OREAL. The applicant listed for this patent is L'OREAL. Invention is credited to Franck GIRON, Guillaume KERGOSIEN, Henri SAMAIN.

SYSTEM FOR DISPENSING A COSMETIC PRODUCT

Abstract

The invention relates to a system (10) for dispensing a product,comprising a dispenser that can house at least two cartridges, eachof which includes a reservoir containing a base product, a firstbase product comprising at least 0.1 wt.-% particles having adensity differential relative to the medium containing same,preferably of at least 0.5 g/cm3, in particular particles having adensity greater than or equal to 2 g/cm3, and a thickening agent.The dispenser allows at least two base products to be dispensed inadjustable proportions, the viscosity of the first base productbeing preferably greater than 2 Pas and more preferably greaterthan or equal to 4 Pas.

Related U.S. Patent Documents

Foreign Application Data

Claims

1. System for dispensing a product comprising a dispenser thatreceives at least two cartridges that each have a reservoircontaining first and second base products, respectively, the firstbase product comprising a pigment, the second base productcomprising a filler distinct from the pigment of the first baseproduct, the dispenser making it possible to deliver at least thesetwo base products in adjustable proportions.

2. System according to claim 1, the particle size D50 by volume ofthe pigment and of the filler being between 100 nm and 1 mm.

3. System according to claim 1, the particle size D50 by volume ofthe pigment ranging from 100 nm to 25 microns.

4. System according to claim 1, the pigment being chosen frommineral pigments.

5. System according to claim 1, the pigment being chosen fromhydrophobic modified mineral pigments

6. System according to claim 1, the pigment being chosen from ironoxide or titanium oxide.

7. System according to claim 1, the pigment having a coatingcomprising at least one lipophilic or hydrophobic compound.

8. System according to claim 1, the filler being chosen from talc,mica, silica, kaolin, poly-.beta.-alanine powder and polyethylenepowder, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders, lauroyllysine, starch,boron nitride, hollow polymer microspheres such as those ofpolyvinylidene chloride/acrylonitrile, acrylic acid copolymermicrospheres, silicone resin microbeads, polyorganosiloxaneelastomer particles, precipitated calcium carbonate, magnesiumcarbonate, magnesium hydrogen carbonate, hydroxyapatite, bariumsulfate, aluminum oxides, polyurethane powders, composite fillers,hollow silica microspheres, and glass or ceramic microcapsules, theparticles that are in the form of hollow sphere portions, andmixtures thereof.

9. System according to claim 1, the first base product and thesecond base product comprising an inverse emulsion.

10. System according claim 1, the mass content of pigment in thefirst base product being greater than or equal to 5%.

11. System according to claim 1, the mass content of filler in thesecond base product being greater than or equal to 0.5%.

12. System according to claim 1, comprising a third cartridge witha third base product.

13. System according to claim 1, the cartridges being received in aremovable manner in the dispenser.

14. System according to claim 1, each product leaving the cartridgethrough an outlet passage of the cartridge, the outlet passagebeing defined by a dispensing end piece of the cartridge, said endpiece being driven in rotation relative to a body of the cartridgeby a drive mechanism of the dispenser in order to dispense the baseproduct contained in the cartridge.

15. Method for applying a cosmetic, makeup and/or care, product tohuman keratin materials, with the aid of a dispensing systemaccording to claim 1, comprising the setting of the dispenserdepending on the area to be treated, and the dispensing of theproduct by base products being picked up from the cartridges in theproportions corresponding to the setting of the dispenser.

Description

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

[0001] The present application is a continuation of and claims thebenefit of priority to U.S. application Ser. No. 16/306,408, filedNov. 30, 2018, which is the National Stage of the InternationalPatent Application No. PCT/EP2017/063508, filed Jun. 2, 2017, whichis based on and claims the benefits of priority to FrenchApplication No. 1655053, filed on Jun. 2, 2016. The entire contentsof these applications are incorporated herein by reference.

[0002] The present invention relates to methods and systems fordispensing a cosmetic product, notably a makeup product, a coloringproduct, an antisun product, a care product or a perfume.

[0003] A) Blender System that can Work with Compositions ComprisingDense Particles

[0004] Many people wish to make themselves up in order to enhancetheir appearance, particularly their face.

[0005] There are two types of reason why these people may wish todo this: [0006] to conceal certain imperfections, such asblemishes, wrinkles or pores, [0007] to enhance the look of theface by changes of color.

[0008] In these different cases, the operation involves supplying acolored substance and covering the skin or an area of skintherewith.

[0009] In order to obtain an attractive effect, the person needs tomake the correct choice of colored substance.

[0010] In the first of the cases given above, the operation may becomplicated because the face comprises a whole range of colors.

[0011] Thus, if the person wishes to cover only a few areas of theface, by attempting to make the color added coincide with thenatural color of the surrounding skin, he or she needs to find thecolor suited to each area of the face, a task rendered all the moredifficult by the fact that the coverage of the product and thethickness of the layer applied, together with the color and surfacecondition of the underlying skin or the greasiness thereof mayinfluence the result.

[0012] Bearing these difficulties in mind, people seeking toconceal imperfections on their face adopt the habit of covering theentire face. This then gets around the problem of choosing thecolored substance depending on the area of the face.

[0013] However, because of the uniformity it brings, the resultdetracts from the natural appearance of the face.

[0014] In the second case, the operation is not simple eitherbecause it is difficult to find a colored substance which bestsuits the appearance of the face. In particular, it is difficult tofind the color of one's complexion, particularly if looking for abold color different from one's natural coloring. Some people wouldlike to choose sun-kissed colors or other shades of differentcoloring, but do not do so out of fear that the color will not suitthem. And if they do, they often give up, disappointed. When notdisappointed by the result, they no longer dare change color.

[0015] The same goes for makeup applied to the lips, cheeks andeyelids.

[0016] There are very few solutions for solving these problems.

[0017] A first approach is to purchase numerous products and trythem all out. This approach is costly and often gives rise to wasteinsofar as only a small number of the colored substances tried aregenerally kept.

[0018] A second approach is to test out various products in store.That is not always suitable, because it is very difficult to get afeeling for the results in just a few moments and at a locationmissing the usual landmarks. In particular, in order to fullyassess the makeup effect in store, it would be necessary to be ableto have the same lighting as will be found in future conditions ofuse, and this is something that is rarely possible. In general, itis only by testing out makeup over the course of a day that one candetermine whether or not it is suitable. In addition, while certainstores have advisers and allow testing, this is not the case for alarge number of other sales outlets and Internet sales.

[0019] Another approach has been tested but not developed. Thisconsists in creating one's products by hand by mixing severalcolored products. This may prove relatively difficult to do becauseit is not very easy to reproduce the same mixture exactly a numberof times over, and it is awkward to quickly create the mixtures oneneeds at the moment of applying the makeup.

[0020] Dispensers for dispensing a cosmetic composition of variablecolor are also known.

[0021] The application US2003069667 relates to methods and devicesthat allow the cosmetic products used by a consumer to becustomized. The consumer provides selection criteria and a cosmeticproduct formulation is derived therefrom. The base ingredients areblended in accordance with the formulation and a customizedcosmetic product is dispensed onto an intermediate surface forlater application.

[0022] The U.S. Pat. No. 5,785,960 discloses a method for obtainingfoundations which are able to cover imperfections of the humanskin. The steps of the method include using spectophotometry tomeasure a normal client skin in order to obtain values for thebrightness, red and yellow in the skin color, these beingrespectively denoted as the L, a and b values. These values arethen converted by calculation into modified values determined by anL, a and b correction program. A foundation is formulated on thebasis of these modified values. A remote-formulation machineconverts the instructions received and meters out and blends aseries of base products. The mixture delivered by the machine ispackaged and sent to the client.

[0023] The application FR2970403 discloses a device for dispensinga cosmetic product, notably a perfume, having at least onereservoir containing a product to be dispensed, notably severalreservoirs, and a rinsing device. The device may be operated usinga microcomputer or the like. A man-machine interface, for example akeyboard or a screen, notably a touch screen, allows the user tocommand the dispensing of a formulation of his or her choice. Thedevice may be designed to communicate with a server or othersimilar devices to exchange recipes or allow the user to receiveadvice. A memory of an electronic circuit of the device may recordthe best formulations so that these can be reproduced on demand andexchanged. The device may also be used to produce mixtures ofcolored cosmetic products. A certain quantity, for example onedrop, of colored composition is then produced by the device andused for makeup application or is intended to be blended with afoundation cream or any other colored or uncolored base. The deviceallows easy generation of the color desired by the user, who may,for example, create several different color mixtures in just a fewmoments.

[0024] The patent application FR2818101 relates to a device forspraying a cosmetic product, notably a foundation. It is possibleto create an extemporaneous mixture on the substrate treated.

[0025] The application FR 2877819 describes a dispenser that allowsthe relative proportions of different base products that aredispensed to be varied. It is thus possible to adjust the color.The base products come from different reservoirs and are dispensedvia separate passages which open out side by side at one end of thedispenser. One drawback of this is that the user has to do themixing on the skin or on an intermediate support. In addition, ifthe quantity dispensed is excessive, it is lost.

[0026] U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,622,692 and 5,903,465 describe otherexamples of dispensers for dispensing a customized cosmeticcomposition.

[0027] Of the tests that have been able to be attempted forautomating the manufacture of a customized cosmetic composition,many are those in which the proposed solutions allow mixtures to becreated in quantities of around 100 g or sometimes less, but not inthe very small proportions generally needed by a person applyingmakeup, namely in the region of one gram or much less.

[0028] In order to illustrate this problem, consider the case ofsomebody wishing to hide two imperfections in the region of onecm.sup.2 on her face. For the first area, she needs to find thecorresponding mixture, then deliver a very small quantity, forexample around 10 mg, thereof. For the second, she needs to changethe setting of the dispenser, then, once again, deliver a verysmall quantity.

[0029] Therefore, for a great many people, choosing the coloredsubstances that will yield the best results remains a difficultmatter.

[0030] There is therefore a need to make searching for a makeupproduct that meets the expectations of a consumer and that allowsthis consumer to create mixtures under reliable conditions and invery small quantities easier.

[0031] Therefore, according to certain aspects, the invention seeksto make it easier to make up the face, and notably to find theproducts best suited to the various areas thereof.

[0032] There is also a need to improve the dispensing systems fordelivering products of variable color, in order notably to makethese easier to use and improve the quality of the makeup.

[0033] Certain aspects of the invention rely upon a dispensingsystem that allows mixtures to be generated from base products.These base products may be of different colors, such that the colorof the mixture can be varied. The base products may even make itpossible to vary the coverage of the mixture, such that the colorresulting from applying the mixture to human keratin materialsvaries, being fairly close to that of said materials. Thus, theidea of color is to be understood in a broad sense and encompassesmixtures of which the color varies after application as a result ofvariations in their level of coverage and in the color of theunderlying skin.

[0034] The precision of the color obtained only matters if thecolor remains constant throughout the use of the system. This isall the more essential when the manufacturer bases theattractiveness of the system on the makeup results allowed thereby.Thus, in the first scenario, if a particular color has beenidentified for an area of the face, it is necessary that the systembe capable of reproducing this identified color each time it isused. The same goes in the second scenario, in which the treatmentfor adjustment purposes has to be very faithful to the color thathas been chosen.

[0035] The concealing effects are based on the use of particles(pigments, filler). As is known, the particles can separate outnaturally. In the process, this phenomenon can bring about adifference in concentration of particles throughout the use of thesystem, and this can produce marked variations in the makeupeffect. In order to understand the phenomenon of variation, itshould be recalled that, usually (outside the invention), avariation in pigment concentration causes especially variations incoverage, but little in the way of color variation. Moreover, if aseparating phenomenon occurs, the user can identify the problem byseeing:

[0036] 1) that the system is delivering a product withoutparticles, characteristic of phase separation, i.e. an aqueous oroily product,

[0037] 2) or that the system is delivering a product very full ofparticles, i.e. one that is thick and difficult to spread.

[0038] In a dispensing system with multiple reservoirs, in whichcompositions of different colors are delivered in order to create amixture, a variation in particle concentration in one or more ofthe reservoirs risks not being noticed since the other productsdelivered by the other reservoirs dilute the mixture. It followsthat the user cannot identify the problem from the appearance ofthe mixture and in this way applies a mixture with a colordifferent from that which is expected.

[0039] It may be conceivable that, with the separating phenomenabeing equivalent in each of the reservoirs, they compensate oneanother and limit the variations in color. However, the user mayvery easily use his or her system such that the reservoirs empty atdifferent speeds. Thus, since the compartments are used atdifferent rates, there is a risk of the separating phenomena beingvery different from one compartment to the other. This isespecially the case when a reservoir may remain in the system for avery long time if it is used little.

[0040] There is a problem when it is desired to use productscontaining particles of high density (ranging from 2 g/cm.sup.3 tosometimes more than 8 g/cm.sup.3), such as those chosen from [0041]Bismuth oxychloride: 7.7 g/cm.sup.3 [0042] Cerium oxide: 7.6g/cm.sup.3 [0043] Chromium oxide: 5.7 g/cm.sup.3 [0044] Zirconiumoxide: 5.6 g/cm.sup.3 [0045] Iron oxide: 5.2 g/cm.sup.3 [0046]Titanium oxide: 4.3 g/cm.sup.3 [0047] Talc (hydroxylated magnesiumsilicate): 2.7 g/cm.sup.3 [0048] Calcium carbonate: 2.7 g/cm.sup.3[0049] Silica: 2.6 g/cm.sup.3 [0050] Boron nitride: 2.1g/cm.sup.3

[0051] or even more than 8 g/cm.sup.3, such as tungsten carbide (15g/cm.sup.3).

[0052] One possibility would be to use agitation systems, but theseare complicated in particular if small doses are required. Inparticular, the agitation processes require a minimum time, whichis difficult to limit to less than a few seconds. However, in orderfor the system to work, in particular when small doses areproduced, the reaction time has to be very short, typically lessthan one second, in order that the user does not have to wait toolong.

[0053] Furthermore, the agitation systems act especially on themass in direct contact therewith. Thus, if a stirring blade isused, for example, it is especially the part in contact with theblade that will be agitated. Any product situated in other partssuch as tubes will not be agitated. However, the latter have tohave a uniform particle density.

[0054] The agitation systems also have other limits such as energyconsumption, noise, and also: [0055] The difficulty of hom*ogenizingcertain compositions (shear-thickening compositions) [0056] Thedifficulty of placing a hom*ogenizing system in a reservoir if thelatter has a variable volume and is intended to change volume (thecase of compartments pushed by a piston) [0057] The risks offorming aggregates, in particular when the products contain fibers,for example

[0058] Finally, the manufacturer may intentionally wish to impose agradient of particles or other non-particulate ingredient in one ormore reservoirs, for example, in order to create a variation in aneffect over time, such as an anti-acne effect that decreases fromapplication to application. In this case, he will fill thereservoir with a gradient that he wishes to retain throughout theuse. hom*ogenization would thus hinder this application.

[0059] According to a first aspect, the invention seeks to make itpossible to treat one or more areas of the face and to obtainmixtures that are very precise in terms of color faithfulness.Hereinbelow, the term "area" is used to denote a defined part ofthe face, fairly small in surface area, covering between 1 cm.sup.2and 100 cm.sup.2, better still ranging from 2 cm.sup.2 to 50cm.sup.2.

[0060] The invention achieves this aim by virtue of a system fordispensing a product, having a dispenser that receives at least twocartridges that each have a reservoir (also known as compartment)containing a base product, a first base product comprising at least0.1% by mass of particles exhibiting a difference in density of atleast 0.5 g/cm.sup.3 with the medium which contains them, particleshaving a density greater than or equal to 2 g/cm.sup.3, and athickener, the dispenser making it possible to deliver at least twobase products in adjustable proportions.

[0061] The first base product comprises at least 0.1% by mass,relative to the total mass of the first base product, of particlesexhibiting a difference in density of at least 0.5 g/cm.sup.3 withthe medium which contains them.

[0062] Preferably, the first base product is contained in one ofthe at least two cartridges, and the at least two base productsdelivered by the dispenser in adjustable proportions are the firstbase product and a second base product, contained in the other ofthe at least two cartridges.

[0063] The invention may have one or more of the followingfeatures, considered in isolation or in combination: [0064] thefirst base product comprises at least 1% by mass, relative to thetotal mass of the first base product, better still at least 2% bymass, relative to the total mass of the first base product, evenbetter still between 3% and 10% by mass, relative to the total massof the first base product, even more preferably between 4% and 7%by mass, relative to the total mass of the first base product, ofparticles exhibiting a difference in density of at least 0.5g/cm.sup.3, better still of at least 1 g/cm.sup.3, even betterstill between 2 g/cm.sup.3 and 10 g/cm.sup.3, even more preferablybetween 4 g/cm.sup.3 and 8 g/cm.sup.3, with the medium whichcontains them. [0065] the viscosity of the first base product isgreater than or equal to 2 Pas and preferably greater than or equalto 4 Pas, more preferably between 4 Pas and 10 Pas, even morepreferably between 5 Pas and 8 Pas, the viscosity being measured at1 atm and 25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometerfitted with an MS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hzafter 10 minutes of rotation of the measuring bar. [0066] thesecond base product has a viscosity less than that of the firstbase product. [0067] the second base product has a viscosity lessthan or equal to 2 Pas, preferably less than or equal to 1 Pas,more preferably less than or equal to 0.8 Pas, even more preferablybetween 0.6 Pas and 0.2 Pas. [0068] the density of said particlesis greater than or equal to 5 g/cm.sup.3, better still greater thanor equal to 6 g/cm.sup.3, even better still between 6 g/cm.sup.3and 10 g/cm.sup.3, preferably between 7 g/cm.sup.3 and 8g/cm.sup.3. [0069] the particles comprise at least one of thematerials chosen from the following list: bismuth oxychloride,cerium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, iron oxide, titaniumoxide, talc, calcium carbonate, silica, boron nitride, tungstencarbide, preferably being chosen from bismuth oxychloride andcerium oxide. [0070] the second product does not have any particleswith a density greater than or equal to 7 g/cm.sup.3, better stillwith a density greater than or equal to 6 g/cm.sup.3, even betterstill with a density greater than or equal to 5 g/cm.sup.3,preferably with a density greater than or equal to 2 g/cm.sup.3.[0071] the thickener of the first base product is chosen fromsaccharide compounds of the rubber type, such as gum arabic, acaciagum, guar gum, gellan gum, karaya gum, carrageenan gum,cellulose-based compounds such as CMC, HMC, HPMC, syntheticpolymers such as polyacrylic or polymethacrylic acids such ascarbomers (Carbopol), or polyurethanes, polyvinyl acetate,polyvinyl alcohol, inverse or direct thick emulsions, combinationsof non-aqueous solvents with thickening agents for oil, clays suchas bentonite, attapulgite, organochelators, proteins such as caseinor collagen, shear-thinning or thixotropic rheology agents,preferably being chosen from saccharide compounds of the rubbertype, such as gum arabic, acacia gum, guar gum, gellan gum, karayagum, carrageenan gum. [0072] the thickener of the first baseproduct is chosen from saccharide compounds of the rubber type, andits mass content in the first base product is between 0.1% and 5%relative to the total mass of the first base product, better stillbetween 0.8% and 2.5% relative to the total mass of the first baseproduct, even better still between 1.5% and 2.3% relative to thetotal mass of the first base product. [0073] the system comprises athird cartridge with a third base product. [0074] the third baseproduct comprises a thickener identical to or different than thatof the first base product, preferably identical to that of thefirst base product. [0075] the thickener of the third base productthat is different from the thickener of the first base product ischosen from the same list as the thickener of the first baseproduct, preferably being chosen from saccharide compounds of therubber type, such as gum arabic, acacia gum, guar gum, gellan gum,karaya gum, carrageenan gum. [0076] the cartridges are received ina removable manner in the dispenser. [0077] each product leaves thecartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge, the outletpassage being defined by a dispensing end piece of the cartridge,said end piece being driven in rotation relative to a body of thecartridge by a drive mechanism of the dispenser in order todispense the base product contained in the cartridge. [0078] thesystem comprises a mechanism for hom*ogenizing the first baseproduct, notably a vibrating mechanism; this mechanism may beincorporated into the cartridge, if necessary.

[0079] Dispensing System

[0080] The dispensing system may consist of a single deviceoperating autonomously, preferably able to be manipulated in onehand, or of a device that operates in interaction with othercomponents or devices. It may for example entail various outletinterfaces which are mounted on the dispenser depending on the typeof makeup to be created, as will be specified below. It may alsoentail a computer system which exchanges information with thedispenser in order to operate the latter, this computer systemcomprising, for example, a portable terminal such as a smartphone,a camera phone, a tablet, a laptop computer or a dedicatedterminal.

[0081] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[0082] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[0083] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[0084] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[0085] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[0086] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[0087] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[0088] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[0089] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[0090] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[0091] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[0092] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[0093] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s. Preferably, thedrive mechanism delivers flow rates of between 20 and 100 .mu.L/s,better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60 .mu.L/s. It is thus possibleto easily create a mixture of around 10 mg. Such a dispensingsystem is therefore ideal for achieving small touches of makeup,for covering an area of 1 cm.sup.2, better still an area of 0.5cm.sup.2, for example.

[0094] It is also possible to create larger quantities of mixturesuch as the quantities needed to make up a cheek or a face. Thesequantities remain relatively low, however, for example a quantityof between 100 and 500 mg, better still between 150 and 250 mg.

[0095] The dispensing system may thus comprise a dispenser having ahousing, and at least one cartridge received in the housing of thedispenser, this cartridge having a body and a piston that is ableto move in the body, the housing having a motorized drive mechanismfor moving the piston of the cartridge.

[0096] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[0097] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[0098] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[0099] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[0100] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[0101] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[0102] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[0103] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[0104] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[0105] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[0106] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[0107] In order to adjust the shade, the dispensing systemaccording to the invention has to allow the user to vary the volumedelivered from each compartment.

[0108] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[0109] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the shadeto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several base products of different colors.

[0110] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[0111] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[0112] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time; as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted such that one product is dispensed whilethe other products are paused.

[0113] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the mixtureis delivered into a cavity of a container which may closehermetically or not, for example in the form of a cup, into whichan applicator, particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped.Such a dispensing system is especially suited to liners, glossesand other formulations applied without direct contact with thehands. This container may be removable.

[0114] For example, it is used as a lip-color dispenser and has adispensing system, for example using a screw. When it is notremovable, the container may be produced with the body of thedispenser. When it is removable, it may constitute one outputinterface among others that can be mounted on the dispenser.

[0115] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[0116] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for graduations to be achieved simply. An"alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture A to a mixture B several times in succession. In thecase of application by spraying, a multilayer application can thusbe achieved, with different formulations for two superposedadjacent coats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offerseveral preprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system eachtime indicating to the user how these should be used, for exampleby display on a screen.

[0117] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the makeup tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person is fully made up.

[0118] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[0119] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[0120] Particles

[0121] The density of the medium which contains the particles maybe between 0.7 g/cm.sup.3 and 1.3 g/cm.sup.3, better still between0.8 g/cm.sup.3 and 1.2 g/cm.sup.3, even better still between 0.9g/cm.sup.3 and 1.1 g/cm.sup.3.

[0122] One or more compartments comprise particles with a densitygreater than or equal to 2 g/cm.sup.3, better still greater than orequal to 5 g/cm.sup.3, better still greater than or equal to 6g/cm.sup.3, even better still between 6 g/cm.sup.3 and 10g/cm.sup.3, preferably between 7 g/cm.sup.3 and 8 g/cm.sup.3 in acontent of at least 0.1% by mass relative to the mass of the baseproduct containing said particles, better still at least 1% by massrelative to the mass of the base product containing said particles,even better still at least 2% by mass relative to the mass of thebase product containing said particles, preferably in a content ofbetween 2% and 10% by mass relative to the mass of the base productcontaining said particles, more preferably in a content of between4% and 7% by mass relative to the mass of the base productcontaining said particles.

[0123] The particles may contain metal atoms, such as atoms oftitanium, iron, chromium, cobalt, lead, mercury, cerium, bismuth,zinc or copper. They may be of all shapes and sizes.

[0124] The invention also relates to the products containingparticles that are lighter than the medium in which they arepresent and therefore risk collecting at the top. In particular,the particles of the invention may be mineral or organic particlescontaining air or a gas such as silica aerogels or expanded polymerparticles, such as polystyrene expanded by light alkanes. Thedensity of such particles may be less than or equal to 0.5g/cm.sup.3, better still less than or equal to 0.2 g/cm.sup.3, evenbetter still between 0.05 and 0.2 g/cm.sup.3.

[0125] The particles may be intended to impart color or coverage orother optical effects (reflection, mattness, photoprotection) (mainobject of the invention) or other advantages, such as a softeningeffect or absorption of sebum, moisture or pollution.

[0126] Viscosity and Viscosity Agents

[0127] The viscosity of the products is measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar.

[0128] The rheologies are newtonian or non-newtonian. Inparticular, preference is given to thickeners that confer ashear-thinning rheology, meaning that the viscosity thereof is notproportional to the stress applied, with or without a thixotropicnature, meaning that the viscosity thereof decreases over time.They are typically produced from mineral compounds such asbentonite or organic compounds such as hyaluronic acid.

[0129] The thickeners of the invention may be gelling compounds,for instance natural ingredients such as saccharides for instancegum arabics, acacia gum, guar gum, gellan gum, karaya gum, etc.,synthetic polymers such as polyacrylic or polymethacrylic acidssuch as carbomers (Carbopol), inverse or direct thick emulsions, orcombinations of non-aqueous solvents with thickening agents foroil.

[0130] In the case of saccharide compounds of the "rubber" type,its mass content in the first base product is between 0.1% and 5%relative to the total mass of the base product, better stillbetween 0.8% and 2.5% relative to the total mass of the baseproduct, even better still between 1% and 2% relative to the totalmass of the base product.

[0131] The gelling compounds that can be used may be natural orartificial, such as starches (E441), pectins (E440), agar (E406),alginic acid (E400), sodium alginate (E401), potassium alginate(E402), ammonium alginate (E403), calcium alginate (E404),carrageenan (E407) or ingredients originating from animals (gelatinsuch as E441).

[0132] For solvent-rich formulations, use may be made of anorganogelator. These are typically organic liquids, a mineral oilor a vegetable oil, trapped in a three-dimensional networkresulting from the supramolecular self-assembly of small organicmolecules (known as organogelators) forming microscopic ornanoscopic structures. They are used in an amount of 1 to 10% andmay be for example derivatives of 4-tert-butyl-1-arylcyclohexanols,polymeric derivatives such as polyethylene glycols, polyesters,polyalkylenes, derivatives of N-lauroyl-L-lysine ethyl ester,derivatives of peptides, small fatty acids.

[0133] When a thickener of shear-thinning rheology is used,products of which the viscosity exceeds 50 Pas, better stillexceeds 100 Pas, even better still is between 10 and 100 Pas, maybe used. This shear-thinning rheology is defined such that theviscosity drops at least by a factor of 2 when the stress isincreased by a factor of 10. (passage from 1 to 10 s.sup.-1)

[0134] In order to measure this visosity, a test is carried out asis described in the thesis by Clement Saidou HAL Id: tel-00870761:https://tel.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-00870761/document

[0135] More specifically, an ARG2 type imposed-stress rheometerdistributed by TA may be used. The tests are carried out in ageometry of the rotary module of the Couette type made ofplexiglass, with an air gap e=1 mm. The torque is applied to around30 ml of product through the use of a shear cell into which thesample is filled. This torque brought about by electromechanicalstress is then monitored by means of a sensor fixed to the movingpart of the rheometer. Then, the corresponding shear stress and thespeed of deformation (or speed gradient) generated are determinedas a characteristic function of the Couette used, making itpossible to link the apparent viscosity (in Pas) to the shear rate(in s.sup.-1).

[0136] Compliance with the Rheological Rules Over the Set ofCompartments

[0137] If the dispensing system only comprises a single baseproduct containing dense particles, it preferably complies with therheological rules defined above.

[0138] If the system comprises two or more base products containingdense particles: [0139] at least one base product containing denseparticles may comply with the rheological rules defined above.[0140] preferably, all the base products containing dense particlescomply with the rheological rules defined above.

[0141] Preferably, if the dispensing system comprises at least onecompartment without dense particles, at least one base product thatdoes not contain dense particles has a viscosity less than or equalto 2 Pas, better still less than or equal to 1 Pas, more preferablyless than or equal to 0.8 Pas, even more preferably between 0.6 Pasand 0.2 Pas.

[0142] Use of a Base Product for Reducing the Viscosity

[0143] As just mentioned above, the low viscosity of theparticle-free compartment makes it possible, by dilution, to limitthe viscosity of the mixture dispensed.

[0144] However, if this compartment is used in minor proportions,for example less than 33% by mass of the final composition obtainedin the case of a three-compartment dispensing system, this dilutioneffect is relatively small. Thus, it is possible to add to thisbase product without dense particles a viscosity-limiting agent,such as ethanol.

[0145] Optional Use of a hom*ogenizing Means

[0146] The dispensing system may include a hom*ogenizing means suchas a vibrating part or some other system that sets the base productin movement in the corresponding compartment.

[0147] The dispensing system may also be intended to be placed on avibrating stand, for example vibrating at between 10 000 Hz and 1Hz, better still between 1000 and 5 Hz, even better still between400 and 100 Hz.

[0148] This hom*ogenizing system may be triggered by the user, ormay be triggered as part of a sequence triggered by the user. Forexample, when the user starts up the device, hom*ogenization isinitiated. Or, when the system senses a movement (an acceleration),the system produces a hom*ogenizing action.

[0149] The hom*ogenizing system may be triggered regularly, evenwhen the system is not being used.

[0150] Use for Making Up One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[0151] The dispensing system allows makeup to be applied, day afterday, with only the areas that need to be hidden being treated. Tothis end, small doses of makeup are delivered, and are appliedspecifically and sequentially to the corresponding areas. Eachsmall dose is created using the mixture suited to the area.

[0152] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below. As analternative, the dispensing system informs the person, whendelivering a mixture, of the area to which the person is to applythe mixture. Thus, the dispensing system may follow an applicationprogram in which it delivers, in a given order, the variousmixtures that are to be applied.

[0153] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the color, the areaof the face and the quantity needed, thereby making it possible toreduce costs and wastage of product, and to cover the skin onlylightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. In so doing, it ispossible to use products that have a high covering capability andprovide too much cover to be applied to the whole of the face.Thus, it is possible to obtain makeup of natural or evenundetectable appearance.

[0154] The dispensing system may also make it possible, byfacilitating the dispensing of small quantities and rapid usethereof, to reduce the time for which the products are kept, thusmaking it possible to reduce the risks of the products changingand/or to reduce the amounts of preservative to be used.

[0155] The dispensing system is suited to treating the areas thatare to be concealed, without having to conceal the entire face.

[0156] When the user is looking for the color to apply to an areaof the face, it is advantageous to memorize the color best suitedto each area, and the dispensing system is thus advantageouslydesigned to memorize this color and the corresponding area. Thus,by using the memorized information, on each use, the same mixturecan be delivered for each area or, if several areas are beingtreated, the same series of mixtures can be delivered for the sameseries of areas.

[0157] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the colors application after application.Thus, the person may make up her lips using different colors thatshe chooses on a day-by-day basis to suit her tastes. This approachis also suitable for the eyelids or eyelashes, and for face makeupbecause the person may fancy a change of foundation color. Forexample, on weekdays, the person applies a pale colored foundation,with a more tanned foundation color at the weekends, or may haveeye makeup in one color one day and another color another day.

[0158] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange color to suit her tastes according to the day, the time,what she is wearing, and the weather. Thus, a system to assist withdecision making is advantageously provided to guide the user in herchoices of color.

[0159] An assistance system may also be provided for balancing thecolors on the same face and to contribute toward a successfuloverall makeup look.

[0160] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[0161] Continuous Use for Graduated Makeup

[0162] It is possible to ensure that the dispensing system changesthe formulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product.It is possible to move the outlet for the base products or for themixture relative to a container or a support defining anapplication surface. In one particular embodiment of the invention,the dispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the color C1 of one area to betreated and of the color C2 of another area to be treated. Forexample, with the knowledge that the chin requires a color C1 andthat the cheek requires a color C2, the dispensing system may varythe formulation of the mixture while it is delivering it in orderto graduate the color between these two colors. This makes itpossible for example to better conceal imperfections of the facewhile ensuring that the end result is realistic, or allows color tobe graduated for beautifying purposes. The dispensing system mayalso be designed such that the user can command a variation incolor of the mixture dispensed without the start and/or end colorshaving been set beforehand. To do that, the dispensing system maypossess a location or auto-location system and deduce from alook-up table the colors C1 and C2 that it has to create andtherefore the changes in the mixture that it has to make.

[0163] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to make the center of the cheek redder than theperiphery thereof, with a graduation between the two.

[0164] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[0165] It is also possible to produce solid or semi-solidproducts.

[0166] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[0167] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[0168] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or are provided in the compartments of the dispenserwith the other constituents of the base products, or are containedin the dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[0169] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[0170] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [0171] set solid, [0172] yield a materialthat can crumble if rubbed, and are preferably colored.

[0173] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition, betterstill more than 20% by mass of solid particles relative to thetotal mass of the composition, even better still more than 30% bymass of solid particles relative to the total mass of thecomposition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition.

[0174] These compositions may contain absorbent particles orreactive compounds, such as those that react in contact with theair, for example cyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those whichreact to light, notably UV.

[0175] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[0176] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system incorporates a heating means, for example with anelectrical resistor, to create lipsticks or other waxy products. Inthat case, the base products are heated before being delivered.

[0177] The dispensing system may also comprise a means forsupplying heat and/or light energy, after the mixture has beendispensed into a container, for example an electrical resistor oran LED, notably UV. This energy may accelerate the setting-solid ofthe dispensed mixture.

[0178] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it sets solid,and thus hom*ogenized after being delivered.

[0179] Creation of Color Palettes

[0180] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures deposited in said regions, for example a series of colorssuited to various parts of the face.

[0181] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[0182] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[0183] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[0184] Cup-Type Dispenser

[0185] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[0186] The dispensing system may thus have a cup and a dispenserfor filling the cup with at least one product, the cup beingsecured to the dispenser at least while it is being filled.

[0187] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[0188] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[0189] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[0190] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[0191] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[0192] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to the making upto be performed, as described in detail below.

[0193] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[0194] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[0195] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up and the base products easier to mix.

[0196] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[0197] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. This may facilitate the testing ofcolored substances and/or allow the preparation of severaldifferent color mixtures intended for making up respective areas ofthe face. The cups may be associated with identifiers that remindthe user of the area of the face for which a mixture contained in agiven cup is intended.

[0198] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[0199] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the color of the mixture contained inside.

[0200] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[0201] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[0202] The base product(s) delivered into the cup are preferablyfoundations, but as an alternative may be makeup products for thelips or eyelids.

[0203] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Preferably, the size and shape of the cup either allow directapplication of the mixture to the skin or allow the mixture to bepicked up on a finger or using an applicator. The cup may be madeof an elastically deformable material, making it possible forexample to turn the concavity of the bottom of the cup inside outand empty it more easily or use it to apply the product.

[0204] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[0205] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[0206] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga makeup product, comprising the step of filling a cup of adispensing system as defined above with at least one base productfrom the dispenser.

[0207] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[0208] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[0209] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[0210] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[0211] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[0212] The dispensing system may thus have a dispenser havingoutlet passages for base products and an outlet interface that isseparable from the dispenser, this interface having a staticblender that preferably delivers the mixture into a cavity where itcan be picked up.

[0213] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[0214] It is possible to use several outlet interfaces and to fillthem with different respective mixtures, without the need to purgethe blender, thereby reducing losses of product. The outletinterface may be a single-use interface, if necessary.

[0215] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[0216] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[0217] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[0218] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[0219] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[0220] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[0221] Reduced Dead Volume

[0222] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing thecolor of the mixture to be varied as quickly as possible duringapplication, particularly when the dispenser is coupled to anairbrush.

[0223] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a system for dispensing a makeupproduct, having a dispenser that receives at least two cartridgesthat each have a reservoir containing a base product, the latterleaving the cartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge,this outlet passage opening to outside of the dispenser or near theexternal surface thereof.

[0224] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[0225] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[0226] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[0227] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the end of the housing of the dispenser in the absenceof the outlet interface. The mounting area may be substantiallyplanar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the dispenserhousing.

[0228] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[0229] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[0230] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[0231] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[0232] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[0233] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different makeup looks easily and be able, if sodesired, to make up areas as different as the skin, the lips, theeyelashes or eyebrows.

[0234] The dispensing system may thus comprise an assembly having adispenser of at least one cosmetic product, in particular makeup,and at least two outlet interfaces, each of which can be mountedremovably on the dispenser, these outlet interfaces being able toreceive the product(s) delivered by the dispenser, preferably beingchosen from the following: [0235] an outlet interface having acontainer, notably a cup, allowing the product to be picked upusing a finger or using an applicator, [0236] an outlet interfaceallowing the product to be delivered to a spray system, notably anairbrush, [0237] an outlet interface having several regions forreceiving the product, which can move relative to the dispenser,[0238] an outlet interface that allows the product to be deliveredto a dispensing end piece.

[0239] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[0240] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[0241] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[0242] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[0243] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[0244] A further subject of the invention is a makeup methodinvolving the step of selecting an outlet interface, mounting it onthe dispenser, and delivering the product(s) contained in thedispenser to the interface.

[0245] Mapping and Learning

[0246] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing a color with an area, with recording.

[0247] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofcolored substance may be applied with a finger, using conventionaltools such as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[0248] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everydaymakeup.

[0249] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[0250] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate color.

[0251] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same color is appropriate.

[0252] To create the map, the operator applies a color, then makesan assessment.

[0253] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the cheek, thenon the nose, etc.

[0254] Another option is to create a given mixture and apply thissame mixture to several areas. The operator then needs to look forthe area of the face to which the color is suited. The mixture isthen indexed in the computer system which attributes it to thearea(s) of the face for which it is suitable.

[0255] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a learning process for a dispensingsystem comprising a dispenser for dispensing a mixture of variablecolor, and a computer system for selecting a color and for storingdata, comprising the steps of:

[0256] a) selecting at least one color with the aid of an interfaceof the computer system,

[0257] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture of the selected color,

[0258] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face,

[0259] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[0260] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for making up said area.

[0261] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[0262] It is also possible to create a given mixture and to lookfor the area of the face for which it is suitable. The mixture isthen recorded, being attributed to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable, in a look-up table that will be usedsubsequently in order to deduce which mixture to use on the basisof an area of the skin.

[0263] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[0264] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[0265] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to apply makeup. Thus, the dispensing system canbe used at sales outlets to advise people wishing to apply makeupor at home in order to define correctly which products toorder.

[0266] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying the color of the mixture when it is selected.

[0267] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[0268] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[0269] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[0270] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[0271] The computer system may be designed to search a database fora reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[0272] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[0273] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture color at least on the basis of the imageanalyzed.

[0274] Step a) may be preceded by the computer system proposing tothe user a color and an area to be tested with a mixture of thiscolor.

[0275] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[0276] The computer system may be designed to propose at least onecolor of mixture in step a) depending on an application area ofwhich it has been informed by the user.

[0277] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneapplication area in step a), on the basis of a color of which ithas been informed by the user.

[0278] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least two mixturesof different colors, preferably separate, so that they can beapplied simultaneously to the test area.

[0279] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[0280] A further subject of the invention is a method of making upusing a dispensing system according to the invention, in which:

[0281] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed for makeup,

[0282] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposed colorfor making up an associated zone, on the basis of the learningperformed beforehand, and

[0283] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce themixture of the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[0284] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[0285] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [0286] allow theuser to select at least one color and/or one application area,notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [0287] operate adispenser in such a way as to deliver a mixture of the colorselected by the user, [0288] allow the user to trigger thememorizing of the color of the mixture and of an associatedapplication area, notably with a view to subsequently dispensingthe same mixture, notably on the same area.

[0289] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [0290] receive a request from the user regarding a needfor makeup, notably using an interface such as a touch screen,[0291] propose, on the basis at least of data generated by thelearning process as defined above, at least one color and/or oneapplication area, [0292] operate a dispenser to produce the mixtureof the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[0293] Remote Assistance

[0294] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in applyingmakeup, notably in choosing the correct colorings.

[0295] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is thus a method of applying makeupinvolving the steps of: [0296] allowing a video link to beestablished, for example over the Internet, between a camera on afirst site and a second site, [0297] allowing the second site todirectly or indirectly operate a dispenser present at the firstsite, this dispenser making it possible to vary the color of amixture dispensed, [0298] allowing a person present at the firstsite to apply the mixture dispensed and to send a correspondingimage to the second site, so as to receive in return informationrelating to the makeup result.

[0299] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the makeup resultwith the product dispensed by the dispenser and advise the personwho has applied the makeup. This adviser may in return influencethe dispenser to alter the color of the mixture and adapt it tobest suit the face of the person present at the first site. Thus,this person controls the mixture delivered by the dispenser. Thefirst person may make herself up under the gaze of the second. Thesecond person sees the result of the test on their screen and canthus correct the mixture that this second person will controlremotely until the ideal makeup is obtained.

[0300] If appropriate, the video acquisition can be calibratedusing a test pattern or with the mixture dispensed by the dispenseronto a reference surface. That then allows a more faithful displayof the makeup applied at the first site.

[0301] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[0302] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[0303] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine thecolor of each of the base products.

[0304] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[0305] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral apply makeup. This embodiment makes it possible to developmakeup artists and their work, either within an institute or overthe Internet. It also allows people with limited capabilities, suchas people with poor eyesight, or people who have difficultydiscerning colors, or the elderly, or those lacking inself-confidence to apply makeup.

[0306] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[0307] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the color of the mixturedispensed.

[0308] The dispensing system may thus have a dispenser and acomputer system for operating the dispenser, this computer systemhaving a touch screen on which the color of the mixture can bedisplayed, and a selection means movable on the screen, in order tovary the color of the dispensed mixture.

[0309] Preferably, the screen displays end-point colors betweenwhich the color of the mixture can be selected by moving theselection means between these end-point colors.

[0310] The screen may display a scale of colors between at leasttwo colors, or an area, notably of triangular outline, within whichthe selection means can be moved. This area may locally show thecolor of the mixture depending for example on the distance fromeach of the vertices, each one embodying a pure base product.

[0311] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired color.

[0312] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[0313] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[0314] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[0315] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[0316] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[0317] The dispensing system may have a spray system, preferably anairbrush, the assembly having: [0318] a spray means, preferably anairbrush having a pickup chamber subjected to a stream ofentrainment air, [0319] a dispenser having at least twocompartments containing different base products, the products beingdelivered to the spray means preferably via distinct distributionorifices.

[0320] The dispenser may have three cartridges containing makeupproducts of different colors.

[0321] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[0322] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[0323] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[0324] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[0325] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the color depending on the position, if appropriate.

[0326] A further subject of the invention is a method for applyingmakeup using an assembly as defined above, in which a mixture issprayed onto the skin using the spray means, notably theairbrush.

[0327] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated effect can beachieved.

[0328] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in the color of themixture dispensed while the face is being made up, notably as thearea to be made up changes.

[0329] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[0330] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[0331] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[0332] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[0333] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[0334] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[0335] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[0336] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and an oily gel, simultaneously,and these will be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelatedmanner, producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones, orcolorants that react with one another. The ratios of base productscan be adjusted depending on the particular result desired. Forexample, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels, the ratiocorresponding to the volume of the first base product to the volumeof the second base product could be varied between 10/1 and 1/10,better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[0337] Location or Auto-Location System

[0338] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[0339] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[0340] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[0341] The invention may be understood better from reading thefollowing detailed description of nonlimiting exemplary embodimentsthereof and from studying the appended drawing, in which:

[0342] FIG. 1 is a schematic perspective view of an example of adispensing system according to the invention,

[0343] FIG. 2 is a rear view of the dispensing system in FIG.1,

[0344] FIG. 3 illustrates the picking up of product delivered bythe dispensing system,

[0345] FIG. 4 is a schematic perspective view, with certaincomponents removed, of the dispensing system in FIG. 1,

[0346] FIG. 5 separately and partially shows a cartridge of baseproduct for the dispenser,

[0347] FIG. 6 shows the top of the cartridge with the drivepiece,

[0348] FIG. 7 separately shows the drive piece, in perspective,

[0349] FIG. 8 separately shows a support for the cartridge,

[0350] FIG. 9 shows the dispenser drive mechanism,

[0351] FIG. 10 shows one of the motors separately, coupled to therest of the drive mechanism,

[0352] FIG. 11 shows an electronic board for controlling themotors,

[0353] FIG. 12 is a cross section of the dispenser,

[0354] FIG. 13 shows the housing of the dispenser without theoutlet interface,

[0355] FIG. 14 separately shows a first example of an outletinterface, viewed from above,

[0356] FIGS. 15, 15A, 16, 16A and 17 show other examples of outletinterfaces,

[0357] FIGS. 18 and 19 are two other views of the outlet interfacein FIG. 17,

[0358] FIG. 20 separately shows the static blender,

[0359] FIG. 21 is an axial section of the outlet interface in FIG.17,

[0360] FIG. 22 shows another outlet interface intended to cooperatewith an airbrush,

[0361] FIG. 23 shows, with hidden detail, the various passages ofthe outlet interface in FIG. 22,

[0362] FIG. 24 illustrates the outlet interface in FIGS. 22 and 23connected to an airbrush,

[0363] FIGS. 25, 27 to 29, 29A, 29B and 29C show other examples ofoutlet interfaces,

[0364] FIG. 30 illustrates the operation of the dispenser using aportable terminal,

[0365] FIG. 31 shows one example of a graphic interface allowingthe dispenser to be operated,

[0366] FIG. 32 shows another example of a graphic interface,

[0367] FIG. 33 illustrates an example of how the graphic interfacein FIG. 32 evolves as the device is being used,

[0368] FIG. 34 shows another example of a graphic interface,

[0369] FIGS. 35 and 36 show other examples of graphicinterfaces,

[0370] FIG. 37 illustrates how the interface in FIG. 36 evolveswhile the device is being used,

[0371] FIG. 38 shows a graphic interface of an example of acomputer system according to the invention,

[0372] FIG. 39 shows an example of a look-up table,

[0373] FIG. 40 is a block diagram illustrating steps of an exampleof a method according to the invention,

[0374] FIGS. 41 to 44 and 46 are views similar to FIG. 40 of otherexamples of methods,

[0375] FIG. 45 shows an example of a support allowing theapplication of several different colored compositions,

[0376] FIG. 47 illustrates a system allowing exchange ofinformation with a remote adviser, and

[0377] FIG. 48 illustrates a support having a plurality of spacescontaining different mixtures.

[0378] An example of a dispensing system 10 that may be suitablefor the invention is shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 and has a dispenser 11which is provided in its upper part with an outlet interface 110via which a cosmetic product of customized formulation isdispensed.

[0379] The dispenser 11 can be manipulated by one hand. Its length,excluding the outlet interface, is, for example, between 140 and160 mm and its diameter is between 40 and 60 mm.

[0380] The dispensing system 10 may, as illustrated, have anactuating means for controlling the dispensing, for example apush-button 12.

[0381] When the user presses the push-button 12, the dispenser 11delivers the product on the basis of information communicated to itbeforehand by a computer system, for example using a wirelesstransmission, as will be described in detail below. The operationof the push-button 12 may be programmed from an interface of thecomputer system, so as to deliver the mixture continuously for aslong as pressure is applied, or to deliver only a predefined dose,irrespective of the length of time for which the user presses thepush-button.

[0382] As can be seen notably in FIG. 4, the dispenser 11 housesseveral cartridges 30 that each contain a base product, thedispenser 11 allowing the quantity of each of the base productsthat is dispensed to be metered so that after the dispensed doseshave been blended, a product is obtained that has the desiredproperties.

[0383] Each of the cartridges 30 can be introduced into the housingof the dispenser 11 from the rear, as illustrated in FIG. 2. In theexample in question, the dispenser 11 receives three cartridges 30,but the invention also extends to instances in which the number ofcartridges 30 is different.

[0384] A cartridge 30 has been shown separately in FIG. 5. Thiscartridge has a body 31 in which a piston 32 can move along thelongitudinal axis X of the cartridge so as to reduce the volume ofa reservoir 33 that is situated under the piston 32 and containsthe corresponding base product. The volume of the reservoir ispreferably between 2 and 5 mL, being for example in the region of 3mL.

[0385] The piston 32 is driven along the axis X by an externallythreaded hollow rod 34 that engages with a corresponding screwthread passing through the piston 32.

[0386] The rod 34 defines a passage via which the product containedin the reservoir 33 can circulate when the piston 32 moves in thebody 31 in the direction of a reduction in volume of the reservoir33.

[0387] The rod 34 is rotated about the axis X by a head 36 whichcan turn relative to the body 31, and communicates with a nozzle37. Each cartridge 30 is mounted in the dispenser 11 with a supportpiece 40 which has been shown separately in FIG. 8 and comprises anaxially slit clamping sleeve 41 along which a locking ring 43,visible in FIG. 4, can slide.

[0388] When a cartridge 30 is fitted, the support piece 40 isengaged over it, on the opposite side to the nozzle 37, and thelocking ring 43 is moved along the sleeve 41 to clamp the supportpiece 40 on the body 31. The support piece 40 allows the cartridge30 to be immobilized in the housing of the dispenser 11.

[0389] The head 36 of the cartridge 30, which has the nozzle 37, iscapped by a drive piece 50, shown separately in FIG. 7, which gripsthe head 36 so as to be able to rotate about the axis Xtherewith.

[0390] When the drive piece 50 is rotated about the axis X, itsrotation is transmitted to the head 36, which can turn relative tothe body 31 and drive the rod 34 in rotation therewith.

[0391] The friction force of the piston 30 against the innersurface of the body 31 is enough to prevent the piston 32 fromturning relative to the body 31, such that the relative rotation ofthe rod 34 and of the piston 32 causes the latter to move along theaxis X. This movement is accompanied by a reduction in the volumeof the reservoir 33 and by base product contained in the cartridge30 rising up through the rod 34 and then into the nozzle 37.

[0392] The drive piece 50 has an internal passage 52 which is fedby the nozzle 37 and which opens to the outside via a dispensingorifice 53. This passage 52 is formed by an end piece 36. The drivepiece 50 has a mounting skirt 54 which axially covers the head 36of the cartridge 30. This mounting skirt 54 is connected to the endpiece 56 via a transverse wall 55.

[0393] The end piece 56 has reliefs 57 allowing it to be coupledfor rotation to a toothed wheel 60, visible notably in FIG. 9,belonging to a drive mechanism of the housing of the dispenser11.

[0394] In the example in question, the reliefs 57 are in the formof two diametrically opposed studs that project from the end piece56 at the base thereof and engage in corresponding cutouts in thetoothed wheel 60.

[0395] The end piece 56 has a narrowed portion which comprises agroove accommodating an O-ring seal 58. The narrowed portion isconnected to the rest of the end piece via a shoulder 59.

[0396] The head 36 of the cartridge 30 may bear an O-ring sealwhich ensures sealed coupling between the nozzle 37 and the drivepiece 50.

[0397] The drive mechanism comprises electric motors 70 equippedwith reduction gears 71, visible notably in FIG. 10. The outputshaft of these reduction gears is coupled to a driving wheel 72which meshes with the toothed wheel 60.

[0398] In the example in question, the longitudinal axes X of eachof the cartridges are arranged at 120.degree. to one another aboutthe longitudinal axis Y of the housing of the dispenser 11.

[0399] The motors 70 are disposed between the cartridges 30, theaxes of rotation of the motors likewise being arranged at120.degree. to one another about the axis Y of the dispenser 11.This then makes for a compact design of the dispenser 11.

[0400] The geared motor units advantageously have a torque inexcess of 70 nNm. For example, use is made of a Maxon 118392 motorcombined with a Maxon 218418 planetary reduction gear set. Such amotor has a diameter of 10 mm, a power of 1.5 W, a nominal voltageof 3 V, an idling speed of 1300 rev/min and a maximum torque of 1.5mNm. The reduction gear has a diameter of 10 mm, an absolutereduction ratio of 256/1 and a torque of 0.2 Nm.

[0401] An electronic circuit 81, shown separately in FIG. 11, ispresent near the top end of the housing of the dispenser 1. Thiselectronic circuit 81 has a board 80 through which passages 83 forthe output shafts of the reduction gears 71 pass, and openings 82for the narrowed parts 55 of the driving end pieces 56.

[0402] Sleeves 82a may be fixed to the board 80 to act as barriersagainst any leaks of product toward the board 80. The end pieces 56pass through the sleeves 82a, preferably with a smallclearance.

[0403] The board 80 bears the abovementioned push-button 12 andsupports a certain number of output pins 86 used for powering themotors 70.

[0404] The electronic circuit 81 comprises a microcontroller or thelike so that the various motors 70 can be operated with a view todispensing the desired quantity of each of the base products. Theresolution of the delivery of the base products is for examplebetween 0.001 and 0.003 mL, being, for example, in the region of0.0025 mL.

[0405] The housing of the dispenser 11 also houses a battery, thecells 89 of which are advantageously set out as can be seen in FIG.4, each in the continuation of a motor 70.

[0406] Preferably, as illustrated in FIG. 30, the dispenser 11 isoperated via a computer system 100 such as a portable terminal, forexample a smartphone, a tablet, for example of the "iPad" make, ora laptop computer.

[0407] The operating information of the dispenser 11 is transmittedpreferably wirelessly by the terminal 100, for example by aBluetooth link.

[0408] In one particular example, the electronic board 81 allowscontrol over the following: [0409] calculation of the volume ofeach product to be delivered depending on the volumetric fractioninstruction for each product, the mode of operation (continuous,dose or purge), the value of the flow rate or of the volume, [0410]measurement of the currents powering the motors 70, [0411]Bluetooth communication with the computer system 100, [0412]management of the button 12 for the delivery of products, [0413]management of the on/off switch, [0414] management of the displayof the LED(s), [0415] charging of the battery.

[0416] The board 80 has for example the following components:[0417] a Texas Instruments CC2541 microcontroller, [0418] a blueCMS LED to provide the user with status information, [0419] athermal cutout fuse, [0420] a 32 MHz quartz oscillator, [0421] anon/off switch.

[0422] The Texas Instruments CC2541 microcontroller incorporates aprogrammable flash memory with 256 kB of RAM and numerousfunctionalities. This microcontroller may be programmed in C, inthe IAR Embedded Workbench environment.

[0423] The outlet orifices 53 of the cartridges 30 open outsubstantially at the top end of the housing of the dispenser 11, asmay be seen notably in FIG. 13. The upper face 14 of the housing ofthe dispenser 11 defines a mounting surface for mounting an outletinterface which channels the products coming from the cartridgestoward a pickup or dispensing area.

[0424] In the example in FIG. 1, this outlet interface 110 is inthe form of an added component that has been shown separately inFIG. 14 and which has at its periphery, as illustrated, passages111 for screws used for fixing it to the housing of the dispenser11.

[0425] In this example, the outlet interface 110 defines a cup 115into the bottom of which the supply orifices 116 open, each orificebeing in communication with a respective outlet orifice 53 via aninternal duct at the outlet interface 110.

[0426] Thus, in the example in question, the base productscontained in the cartridges 30 can be dispensed into the cup 115without mixing with each other.

[0427] When using the dispenser 11, the user can fill the cup 115with predefined proportions of each of the base products, asillustrated in FIG. 3, then pick up the product present in the cup115 with a view to applying it. This pickup may be performed forexample using a finger, as illustrated, or using any suitablecosmetic applicator. The cup 115 is preferably fairly shallow,making it easier to clean, and has a diameter large enough not tohamper access to the product. The depth p of the cup 115 is thuspreferably between 1 and 5 mm and its diameter d or that of thecircle circ*mscribing it when the contour of the crucible is notcircular, is preferably between 20 and 50 mm. Preferably,4>=d/p<=50.

[0428] The supply orifices 116 preferably have a diameter smallerthan 3 mm, for example in the region of 1 mm.

[0429] The outlet interface 110 may receive a lid 118 for closingthe cup 115, to prevent the product from drying out or beingexposed to dirt when not in use. This lid 118 is preferably made ofa transparent plastic and may be fixed to the upstand of the cup115, or more generally to any suitable point of the outletinterface 110, by friction, screwing or clip-fastening.

[0430] The maximum capacity of the cup 115 is preferably between0.02 and 0.25 ml.

[0431] Preferably, the volume defined by the volume of the internalpassages of the outlet interface 110 between the inlet thereto fromthe supply orifices 53 to the supply orifices 116 is less than orequal to 0.4 ml.

[0432] The housing of the dispenser 11, in the configurationthereof illustrated in FIG. 13, i.e. without the outlet interface110 described above, has the advantage that it can be coupled tovarious forms of other outlet interfaces, depending on themaking-up that is to be performed and/or on the area to betreated.

[0433] Thus, FIG. 15 shows a variant outlet interface 110 having adispensing end piece 150 oriented generally along an axis Z whichextends obliquely with respect to the longitudinal axis Y of thedispenser 11. Three internal passages communicate respectively withthe outlet orifices 53 of the various cartridges 30 and open ontothe end of the end piece 150. The outlet interface 110 can befitted at one end of the housing of the dispenser 11, asillustrated in FIG. 15A.

[0434] In the variant in FIG. 16, the outlet interface 110 hasthree nozzles 160 which communicate respectively with the outletorifices 53. These nozzles 160 are grouped together at the centerof the outlet interface 110, thereby allowing an end piece 170, forexample, for applying product to the eyelashes, as illustrated inFIG. 25, a porous end piece 180 for application to the lips, asillustrated in FIG. 27, or a flocked end piece 190 such as a felttip, as illustrated in FIG. 28, to be mounted on them.

[0435] In the case of the end piece 170 in FIG. 25, this has, forexample, as illustrated, transverse striations 171 between whichthe product supply orifices open out. The mixing of the variousbase products may take place within the end piece 170, by virtue ofan in-built static blender, for example.

[0436] The end piece 180 has for example a part made of open-cellfoam, in the shape of the lips. The base products may be mixedwithin an internal duct of the end piece 180.

[0437] The end piece 190 may have a porous application member 191,at the end of a stem 192, which is connected to a base 193 used formounting on the rest of the outlet interface in FIG. 16.

[0438] FIG. 16A schematically illustrates the possibility ofhaving, as outlet interface 110, a cup 115 with passages 115a foroutlet ducts 30a of the cartridges, even when these ducts are usedfor rotating the threaded rods for moving the pistons. The lengthof the ducts 30a is such that they open into the bottom 115b of thecup or near to the bottom thereof, without protruding into it.

[0439] Preferably, the internal section of the ducts 30a is small,in order to minimize the dead volume.

[0440] In the example in FIGS. 22 to 24, the outlet interface 110has an end piece 200 which is oriented generally obliquely withrespect to the longitudinal axis Y of the dispenser. This end piece200 has internal passages 210 running through it, thesecommunicating respectively with the outlet orifices 53 for the baseproducts coming from the cartridges 30.

[0441] The outlet interface 110 has a mounting part 215 whichallows an airbrush 220 to be fixed to the outlet interface 110, asillustrated in FIG. 24.

[0442] The end piece 200 is fixed in place of the usual reservoirof the airbrush and the passages 210 open into the spray nozzle ofthe airbrush where they are subjected to the depression created bythe speed of the stream of entrainment air.

[0443] A clip is formed by two uprights 216 to receive the body ofthe stylus of the airbrush 220 and hold it in place byclip-fastening.

[0444] Preferably, the orientation of the end piece 200 is suchthat it allows the spray axis to be oriented substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing of thedispenser 11. This housing can then be used as a handle formanipulating the airbrush.

[0445] The outlet orifices 210 are advantageously very closetogether, being separated by fine internal partitions of the endpiece 200.

[0446] Preferably, the cross section of each of the outlet orificesis less than or equal to 3 mm.sup.2 over a length of at least 5mm.

[0447] The housing of the dispenser 11 may also be equipped in itsupper part with a support that is movable with respect to thehousing, for example in the form of a turret 250, as illustrated inFIG. 29.

[0448] This turret 250 turns for example about an axis of rotationthat coincides with the longitudinal axis Y of the dispenser.

[0449] The turret 250 may have several spaces 255 that are eachable to accommodate the products delivered by the dispenser 11 in acorresponding filling position. In order to fill the various spacesin succession, the turret 250 is made to rotate, for example by aquarter-turn each time. The presence of several spaces 255 mayallow products of different formulations, made from different baseproducts, to be dispensed for example so as to vary the shade ofthe products present in the various spaces 255.

[0450] FIG. 29C illustrates a support having spaces disposedthereon substantially in the manner of the different areas of aface; each space may contain a mixture, the color of which issuited to the corresponding part of the face. Thus it is easy forthe user to know where to apply the mixture picked up from a givenspace.

[0451] The dispenser 11 can be used to deliver a mixture, theformulation of which changes over time, and to collect the mixturein a container that is movable with respect to the dispenser, suchthat the mixture is deposited in a location of the container thatvaries over time, in order to achieve a graduated effect.

[0452] For example, as illustrated in FIGS. 29A and 29B, thedispensing system has an outlet interface 110 having a part that isfixed relative to the dispenser and a moving part 252 that has aspace 253 for receiving the mixture.

[0453] For example, the dispenser 11 is arranged in this case withthe outlet orifices of the cartridges downward and is equipped witha blender such that the mixture falls into the space 253 under itsown weight. A motor may move the moving part of the outletinterface relative to the dispenser, in a manner that issynchronized with the variation in characteristics of the mixture,such that a graduated effect is obtained all along the space 253,as illustrated in FIG. 29B.

[0454] The dispensing system may have a stand 254 which keeps thedispenser head down.

[0455] The outlet interface 110, notably when it comprises a cup,may have a static blender which mixes the base products.

[0456] FIGS. 17 to 21 show an outlet interface 110 having such astatic blender.

[0457] This outlet interface 110 may have an exterior body 260which is fixed to the housing of the dispenser 11 and has anexterior tubular upright 270.

[0458] The body 260 has passages 261 for admitting the various baseproducts. These passages 261 open into a central chamber 262delimited by an interior tubular upright 263.

[0459] This upright 263 has an opening 264 passing through it,which opens into an annular space 265 between the interior upright263 and the exterior upright 270.

[0460] A static blender core 280, shown separately in FIG. 20, isdisposed inside this space 265.

[0461] The central chamber 262 may communicate with a peripheralchamber comprising a series of partitions which are formed by thecore of the blender and which act as deflectors for the mixture andcreate shear therein.

[0462] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition 284 defining perforations 285, one of which is visible inFIG. 21, through which the mixture passes as it circulates throughthe peripheral chamber. The central and peripheral chambers may beclosed at the top by a wall 286 which defines the end wall of thecavity receiving the mixture.

[0463] The end wall 287 of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape and of a height that decreases toward the outlet. The lattermay open out ahead of a connecting ramp 288 between the end wall287 of the peripheral chamber and the top wall 286 of the blender,this connecting ramp preferably being a portion of a helixextending the helix formed by the end wall of the peripheralchamber.

[0464] Preferably, the peripheral chamber has the abovementionedannular partition and radial partitions 281 which force the mixtureto circulate alternately between upper and lower regions of theperipheral chamber and between radially inner and outer regions,the mixture circulating for example from an upper and radiallyouter region to a lower and radially outer region by passingthrough the abovementioned annular partition.

[0465] The body 260 radially closes the peripheral chamber on theoutside.

[0466] The outer body 260 of the blender and the core 280 of theblender may each be produced as a single piece by injectionmolding.

[0467] The product reaches the core 280 of the static blender viathe passage 264, then circulates between the uprights 263 and 270around practically a full circumference until it reaches the outlet282.

[0468] The numerous chicanes imposed by the partitions 281 causeintimate mixing of the components introduced into the outletinterface 110. The mixture obtained can be picked up by the userfrom the space 283, above the static blender.

[0469] As indicated above, the dispensing system 10 according tothe invention preferably has a man-machine interface that allowsthe user to easily and intuitively operate the dispenser 11. Thisinterface may form part of a computer system 100 which communicateswith the dispenser 11.

[0470] FIGS. 31 to 37 show various examples of touch-sensitiveinterfaces that may allow the user to select the color of themixture resulting from the metered dispensing of the various baseproducts.

[0471] This interface may have, as illustrated in FIG. 31, a colorselection area, for example in the form of a triangle, the verticesof which correspond to the colors of each of the base productscontained in the cartridges.

[0472] The user can move a cursor 300, for example in the form of aball, relative to the vertices A, B and C of the triangle.

[0473] The closer he brings the cursor 300 to one of the vertices,the larger the fraction of the corresponding base product relativeto the total quantity of the various products dispensed.

[0474] The fraction of each product relative to the total quantitymay be indicated at 301 by a numerical value on the interface.

[0475] The interface may allow the user to increment or decreasethe quantity of each of the products, for example by operatingcontrol buttons 302, which allow precise adjustment of the quantityof each of the base products.

[0476] The surface of the triangle 310 may have a color that varieslocally so as to be indicative at each point of the color of themixture that results from the weighting of the various baseproducts in the proportions corresponding to the relativecoordinates at this point.

[0477] The interface may have a button 305 providing access to aspecific menu for adjusting the volume of product dispensed forpurging the dispenser.

[0478] The interface may also advantageously allow the flow rate ofproduct to be adjusted using buttons 304 and 306 returning to aspecific menu for adjusting the flow rate.

[0479] In the example in question, the interface affords the choicebetween a continuous dispensing mode, using the button 304, inwhich the products are dispensed for as long as the user ispressing the control button 12.

[0480] The corresponding dose can be transmitted to the interfaceand displayed.

[0481] The button 306 allows selection of a dose mode of operation,during which even a brief press of the button 12 triggers thedispensing of a predefined dose.

[0482] In order to vary the flow rate, the dispenser acts, forexample, on the operating duty cycle of the motors.

[0483] The interface may be designed to allow the user to programor memorize the settings he or she prefers, using a menu 307providing access to favorites.

[0484] The touch-sensitive interface illustrated in FIG. 32 showson the screen three colored areas 400, each one corresponding tothe color of one of the base products contained in the dispenser10, and a central area 410 which shows the color of the resultingmixture.

[0485] The relative quantity of each of the base products can beadjusted using cursors 415 which move for example along linesjoining each of the areas 400 to the central area 410.

[0486] During use of the interface, the latter may memorize a givensetting and cause a button 420 of the color of the mixture toappear on the screen. The user can then, simply by pressing thisbutton 420, dispense a mixture of the corresponding color.

[0487] In the example in FIG. 34, the interface displays, in anarea 500, a given shade and offers the user, by virtue of controlbuttons 510 that are each in the color of the corresponding baseproduct, the opportunity to increase or decrease the proportion ofthis base product in the final mixture. The color of the area 500is recalculated depending on the actions on the control buttons510.

[0488] In the variant in FIG. 35, the interface shows a color charthaving several areas 530, each one corresponding to a particularproportion of the various base products.

[0489] The user may select one of these areas, for example bypressing it with his or her finger.

[0490] The interface may be designed to display the selected colorto a larger scale in an area 535. The programming of the dispenser11 to dispense this color is triggered for example by pressing thearea.

[0491] In the example in FIG. 36, the user may move a cursor 555over a continuous color chart 550, causing the selected color to bedisplayed in an area 558.

[0492] The user can then, for example by pressing the area 556,trigger the sending to the dispenser 11 of the necessaryinstructions for the dispenser to dispense a product in theselected color.

[0493] It is apparent from FIG. 37 that the interface can memorizethe various shades selected and then display them on the screen soas to allow the user, by pressing corresponding buttons 560, veryeasily to again select a shade that has already been chosen.

[0494] FIG. 38 shows an example of a user interface 1000 of adispensing system comprising a dispenser, preferably as describedabove, and a computer system 100 to which the interfacebelongs.

[0495] The computer system comprises here, for example, a devicesuch as a laptop computer, a tablet or a smartphone, that operatesautonomously or is connected to a remote server.

[0496] In the example in question, the interface 1000 is defined bythe touch screen of such a device. In a variant that has not beenillustrated, the dispenser incorporates a touch screen or any othertype of man-machine interface, and can be used without connectionto another device.

[0497] The device runs an application, for example which has beendownloaded beforehand and which displays on the screen a face 1035and a series of buttons allowing the user to input information.

[0498] The face may comprise several areas Z1 to Z6 that can beselected by touch, for example the forehead, the nose, the cheeks,the eyelids, the chin, and the lips.

[0499] The buttons present on the screen may make it possible forexample to input the name of the makeup or of the user, to displaythe selected area, to choose the color, and to inform the computersystem as to whether or not the result of the test carried out isacceptable, or even, as illustrated, to provide informationregarding the assessment of the result relative to a test carriedout previously, namely, for example, better or "not as good". Thescreen may also display a button allowing the choice of a color andan area to be memorized after a test has been carried out with thiscolor on the area in question.

[0500] The choice of color is made for example with a color scalesimilar to the one described with reference to FIG. 36.

[0501] The computer system is designed to memorize the data in theform of a look-up table for example, so as to associate an area ofthe face with the parameters that allow the mixture dispensedduring the test to be reproduced. These parameters include, forexample, the relative contents of each of the base products of thedispenser in the mixture, the quantity Q dispensed, and additionaldata such as, for example, the name of the area, the date themixture was dispensed and/or any other mixture identifier,identifiers of the base products, the period of the year, notablythe season, the age of the user, his or her sex, his or her givenor family name, the name of an event associated with the makeup,for example a birthday, amongst other data, and the quantity ofproduct suitable for the area. The ancillary data may allow theuser to reproduce more easily a makeup look considered suitable fora time of year or recalling a life event, or to give a rejuvenatingeffect.

[0502] These data may be memorized in the computer system 100, forexample in the abovementioned device and/or on a remote server withwhich the device is in communication, or alternatively in anelectronic memory incorporated into the dispenser 11.

[0503] Thus, according to the invention, the user may make thedispenser deliver a first colored substance, and apply it to afirst area of the face, then judge whether or not it is suitable.If the result is satisfactory, the user may record it, indexing itto the area; if the result is unsatisfactory, the user may commanda new color in order to repeat the above operations.

[0504] The computer system can be used in this context in variousways.

[0505] For example, as illustrated in FIG. 40, in a step 1010, theuser has selected a color to test, using for example the colorscale 1011 displayed on the screen, by moving the adjusting button1012.

[0506] Next, the choice of color is transmitted to the dispenser11, in step 1015.

[0507] For example, the device transmits the quantities of each ofthe base products to be dispensed and the electronic circuit 81takes charge of operating the motors accordingly.

[0508] In step 1016, the user presses the control button 12 of thedispenser 11, this causing, for example, a dose of the mixture, inthe color selected by the user, to be dispensed.

[0509] The mixture is, for example, dispensed into the cup 115 thenpicked up and applied by the user to the cheeks or any other areainstructed on the interface, in step 1020.

[0510] In variants, the product is applied using an airbrush or byany other means as described above.

[0511] The user then, in step 1022, informs the computer system ofthe result using the buttons 1021.

[0512] If the user indicates that the result is satisfactory, thesystem suggests for example that he/she validate the parameters ofthe test using a button so as to memorize these parameters in step1031.

[0513] If the user does not consider the result to be satisfactoryand makes this known using the button 1032, the result cannevertheless be automatically saved in step 1034.

[0514] Thus, each area can be indexed not only with the suitablecolor(s), but also with the color(s) that is/are not at all suitedto this area.

[0515] The user can then perform a further test on the same area byreturning to step 1010.

[0516] If the user is satisfied with the result, he or she may alsowish to carry out a further test, for example on a different areaof the face.

[0517] If appropriate, if the user is not satisfied, the interfacemay suggest that the user indicate whether the result is consideredbetter than or not as good as the previous test, usingcorresponding buttons 1040 and 1041.

[0518] In that case, the computer system may be designed todetermine whether, in light of the information input by the user, aproposal can be automatically made as to what color to testnext.

[0519] If appropriate, a questionnaire may be displayed to assistthe computer system in proposing a color in light of the testscarried out and the way in which the user or a professionalassisting the user has assessed these tests.

[0520] For example, if the color is considered "unsuitable", thesystem may receive from the user additional information, forexample "too light", which will assist the system in proposing anew color better suited to the user's expectations.

[0521] It may be advantageous for the computer system to be able toreceive information comparing the result against the previoustests, for example "it's better" or "it's not as good" and, fromthere, for the system to be capable of deducing what new color topropose.

[0522] Another option is for the computer system to be able toreceive comparison information regarding a comparison against atarget, for example "it's almost ideal" and, from there, for thesystem to be capable of automatically adjusting its colormodifications.

[0523] In this particular instance, if it receives the informationthat the desired result has almost been achieved, the system canadopt small levels of color change and revise the colorimetricscale of adjustment accordingly.

[0524] If the dispensing system itself proposes the coloredmixtures to be tested, these may be based on preprogrammed testscenarios and the system may alter how the scenario is followedthrough according to the successes or failures of the assessment.Thus, for example if, from the third application of product, itreceives information that the color is almost ideal for the user,the dispensing system may exit the program and thereafter allowitself to be guided by instructions from the operator.

[0525] In general, the user may be assisted by an expert system inthe choice of colors to test.

[0526] This expert system is, for example, a program run on thedevice with which the dispenser communicates or on the dispenseritself, and which is based on the answers to a questionnaire and/oron measurements, for example of the color of the skin, taken by aspecific sensor or by a camera. The user can thus get assistancefrom an instrumented evaluation, for example a color sensor. Theexpert system can even be implemented on a remote server with whichthe device or the dispenser exchanges information. The operator mayeven send an image of his or her face to a specialist, who canpreprogram the starting color choice. In another exemplaryembodiment, the user presents the computer system with a photo ofhis or her face, and the computer system is designed to analyzethis and create a program defining the areas to be tested and thefirst products to be delivered, both in terms of color and in termsof quantity. For example, the computer system may be designed toautomatically select the colors of makeup to propose to the user bycapturing a photograph in step 1070, as illustrated in FIG. 42. Forexample, the device which communicates with the dispenser 11 isequipped with a camera, and the user takes a photograph of his orher face. The image is then analyzed in step 1071, and colors areproposed for each area of the face in step 1072, for example inaccordance with predefined color combination rules.

[0527] The dispensing system may be oriented by the user to decideon the color and also on the quantity of product to be delivered.For example, the user may indicate "nose" or "blemish" and thedispensing system is designed to adapt the dose dispensed accordingto a memorized map of doses to be dispensed depending on the areasto be treated.

[0528] The computer system may guide the user in the choice ofcolors in the mixture to be tested, so as to limit the number oftests needed until the user obtains a result that pleases him orher.

[0529] It is thus possible, as illustrated in FIG. 41, that after amixture dispensed by the dispenser has been applied to a given areaof the face in step 1060, the computer system will ask the userwhether or not the result is satisfactory and will, of its ownaccord, if the result is considered to be unsatisfactory, make achange 1061 to the dispenser parameters in order to modify themixture dispensed.

[0530] The user then only has to perform a new test with themodified mixture.

[0531] When a mixture is indicated as being satisfactory, thecomputer system can memorize the corresponding parameters so as toallow the mixture to be recreated at a later date.

[0532] The system can then begin the above steps afresh for a newapplication area.

[0533] During the successive tests, the operator does not need totreat the entire face. He or she may for example choose between 3and 8, for example 5, small areas. The dispensing system is thenadvantageously designed to interpolate and/or extrapolate the dataregarding the colors considered to be suitable, so as to calculatethe colors that ought to be considered suitable for areas for whichthe exercise has not been conducted.

[0534] At the end of the learning stage, the system may generate adisplay of the suitable colors on the various areas, tested orcalculated.

[0535] The dispensing system may be designed to indicate whethercertain colors appear to be incorrect, doing so on the strength ofa comparison against standard maps it has in memory. Thus, it maypropose that the user repeat all or some of the mappingexercise.

[0536] Once the computer system has completed its learning, i.e.once the colors of mixtures have been identified as being agreeableto the user for making-up certain areas, the user wishing to applymakeup only has to call up the area that is to be made up, in step1080 of FIG. 43, and the system will be able to automaticallypropose a suitable mixture color to the user in step 1081.

[0537] In the variant illustrated in FIG. 44, the user selects acolor in step 1090 and the computer system proposes, in step 1091,an area in which to apply a mixture of this color, on the basis ofinformation previously collected on the basis of the testsperformed.

[0538] The area proposed is, for example, the area in which anidentical or very similar color has already been applied and theresult considered acceptable by the user.

[0539] FIG. 46 illustrates an example of an implementation of theinvention in which, having carried out tests on various zones instep 2010, the user informs the system of the mixture(s) he or sheconsiders to afford the best result, this allowing the system toknow the corresponding parameters in step 2012. Next, in step 2014,the system may propose to the user references of commercialproducts that have the same properties or very similarproperties.

[0540] In one variant, the system sends the parameters to a remotemanufacturing center so that a composition that has the sameformulation or the same properties as that of the mixture that theuser has tested and found to be satisfactory can be produced.

[0541] FIG. 45 illustrates the possibility of using the dispenserto dispense several doses 2020a to 2020d of different mixtures,next to one another on a support 2021, so as to allow these to beapplied to adjacent distinct regions of the same area.

[0542] The user can, in a single hit, apply a series of colors inorder rapidly to home in on the appropriate color. The coloredsubstances present on the support 2021 may have been chosen by theoperator him- or herself or proposed by the dispensing system.

[0543] The support 2021 is, for example, movable with respect tothe housing of the dispenser and is moved sequentially to depositthe corresponding mixtures in the various areas 2020a to 2020d,being for example similar to the supports described with referenceto FIG. 29 or 29A. The user can thus easily compare the resultsbetween the various regions and inform the system of which mixtureproduces the best effect.

[0544] FIG. 47 illustrates a system that assists the user inapplying makeup, notably in choosing the correct colorings.

[0545] This system makes it possible to establish a video link, forexample over the Internet, between a camera 2060 at a first site2061 and a second site 2062.

[0546] The camera 2060 is, for example, built into a tablet or asmartphone that constitutes the computer system 100.

[0547] The second site 2062 is allowed to operate the dispenser 11present at the first site 2061 either directly or indirectly.

[0548] Thus, the person present at the first site can apply themixture dispensed and send to the second site 2062 a correspondingimage, and in return receive information relating to the makeupresult.

[0549] The second site 2062 may have a display screen 2064 thatallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the result of themakeup with the mixture dispensed by the dispenser and advise theperson who has applied the makeup. This adviser may in returninfluence the dispenser 11 to modify the color of the mixture andbetter suit it to the face of the person present at the first site.The protocol for the exchange of data between the two sites thusallows command instructions to be sent to the dispenser 11, eitherdirectly or via the computer system 100 present at the first site.Thus, the person present at the second site controls the mixturedelivered by the dispenser 11. The first person may make herself upunder the gaze of the second. The second person sees the result ofthe test on the screen and can thus correct the mixture that thissecond person will control remotely until the ideal makeup isobtained.

[0550] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link, such that the user present at the first site can seean image of the adviser on the screen of the computer system. Thisadviser can send the user present at the first site a tutorial ifneed be.

[0551] The memorizing of the setting parameters of the dispenser11, once a given mixture has been considered satisfactory, may becommanded from the second site.

[0552] Advantageously, the dispensing system 10 is designed to beable to modify all the colors esthetically for each area if theperson wishes to change the color of his or her face. Thedispensing system may be designed in such a way that the user onlyhas to modify a single color in one area for the system to modifyall the others. To this end, the dispensing system can usetranslations, for example by recording the color saturation orshifting the shade.

[0553] The dispensing system may be designed to receive the map ofsomebody else, real or virtual. It may also combine the map of theperson with the map of another, in order to sublimate the makeupwithout losing the inherent characteristics.

[0554] The interface may be used to define makeup programs in whichthe order of the areas to make up or the order of the colors topropose is defined.

EXAMPLES

[0555] A dispenser 11 like that illustrated in FIG. 3 is created.The dispenser is designed to communicate with a tablet 100 such asan iPad. This computer system runs an application known as".mu.Mix" developed in the specific Apple environment (XCode 4 andiOS simulator) in the Objective C language.

[0556] It uses Foundation, UIKit and CoreGraphics basic frameworkswhich supply the tools for manipulating the data structures,computation tools and functionalities associated with the usergraphics interface.

[0557] The application also uses the CoreBluetooth frameworkproviding access to the Bluetooth 4 Low Energy peripherals, withthe following main tasks: [0558] looking for Bluetooth 4.0 LowEnergy peripherals, [0559] connection/disconnection and managementof connection parameters, [0560] communication in read and/or writemode based on the GATT (Generic Attribute Profile)architecture.

[0561] The application proposes the following functionalities:[0562] definition of the fractions of base products, [0563] choiceof mode of operation when pressing the control button 12, namelycontinuous, purge or dose, [0564] display of a triangle ofvolumetric fraction as illustrated in FIG. 30 with management ofthe volumetric fraction by tactile touch on the triangle or usingthe +/- buttons associated with each product, [0565] Bluetoothconnection/disconnection and real-time transfer of instructions tothe dispenser, [0566] settings of flow rates in continuous mode,and of quantities in dose mode, [0567] calculation, display andtransfer to the dispenser of the volumetric fractions of productsin real time, depending on the instruction, with the sum of thefractions always equal to 100%, [0568] collection and display ofthe torques of the three motors in real time, and [0569] saving ofthe key parameters in a configuration file.

[0570] The continuous mode is a dispensing mode in which themixture of the three base products is dispensed for as long as theuser presses the dispensing button 12. The product is dispensed ata flow rate, an estimate of which is displayed above the"Continuous" button 304. The choice of flow rate is made in a"Settings" menu.

[0571] The "dose" mode is a mode of dispensing the mixture indoses, in which the dose is delivered after the user presses thedispensing button 12. One press is enough and the user can thenrelease the button. The overall dose of product dispensed is thatindicated above the "Dose" button 306, for example 0.1 ml. Thisvolume can be altered in the "Settings" menu.

[0572] The "purge" mode is a dispensing mode in which a dose ofmixture with equal volumetric fractions (33%) is delivered as soonas the user has pressed the dispensing button 12, as in the "dose"mode. One press is enough and the user can then release the button.When the dose has been dispensed in full, the button may bereleased. If the button is released before the end, dispensingstops, even if the specified volume has not been achieved. Theoverall dose of product dispensed is that indicated above a "Purge"button 305, for example 3 ml. This volume can be altered in theSettings menu.

[0573] The user determines the desired color with the applicationwhich is run on the tablet and which calculates the fractions ofthe various products. The tablet communicates this value to thedispenser by a Bluetooth connection.

[0574] The electronics built into the dispenser 11 collects theinformation and automatically adjusts the flow rates of the threecartridges so as to obtain a mixture of the desired color.

[0575] When the user wishes to use the product, he or she pressesthe button 12 of the dispenser in order to cause the product to beexpelled. He or she presses for as long as he or she wants product,in "continuous" mode. In "dose" mode, the user presses the button12 once and the predefined dose is delivered.

[0576] Dispensing may be performed continuously, namely with themotors operating continuously, the entire volume being dispensed inone hit, or iteratively, the motors then operating in a pulsedfashion; in that case, the time interval between two pulses makesit possible to vary the flow rate. Small volumes are delivered oneafter another in several stages.

[0577] The pulses may be separated for example by intervals of 50ms, 100 ms or 200 ms. The duration of a pulse during which themotor is turning will be from 50 to 150 ms, for example.

[0578] The main page of the ".mu.Mix" application comprises in thisexample the following elements, as can be seen notably in FIG. 31:[0579] status bar at the top of the screen: indicates the status ofthe Bluetooth connection or .mu.Mix if there is no Bluetoothconnection; [0580] thumbnails at the bottom of the screen: forselecting the active page: main page, Settings, Bluetooth, Productsand Favorites; [0581] Continuous button 304 for selecting the modein which products are dispensed continuously; [0582] Purge button305 for selecting the Purge mode; [0583] Dose button 306 forselecting the mode in which dispensing is in doses with the volumeof the dose associated with the Dose button; [0584] a blue ball 300that the user can move around inside the volumetric triangle eitherby dragging it or using a double tap; [0585] "-" buttons 302 foreach product A, B and C: reduces the fraction of product selectedwhen moving along the straight line connecting the point to thevertex of the product selected; [0586] "+" buttons 302 for eachproduct A, B and C: increases the fraction of product selected whenmoving along the straight line connecting the point to the vertexof the product selected; [0587] volumetric fraction of each productas a percentage: modifiable by the user and updated in real timeaccording to the instruction from the + and - buttons 302 and theposition of the ball 300.

[0588] While the volumetric fractions are being modified by movingthe ball or using the + and - buttons, the values of the volumetricfractions of the products A, B and C are updated automatically.When the volumetric fractions are modified using the + and -buttons, the ball 300 is moved automatically into the correspondingposition in the triangle.

[0589] When the application run on the tablet is started up, itautomatically connects to the dispenser 11 if it is detected. Whenthe dispenser is switched off or the Bluetooth connection isbroken, the tablet disconnects. When the user moves the cursorsthat adjust the proportions of the products A and B, the values aretransmitted in real time to the dispenser 11.

[0590] The Settings page of the application contains the followingelements: [0591] status bar at the top of the screen: indicates thestatus of the Bluetooth connection or .mu.Mix if there is noBluetooth connection; [0592] thumbnails at the bottom of thescreen: for selecting the active page:

[0593] main page, Settings, Bluetooth, or Info; [0594] "Volumes"part with a text field to be filled in by the user to define thevolume of the dose, in ml (2 ml for example), and a field for thepurge volume, in ml (3 ml for example). The minimum doses in thisexample are 0.023 ml and the maximum doses are 9.90 ml (3.times.3.3ml); [0595] "Flow rate" part with selection of the flow rate: fast(>>0.03 ml/s), medium (>>0.02 ml/s) or slow(>>0.01 ml/s); [0596] "Dose" part with iterative choice ofthe mixture, for dispensing a mixture of products with smallvolumes delivered one after another in several stages;

[0597] In the contrary case, the total volume of each product isdispensed in one hit; [0598] "Triangle image" part for selectingthe image of the triangle that will be displayed on the main pagein order to be able to display a triangle with the colors deliveredby the dispenser 11. By using a "Choose image" button on the"Settings" page, an album can be accessed.

[0599] The "Products" page of the application has, in the examplein question, the following elements: [0600] a choice of the valueof each product in code step units from 0 to 1414.

[0601] Each unit corresponds to a delivered product volume of 2.33.mu.l, which is the smallest quantity that the dispenser in thisexample can deliver; when this page is displayed, it is the valuesof products on this page that are transmitted in real time to thedispenser. As soon as the page is no longer displayed, the valuessent to the dispenser are those of the main page with the triangle;[0602] display of the motor torques for A, B and C in real timerefreshed every 45 values.

[0603] The mode in which the products are delivered is theiterative or direct dose mode, according to the option chosen onthe Settings page.

[0604] The "Favorites" page allows configurations to be saved in afile. It provides access in the example in question to 10 files,namely "Configuration 1" to "Configuration 10" in addition to thedefault file. These files record for example the followingparameters: [0605] fractions of products A, B and C, [0606] Purgevolume, [0607] Dose volume, [0608] fast, medium or slow flow rate,[0609] Dose, Purge or Continuous mode, [0610] continuous oriterative dispensing.

Example 1 (First Aspect of the Invention)

[0611] Several base products are created with what is known as ahigh-density pigment and a low-density pigment.

[0612] The base products "A", "B" and "C" are intended forrespective cartridges. Certain base products have a high level ofthickening (A1, B1, C1), others do not (A2, B2, C2).

TABLE-US-00001 Silica aerogel (DOW CORNING VM- Bismuth 2260 AEROGELoxychloride BEADS) Jaguar HP Red40 (Emerald (Kolortec co) Density =0.09 60 (Solvay Performance ormulation 7.7 g/cm3 g/cm3 Novecare)material) Glycerol water A1 5% .sup. 2% % qs 100% A2 5% 0.2% % qs100% B1 0.5% .sup. 2% % qs 100% B2 0.5% 0.2% % qs 100% C1 .sup. 2%0.05% % qs 100% C2 0.2% 0.05% % qs 100%

[0613] The densities of the formulations are measured (at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10 minutes ofrotation of the measuring bar) [0614] A1: 2.6 Pas [0615] A2: 0.55Pas [0616] B1:2.4 Pas [0617] B2: 0.4 Pas [0618] C1:2.6 Pas [0619]C2: 0.6 Pas

[0620] Test 1 (According to the Invention)

[0621] The system was tested with: [0622] A1, [0623] B1, [0624]C1

[0625] By virtue of the system for dispensing, a mixture with thefollowing volumetric proportions in the final mixture A: 25%, B:25%, C: 50% is defined.

[0626] The system is used at t0 to deliver 200 mg of product. Themixture is then spread.

[0627] The same operation is carried out for several days (20days).

[0628] By comparing the results, it is apparent that they areconstant.

[0629] Test 2 (not According to the Invention)

[0630] The system was tested with: [0631] A2, [0632] B2, [0633]C1

[0634] As in the case of test 1, a mixture with the followingvolumetric proportions A: 25%, B: 25%, C: 50% is dispensed.

[0635] The same test as in test 1 is carried out.

[0636] By comparing the results, it is apparent that the colorsobtained vary from one day to another.

[0637] Test 3

[0638] The system was tested with: [0639] A1, [0640] B2, [0641]C1

[0642] As in the case of test 1, a mixture with the volumetricproportions A: 25%, B: 25%, C: 50% is created.

[0643] The same test as in test 1 is carried out.

[0644] By comparing the results, it is apparent that the colorsobtained vary from one day to another, but less than in test 2.

[0645] Test 4

[0646] The system was tested with: [0647] A1, [0648] B1, [0649]C2

[0650] As in the case of test 1, a mixture A: 25%, B: 25%, C: 50%is created.

[0651] The same test as in test 1 is carried out.

[0652] By comparing the results, it is apparent that the colorsobtained remain constant. This configuration is preferred in thecase of test 1 since it is easier to apply.

Example 2 (First Aspect of the Invention)

[0653] The same base products are created but the glycerol and someof the water are replaced with ethanol in the formulation withoutdense particles.

TABLE-US-00002 Silica aerogel (DOW CORNING VM- Bismuth 2260 AEROGELoxychloride BEADS) Jaguar HP (Kolortec co) Density = 0.09 60(Solvay Formulation 7.7 g/cm3 g/cm3 Novecare) Ethanol Glycerolwater A1 5% 2% 16% qs 100% B1 0.5% 2% 16% qs 100% C1 1% 40% qs100%

[0654] Test 1

[0655] The system was tested with: [0656] A1, [0657] B1, [0658]C1

[0659] By virtue of the system, a mixture A: 40%, B: 40%, C: 20% isdefined.

[0660] The system is used at t0 to deliver 200 mg of product. Themixture is then spread.

[0661] The same operation is carried out for several days (20days).

[0662] By comparing the results, it is apparent that they areconstant.

[0663] In spite of the high rheology of the base products incompartments A and B, a mixture that is easy to apply isobtained.

[0664] B) System for Dispensing a Product, Comprising a DispenserReceiving at Least Two Cartridges that Each have a ReservoirContaining a Base Product, a First Base Product Comprising aThickener, a Second Base Product Comprising an Agent for Modulatingthe Viscosity of the Thickening Agent

[0665] The precision of the color obtained is a very importantfactor for obtaining a quality result. However, it is alsonecessary, in order to obtain the most attractive results, that theproduct have the best possible applicability.

[0666] This is particularly true in the case of concealing areaswith imperfections, this requiring local application in order toavoid the spreading reflex.

[0667] Several other points of view should be considered.

[0668] Verticality/Horizontality: For example, in vertical areas,such as the forehead, there is a risk of the products running(compared with horizontal areas such as the under-eye area).

[0669] Skin grain: The areas with an "open" skin grain (dilatedpores, fine lines) cause different application problems comparedwith smoother areas, notably in order to avoid "marking" of thedefects.

[0670] Coverage: It is known that certain colored areas requiresignificant thicknesses. It is thus necessary that applicabilityallows this. Idem with the opposite meaning in the case of lowcoverage to leave the face with a natural appearance, with the skinvisible through the makeup.

[0671] Bilayer: In some cases, two products are made to react orinteract in the form of two layers (for example for visualeffects). In these cases, it is important to respect the ratio ofapplied quantities of products. Here too, it is necessary that thequantity of each layer produced be well controlled.

[0672] Finally, it is possible for the user to be disappointed withthe applicability of the products, finding it not very suitable forhis or her particular case. Thus, it is advantageous for him or herto be able to modify the applicability of the products generatedwith his or her system after certain tests.

[0673] This is all the more essential when the manufacturer basesthe attractiveness of the system on the makeup results allowedthereby. It is not readily conceivable that users will buy severalsystems to cover the different scenarios or will use the systemreplacing the compartments depending on these scenarios. The otherpossibility, consisting in providing a very large number ofcompartments, is not easy to implement, either.

[0674] According to a second of its aspects, the subject of thepresent invention is a system for dispensing a product, comprisinga dispenser that receives at least two cartridges that each have areservoir containing a base product, a first base productcomprising a thickener, a second base product comprising an agentfor modulating the viscosity of the thickening agent, the dispensermaking it possible to deliver at least these two base products inadjustable proportions.

[0675] According to this second aspect, the invention may have oneor more of the following features: [0676] First implementation: Thefirst base product has a viscosity greater than or equal to 2 Pas,and preferably greater than or equal to 4 Pas, more preferablybetween 4 Pas and 10 Pas, even more preferably between 5 Pas and 8Pas, with a pH-sensitive thickening active agent, and the secondbase product contains an acid agent that modifies the viscosity ofthe active agent of the first product upon contact between the twoproducts. The thickening active agent of the first product isnotably a gelling agent based on acrylate or methacrylate polymeror copolymer, such as a Carbomer, used between 0.8 and 2.5% by massrelative to the mass of the first product, better still between 1and 2.3% by mass relative to the mass of the first product, evenbetter still between 1.5 and 2.2% by mass relative to the mass ofthe first product, and the acidifying agent is notably a mineral ororganic acid such as citric acid or lactic acid, used between 0.2and 10% by mass relative to the mass of the second product, betterstill between 2 and 10% by mass relative to the mass of the secondproduct, even better still between 5 and 8% by mass relative to themass of the second product. The first product may contain otherthickeners (not pH-sensitive), for example polyose thickeningagents. The viscosity of the second product may be less than orgreater than or equal to the viscosity of the first product and bebrought about by a polyose gelling agent. Preferably, the viscosityof the second product is between 1 and 3 Pas. The pH of the firstproduct is greater than or equal to 6, preferably greater than orequal to 7, more preferably greater than or equal to 8. The pH ofthe second product is less than or equal to 6, better still lessthan or equal to 5, preferably between 2 and 5, more preferablybetween 3 and 5. Preferably, the acidifying agent of the secondproduct is combined with a basifying agent such that the pH of thesecond product is not less than 2. In this combination, thebasifying agent and the acidifying agent are regulated with analkaline/acid normality ratio less than or equal to 1, preferablyless than or equal to, such that the pH of the second product isless than or equal to 7 and preferably greater than or equal to 2.Preferably, the alkaline agent is mineral, such as sodiumhydroxide, and the acidifying agent is organic, such as acarboxylic acid such as citric acid or lactic acid. [0677] Secondimplementation: The first base product has a viscosity greater thanor equal to 2 Pas, and preferably greater than or equal to 4 Pas,more preferably between 4 Pas and 10 Pas, even more preferablybetween 5 Pas and 8 Pas, and the second base product has aviscosity of between 0.01 and 2 Pas, better still between 0.05 and1 Pas, preferably between 0.1 and 0.5 Pas. The first product andthe second product contain notably a gelling agent based onacrylate or methacrylate polymer or copolymer, such as a Carbomer,or a polyose-based gelling agent, with concentrations of gellingagent (all the gelling agents) for the first of between 0.8 and2.5% by mass relative to the mass of the first product, betterstill between 1 and 2.3% by mass relative to the mass of the firstproduct, even better still between 1.5 and 2.2% by mass relative tothe mass of the first product, and for the second product ofbetween 0 and 2.5% by mass relative to the mass of the secondproduct, better still between 0 and 2% by mass relative to the massof the second product, even better still between 0 and 1% by massrelative to the mass of the second product, preferably between 0and 0.5% by mass relative to the mass of the second product. In oneparticular case, the first and the second product contain apH-sensitive gelling active agent. In this case, the two baseproducts may contain this thickening agent in different or similarconcentrations. In the second case (similar concentrations), the pHvalues may be different, such as greater than or equal to 6,preferably greater than or equal to 7, more preferably greater thanor equal to 8 for the first product, and such as less than 6,preferably less than 5 for the second base product. [0678] Thirdimplementation: The first base product has a viscosity less than orequal to 2 Pas, and better still less than or equal to 1 Pas, andcontains a pH-sensitive thickening active agent, and the secondbase product contains an alkaline agent that modifies the viscosityof the active agent of the first product upon contact between thetwo products. The thickening active agent of the first product isnotably a thickening agent based on acrylate or methacrylatepolymer or copolymer, such as a Carbomer, and the second product isa basifying agent, such as a mineral or organic base such as anamine or aqueous ammonia. The viscosity of the second product maybe less than or greater than or equal to the viscosity of the firstproduct. Preferably, the viscosity of the second product is between1 and 3 Pas. The concentration of thickening agent in the firstproduct may vary from 0.8 to 5% by mass relative to the mass of thefirst product, better still between 1 and 2.3% by mass relative tothe mass of the first product, even better still between 1.5 and2.2% by mass relative to the mass of the first product. The pH ofthe first product is less than 6 and preferably less than 5. The pHof the second product is greater than 6, better still greater than7, even better still greater than or equal to 8. Preferably, thebasifying agent of the second product is combined with anacidifying agent such that the pH of the second product is lessthan or equal to 10. In this combination, the basifying agent andthe acidifying agent are regulated with an alkaline/acid normalityratio greater than or equal to 1, such that the pH is greater thanor equal to 7, preferably less than or equal to 10. Preferably, thealkaline agent is organic, such as an organic amine, and thealkaline agent is mineral, such as hydrochloric acid. [0679] thesecond base product may comprise a quantity of anionic surfactantsless than or equal to 5%. Such a quantity of anionic surfactantsmakes it possible to confer additional characteristics on thesecond product, such as a foaming effect, a detergent effect or amakeup removal effect, without there being any thickening effect inthe second base product, the thickening effect arising only uponmixing of the first and the second base product. The anionicsurfactant is chosen for example from sodium laureth sulfate,oxyethylenated sodium laureth sulfate, surfactants comprisingsulfonic functions such as sodium lauroyl sarcosinate. [0680] thedispensing system may comprise a third cartridge with a third baseproduct, [0681] the third base product may comprise a thickener,notably with a different concentration than that of the first baseproduct, [0682] the thickener of the third base product is chosenfrom saccharide compounds of the rubber type, such as gum arabic,acacia gum, guar gum, gellan gum, karaya gum, carrageenan gum,cellulose-based compounds such as CMC, HMC, HPMC, syntheticpolymers such as polyacrylic or polymethacrylic acids such ascarbomers (Carbopol), or polyurethanes, polyvinyl acetate,polyvinyl alcohol, inverse or direct thick emulsions, combinationsof non-aqueous solvents with thickening agents for oil, clays suchas bentonite, attapulgite, organochelators, proteins such as caseinor collagen, shear-thinning or thixotropic rheology agents,preferably chosen from synthetic polymers such as polyacrylic orpolymethacrylic acids partially crosslinked for example byerythritol allyl ether, or sucrose allyl ether or propylene allylether groups, such as carbomers (Carbopol), [0683] the thickenermay be a Carbopol gel, preferably in a neutral or alkaline medium,notably with a content of between 0.1 and 2.5% by mass relative tothe total mass of the third base product, better still between 0.8%and 2.5% relative to the total mass of the first base product, evenbetter still between 1.5% and 2.3% relative to the total mass ofthe first base product, [0684] the cartridges may be received in aremovable manner in the dispenser, [0685] each product may leavethe cartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge, theoutlet passage being defined by a dispensing end piece of thecartridge, said end piece being driven in rotation relative to abody of the cartridge by a drive mechanism of the dispenser inorder to dispense the base product contained in the cartridge,[0686] the system may have a mechanism for hom*ogenizing the firstbase product, notably a vibrating mechanism.

[0687] This aspect of the invention also relates to a method forapplying a cosmetic, makeup and/or care, product to human keratinmaterials, comprising the setting of the dispenser depending on thearea to be treated, and the dispensing of the product by baseproducts being picked up from the cartridges in the proportionscorresponding to the setting of the dispenser.

[0688] Setting may be carried out so as to have the greatestviscosity, application being carried out on skin blemishes.

[0689] Setting may be carried out so as to have an intermediateviscosity between the end-point viscosities that can be obtained,application being carried out on skin blemishes or in the under-eyearea. [0690] Thus, according to this second aspect of theinvention, the dispensing system comprises at least twocompartments: [0691] One compartment 1 comprises a thickening agentE [0692] Another compartment 2 comprises a regulating agent R forthe thickening effect of the thickening agent.

[0693] The other compartments (3, 4, etc.) that may be presentcomprise other agents for the makeup M or for skincare (pigments,biological active agents, protective active agents, colorants,etc.). [0694] E is typically a thickener that is modulable by a pHagent [0695] R is typically a pH agent

[0696] Or: [0697] E is a thickener [0698] R is a diluent

[0699] Agents M can be placed in compartment 1 and compartment 2,with a degree of logic.

[0700] According to this second aspect, the invention makes itpossible to treat one or more areas of the face and to obtainmixtures that are very precise in terms of color faithfulness andsuitable applicability for obtaining particularly effectiveeffects. Hereinbelow, the term "area" is used to denote a definedpart of the face, fairly small in surface area, covering between 1cm2 and 100 cm2, better still ranging from 2 cm2 to 50 cm2.

[0701] The dispensing system preferably has a dispenser as definedabove. The dispensing system may thus consist of a single deviceoperating autonomously, preferably able to be manipulated in onehand, or of a device that operates in interaction with othercomponents or devices. It may for example entail various outletinterfaces which are mounted on the dispenser depending on the typeof makeup to be created, as will be specified below. It may alsoentail a computer system which exchanges information with thedispenser in order to operate the latter, this computer systemcomprising, for example, a portable terminal such as a smartphone,a camera phone, a tablet, a laptop computer or a dedicatedterminal.

[0702] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[0703] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[0704] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[0705] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[0706] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[0707] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[0708] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[0709] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[0710] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[0711] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[0712] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[0713] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[0714] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s. Preferably, thedrive mechanism delivers flow rates of between 20 and 100 .mu.L/s,better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60 .mu.L/s. It is thus possibleto easily create a mixture of around 10 mg. Such a dispensingsystem is therefore ideal for achieving small touches of makeup,for covering an area of 1 cm.sup.2, better still an area of 0.5cm.sup.2, for example.

[0715] It is also possible to create larger quantities of mixturesuch as the quantities needed to make up a cheek or a face. Thesequantities remain relatively low, however, for example a quantityof between 100 and 500 mg, better still between 150 and 250 mg.

[0716] Thus, one subject of the invention, according to one aspectthereof, is a dispensing system comprising a dispenser having ahousing, and at least one cartridge received in the housing of thedispenser, this cartridge having a body and a piston capable ofmoving in the body, the housing comprising a motorized drivemechanism for moving the piston of the cartridge.

[0717] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[0718] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[0719] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[0720] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[0721] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[0722] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[0723] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[0724] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[0725] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[0726] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[0727] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[0728] In order to adjust the shade, the dispensing systemaccording to the invention has to allow the user to vary the volumedelivered from each compartment.

[0729] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[0730] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the shadeto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several base products of different colors.

[0731] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[0732] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[0733] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time or, as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted from one another so that one product isbeing dispensed while the other products are paused.

[0734] In one particular embodiment, the mixture is delivered intoa cavity of a container which may close hermetically or not, forexample in the form of a cup, into which an applicator,particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped. Such a dispensingsystem is especially suited to liners, glosses and otherformulations applied without direct contact with the hands. Thiscontainer may be removable.

[0735] For example, it is used as a lip-color dispenser and has adispensing system, for example using a screw. When not removable,the container may be produced with the body of the dispenser. Whenit is removable, it may constitute one output interface amongothers that can be mounted on the dispenser.

[0736] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[0737] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for graduations to be achieved simply. An"alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture A to a mixture B several times in succession. In thecase of application by spraying, a multilayer application can thusbe achieved, with different formulations for two superposedadjacent coats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offerseveral preprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system eachtime indicating to the user how these should be used, for exampleby display on a screen.

[0738] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the makeup tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person is fully made up.

[0739] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[0740] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[0741] Adjustment of Applicability

[0742] According to one exemplary embodiment of the invention,compartment 1 contains a composition of viscosity R1 andcompartment 2 contains a composition intended to modify theviscosity R1 of the product in compartment 1 upon contact.

[0743] Scenario a: Compartment 2 may contain an agent that iscapable, upon contact with the product in compartment 1, to modifythe viscosity of the product in the latter. By deciding on theratios of products to be delivered, it is thus possible to modifyand adjust the final viscosity to its correct value.

[0744] Scenario b: Compartment 2 may contain a composition ofviscosity R2, less than or greater than R1. In this case, uponcontact, the resultant viscosity will be modified. By deciding onthe ratios of products to be delivered, it is thus possible tomodify and adjust the final viscosity to its correct value.

[0745] Scenario c: In a particular and advantageous case,compartment 2 may contain a composition of viscosity close (orequal) to R1, provided that contact modifies the viscosity of theproduct in compartment 1.

[0746] In order to implement all of these scenarios, it is possibleto use various thickening agents E and regulating agents R.

[0747] The thickeners "E" are typically gelling compounds, forinstance natural ingredients such as saccharides for instance gumarabics, acacia gum, guar gum, gellan gum, karaya gum, etc.,synthetic polymers such as polyacrylic or polymethacrylic acidssuch as carbomers (Carbopol), inverse or direct thick emulsions, orcombinations of non-aqueous solvents with thickening agents foroil.

[0748] In the case of saccharide compounds of the "rubber" type,they are used at between 0.2% and 5% by mass relative to the massof the base product comprising them, better still between 0.8% and2.5% by mass relative to the mass of the base product comprisingthem, even better still between 1.5% and 2.3% by mass relative tothe mass of the base product comprising them.

[0749] The gelling compounds that can be used may be natural orartificial, such as starches (E441), pectins (E440), agar (E406),alginic acid (E400), sodium alginate (E401), potassium alginate(E402), ammonium alginate (E403), calcium alginate (E404),carrageenan (E407) or ingredients originating from animals (gelatinsuch as E441).

[0750] For solvent-rich formulations, use may be made of anorganogelator. These are typically organic liquids, a mineral oilor a vegetable oil, trapped in a three-dimensional networkresulting from the supramolecular self-assembly of small organicmolecules (also known as organogelators) forming microscopic ornanoscopic structures. They are used in an amount of 1 to 10% bymass relative to the mass of the base product comprising them, andmay be for example derivatives of 4-tert-butyl-1-arylcyclohexanols,polymeric derivatives such as polyethylene glycols, polyesters,polyalkylenes, derivatives of N-lauroyl-L-lysine ethyl ester,derivatives of peptides, small fatty acids.

[0751] The agents R are: [0752] In particular for scenario a,solvents such as water, ethanol or oil, pH agents, such as aqueousammonia, amine or sodium hydroxide, salts such as NaCl, [0753] Inparticular for scenario b, thickening compounds. The thickeningcompound may: [0754] be different than the compound E, [0755] or bethe same at a different concentration, [0756] or be the same at anidentical concentration but under conditions in which itsthickening expression is different.

[0757] In the particular case of scenario c, the product incompartment 2 contains a thickener in order to come close to theviscosity R1 and a second agent that is able to modify theviscosity of the product in compartment 1.

[0758] Examples illustrating scenario a: [0759] A 100% neutralized(aqueous ammonia) 1% Carbopol gel is placed in compartment 1. A 4%acidifying agent (citric acid) is placed in compartment 2. [0760] A10% neutralized (aqueous ammonia) 1% Carbopol gel is placed incompartment 1. An alkaline agent (10% aqueous ammonia) is placed incompartment 2. [0761] An anionic surfactant solution (5% LES) isplaced in compartment 1. A 10% saline agent (NaCl) is placed incompartment 2.

[0762] Examples illustrating scenario b: [0763] A 100% neutralized(aqueous ammonia) 1% Carbopol gel is placed in compartment 1. Adiluted (0.2%) guar gum (jaguar HP 60) is placed in compartment2.

[0764] Example illustrating scenario c: [0765] A 100% neutralized(aqueous ammonia) 1% Carbopol gel is placed in compartment 1. A 50%neutralized 2% Carbopol gel is placed in compartment 2.

[0766] Optimization

[0767] It is very advantageous to have as few compartments aspossible.

[0768] Thus, if a color adjustment is desired, it would benecessary to provide two compartments in addition to the two thatare intended to control the viscosity.

[0769] If the system only comprises a single product containingdense particles, it will have to comply with the rheological rulesdefined above.

[0770] It is possible to place the active agents M in compartments1 or 2 or 1 and 2.

[0771] For example, the active agents M are placed in compartments1 and 2 at two different concentrations.

[0772] If the product in compartment 2 is considered to increasethe viscosity in compartment 1, it is advantageous to place lessactive agent M in compartment 2 than in compartment 1.Specifically, by putting the product in compartment 2 into contactwith the product in compartment 1, the concentration of activeagent M is reduced in the mixture, but by increasing the thickeningof the mixture, the thickness of the layer produced is increased,thereby realizing a compensation effect.

[0773] It is possible to place an active agent M1 in a compartment1 and an active agent M2 in compartment 2. For example, M1 is acovering component and M2 is an anti-acne active agent. Thus, themore the user decides to put the product in compartment 2 intocontact with the product in compartment 1, the more he will reducethe concentration of active agent M1 in the mixture and the more hewill increase the concentration of active agent M2 in the mixture.This configuration is especially advantageous for treating acneicskin. In an embodiment rich in product in compartment 1, theproduct is applied to the entire face. In an embodiment rich inproduct in compartment 2, the product is thick and applied well tothe buttons: (when there is not necessarily a need for a highconcentration of covering active agent M1 or when there is a needfor a high concentration of anti-acne active agent M2).

[0774] It is possible to place the active agents M in a compartment3. Thus, it is possible to regulate the concentration of activeagents M and to regulate the viscosity and thus theapplicability.

[0775] Use for Making Up One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[0776] The dispensing system allows makeup to be applied, day afterday, with only the areas that need to be hidden being treated. Tothis end, small doses of makeup are delivered, and are appliedspecifically and sequentially to the corresponding areas. Eachsmall dose is created using the mixture suited to the area.

[0777] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below.

[0778] In one particularly advantageous embodiment, the programmingtakes into account the viscosity to be achieved in order to obtainoptimum results. As an alternative, the dispensing system informsthe person, when delivering a mixture, of the area to which theperson is to apply the mixture. Thus, the dispensing system mayfollow an application program in which it delivers, in a givenorder, the various mixtures that are to be applied.

[0779] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the color, the areaof the face and the quantity needed, thereby making it possible toreduce costs and wastage of product, and to cover the skin onlylightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. In so doing, it ispossible to use products that have a high covering capability andprovide too much cover to be applied to the whole of the face.Thus, it is possible to obtain makeup of natural or evenundetectable appearance.

[0780] The dispensing system may also make it possible, byfacilitating the dispensing of small quantities and rapid usethereof, to reduce the time for which the products are kept, thusmaking it possible to reduce the risks of the products changingand/or to reduce the amounts of preservative to be used.

[0781] The dispensing system is suited to treating the areas thatare to be concealed, without having to conceal the entire face.

[0782] When the user is looking for the color to apply to an areaof the face, it is advantageous to memorize the color best suitedto each area, and the dispensing system is thus advantageouslydesigned to memorize this color and the corresponding area. Thus,by using the memorized information, on each use, the same mixturecan be delivered for each area or, if several areas are beingtreated, the same series of mixtures can be delivered for the sameseries of areas.

[0783] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the colors application after application.Thus, the person may make up her lips using different colors thatshe chooses on a day-by-day basis to suit her tastes. This approachis also suitable for the eyelids or eyelashes, and for face makeupbecause the person may fancy a change of foundation color. Forexample, on weekdays, the person applies a pale colored foundation,with a more tanned foundation color at the weekends, or may haveeye makeup in one color one day and another color another day.

[0784] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange color to suit her tastes according to the day, the time,what she is wearing, and the weather. Thus, a system to assist withdecision making is advantageously provided to guide the user in herchoices of color.

[0785] An assistance system may also be provided for balancing thecolors on the same face and contribute toward a successful overallmakeup look.

[0786] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[0787] The invention may make it possible to achieve a graduatedeffect, in the same way as described above.

[0788] Continuous Use for Graduated Makeup

[0789] In this application, the dispensing system changes theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product. Inaddition, the outlet for the base products or for the mixture ismoved relative to a container or a support defining an applicationsurface. In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the color C1 of one area to betreated and of the color C2 of another area to be treated. Forexample, with the knowledge that the chin requires a color C1 andthat the cheek requires a color C2, the dispensing system may varythe formulation of the mixture while it is delivering it in orderto graduate the color between these two colors. This makes itpossible for example to better conceal imperfections of the facewhile ensuring that the end result is realistic, or allows color tobe graduated for beautifying purposes. The dispensing system mayalso be designed such that the user can command a variation incolor of the mixture dispensed without the start and/or end colorshaving been set beforehand. To do that, the dispensing system maypossess a location or auto-location system and deduce from alook-up table the colors C1 and C2 that it has to create andtherefore the changes in the mixture that it has to make.

[0790] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to make the center of the cheek redder than theperiphery thereof, with a graduation between the two.

[0791] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[0792] It is also possible to produce solid or semi-solidproducts.

[0793] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[0794] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[0795] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or are provided in the compartments of the dispenserwith the other constituents of the base products, or are containedin the dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[0796] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[0797] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [0798] set solid, [0799] yield a materialthat can crumble if rubbed, and are preferably colored.

[0800] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition, betterstill more than 20% by mass of solid particles relative to thetotal mass of the composition, even better still more than 30% bymass of solid particles relative to the total mass of thecomposition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition.

[0801] These compositions may contain absorbent particles orreactive compounds, such as those that react in contact with theair, for example cyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those whichreact to light, notably UV.

[0802] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[0803] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system incorporates a heating means, for example with anelectrical resistor, to create lipsticks or other waxy products. Inthat case, the base products are heated before being delivered.

[0804] The dispensing system may also comprise a means forsupplying heat and/or light energy, after the mixture has beendispensed into a container, for example an electrical resistor oran LED, notably UV. This energy may accelerate the setting-solid ofthe dispensed mixture.

[0805] The use of the agents E and R makes it possible to regulatethe rheological performance of the solid or semi-solid product.

[0806] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it setssolid.

[0807] Creation of Color Palettes

[0808] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures deposited in said regions, for example a series of colorssuited to various parts of the face.

[0809] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[0810] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[0811] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[0812] Cup-Type Dispenser

[0813] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[0814] The dispensing system may have a cup and a dispenser forfilling the cup with at least one product, the cup being secured tothe dispenser at least while it is being filled.

[0815] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[0816] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[0817] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[0818] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[0819] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[0820] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to the making upto be performed, as described in detail below.

[0821] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[0822] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[0823] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up and the base products easier to mix.

[0824] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[0825] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. This may facilitate the testing ofcolored substances and/or allow the preparation of severaldifferent color mixtures intended for making up respective areas ofthe face. The cups may be associated with identifiers that remindthe user of the area of the face for which a mixture contained in agiven cup is intended.

[0826] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[0827] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the color of the mixture contained inside.

[0828] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[0829] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[0830] The base product(s) delivered into the cup are preferablyfoundations, but as an alternative may be makeup products for thelips or eyelids.

[0831] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Its depth is preferably between 1 and 10 mm. Preferably, the sizeand shape of the cup either allow direct application of the mixtureto the skin or allow the mixture to be picked up on a finger orusing an applicator. The cup may be made of an elasticallydeformable material, making it possible for example to turn theconcavity of the bottom of the cup inside out and empty it moreeasily or use it to apply the product.

[0832] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[0833] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[0834] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga makeup product, comprising the step of filling a cup of adispensing system as defined above with at least one base productfrom the dispenser.

[0835] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[0836] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[0837] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[0838] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[0839] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[0840] The dispensing system preferably has a dispenser havingoutlet passages for base products and an outlet interface that isseparable from the dispenser, this interface having a staticblender that preferably delivers the mixture into the cavity whereit can be picked up.

[0841] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[0842] It is possible to use several outlet interfaces and to fillthem with different respective mixtures, without the need to purgethe blender, thereby reducing losses of product. The outletinterface may be a single-use interface, if necessary.

[0843] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[0844] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[0845] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[0846] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[0847] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[0848] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[0849] Reduced Dead Volume

[0850] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing thecolor of the mixture to be varied as quickly as possible duringapplication, particularly when the dispenser is coupled to anairbrush.

[0851] Since the dispenser receives at least two cartridges thateach have a reservoir containing a base product, the latter canleave the cartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge,this outlet passage opening out at the outside of the dispenser ornear the external surface thereof.

[0852] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[0853] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[0854] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[0855] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the end of the housing of the dispenser in the absenceof an outlet interface. The mounting area may be substantiallyplanar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the dispenserhousing.

[0856] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[0857] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[0858] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[0859] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[0860] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[0861] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different makeup looks easily and be able, if sodesired, to make up areas as different as the skin, the lips, theeyelashes or eyebrows.

[0862] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a dispensing system comprising anassembly comprising a dispenser of at least one cosmetic, notablymakeup, product and at least two outlet interfaces, each of whichcan be mounted removably on the dispenser, these outlet interfaceswhich are able to receive the product or products delivered by thedispenser preferably being chosen from among the following: [0863]an outlet interface having a container, notably a cup, allowing theproduct to be picked up using a finger or using an applicator,[0864] an outlet interface allowing the product to be delivered toa spray system, notably an airbrush, [0865] an outlet interfacehaving several regions for receiving the product, which can moverelative to the dispenser, [0866] an outlet interface that allowsthe product to be delivered to a dispensing end piece.

[0867] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[0868] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[0869] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[0870] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[0871] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[0872] A further subject of the invention is a makeup methodinvolving the step of selecting an outlet interface, mounting it onthe dispenser, and delivering the product(s) contained in thedispenser to the interface.

[0873] Mapping and Learning

[0874] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing a color with an area, with recording.

[0875] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofcolored substance may be applied with a finger, using conventionaltools such as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[0876] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everyday makeup.This learning period may take account of the viscosity. In theprocess, the user tests several rheologies and inputs the bestadjustment obtained.

[0877] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[0878] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate color.

[0879] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same color is appropriate.

[0880] To create the map, the operator applies a color, then makesan assessment.

[0881] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the cheek, thenon the nose, etc.

[0882] Another option is to create a given mixture and apply thissame mixture to several areas. The operator then needs to look forthe area of the face to which the color is suited. The mixture isthen indexed in the computer system which attributes it to thearea(s) of the face for which it is suitable.

[0883] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a learning process for a dispensingsystem comprising a dispenser for dispensing a mixture of variablecolor, and a computer system for selecting a color and for storingdata, comprising the steps of:

[0884] a) selecting at least one color with the aid of an interfaceof the computer system,

[0885] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture of the selected color,

[0886] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face,

[0887] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[0888] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for making up said area.

[0889] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[0890] It is also possible to create a given mixture and to lookfor the area of the face for which it is suitable. The mixture isthen recorded, being attributed to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable, in a look-up table that will be usedsubsequently in order to deduce which mixture to use on the basisof an area of the skin.

[0891] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[0892] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[0893] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to apply makeup. Thus, the dispensing system canbe used at sales outlets to advise people wishing to apply makeupor at home in order to define correctly which products toorder.

[0894] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying the color of the mixture when it is selected.

[0895] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[0896] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[0897] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[0898] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[0899] The computer system may be designed to search a database forthe reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[0900] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[0901] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture color at least on the basis of the imageanalyzed.

[0902] Step a) may be preceded by the computer system proposing tothe user a color and an area to be tested with a mixture of thiscolor.

[0903] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[0904] The computer system may be designed to propose at least onecolor of mixture in step a) depending on an application area ofwhich it has been informed by the user.

[0905] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneapplication area in step a), on the basis of a color of which ithas been informed by the user.

[0906] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least two mixturesof different colors, preferably separate, so that they can beapplied simultaneously to the test area.

[0907] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[0908] A further subject of the invention is a method of making upusing a dispensing system according to the invention, in which:

[0909] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed for makeup,

[0910] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposed colorfor making up an associated area, on the basis of the learningperformed beforehand, and

[0911] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce themixture of the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[0912] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[0913] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [0914] allow theuser to select at least one color and/or one application area,notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [0915] operate adispenser in such a way as to deliver a mixture of the colorselected by the user, [0916] allow the user to trigger thememorizing of the color of the mixture and of an associatedapplication area, notably with a view to subsequently dispensingthe same mixture, notably on the same area.

[0917] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [0918] receive a request from the user regarding a needfor makeup, notably using an interface such as a touch screen,[0919] propose, on the basis at least of data generated by thelearning process as defined above, at least one color and/or oneapplication area, [0920] operate a dispenser to produce the mixtureof the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[0921] Remote Assistance

[0922] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in applyingmakeup, notably in choosing the correct colorings.

[0923] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is thus a method of applying makeupinvolving the steps of: [0924] allowing a video link to beestablished, for example over the Internet, between a camera on afirst site and a second site, [0925] allowing the second site todirectly or indirectly operate a dispenser present at the firstsite, this dispenser making it possible to vary the color of amixture dispensed, [0926] allowing a person present at the firstsite to apply the mixture dispensed and to send a correspondingimage to the second site, so as to receive in return informationrelating to the makeup result.

[0927] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the makeup resultwith the product dispensed by the dispenser and advise the personwho has applied the makeup. This adviser may in return influencethe dispenser to alter the color of the mixture and adapt it tobest suit the face of the person present at the first site. Thus,this person controls the mixture delivered by the dispenser. Thefirst person may make herself up under the gaze of the second. Thesecond person sees the result of the test on the screen and canthus correct the mixture that this second person will controlremotely until the ideal makeup is obtained.

[0928] If appropriate, the video acquisition can be calibratedusing a test pattern or with the mixture dispensed by the dispenseronto a reference surface. That then allows a more faithful displayof the makeup applied at the first site.

[0929] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[0930] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[0931] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine thecolor of each of the base products.

[0932] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[0933] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral apply makeup. This embodiment makes it possible to developmakeup artists and their work, either within an institute or overthe Internet. It also allows people with limited capabilities, suchas people with poor eyesight, or people who have difficultydiscerning colors, or the elderly, or those lacking inself-confidence to apply makeup.

[0934] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[0935] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the color of the mixturedispensed.

[0936] According to another of its aspects, independently of or incombination with the other aspects thereof, and notably with theforegoing, one subject of the invention is thus a dispensing systemcomprising a dispenser and a computer system for operating thedispenser, this computer system comprising a touch screen on whichthe color of the mixture may be displayed and a selection meansthat can be moved over the screen in order to vary the color of themixture dispensed.

[0937] Preferably, the screen displays end-point colors betweenwhich the color of the mixture can be selected by moving theselection means between these end-point colors.

[0938] The screen may display a scale of colors between at leasttwo colors, or an area, notably of triangular outline, within whichthe selection means can be moved. This area may locally show thecolor of the mixture depending for example on the distance fromeach of the vertices, each one embodying a pure base product.

[0939] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired color.

[0940] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[0941] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[0942] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[0943] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[0944] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[0945] The dispenser may have three cartridges containing makeupproducts of different colors.

[0946] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[0947] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[0948] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[0949] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[0950] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the color depending on the position, if appropriate.

[0951] A further subject of the invention is a method for applyingmakeup using an assembly as defined above, in which a mixture issprayed onto the skin using the spray means, notably theairbrush.

[0952] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated effect can beachieved.

[0953] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in the color of themixture dispensed while the face is being made up, notably as thearea to be made up changes.

[0954] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[0955] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[0956] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[0957] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[0958] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[0959] The viscosity of the base products as measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar is, for example, between0.05 Pas and 50 Pas.

[0960] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[0961] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[0962] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and an oily gel, simultaneously,and these will be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelatedmanner, producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones, orcolorants that react with one another. The ratios of base productscan be adjusted depending on the particular result desired. Forexample, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels, the ratiocorresponding to the volume of the first base product to the volumeof the second base product could be varied between 10/1 and 1/10,better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[0963] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the systemchooses a viscosity less than or equal to 10.sup.-2 Pas for sprayapplications and a high viscosity for applications by hand or witha tool.

[0964] Location or Auto-Location System

[0965] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[0966] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[0967] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[0968] Examples of dispensing systems have been described abovewith reference to the drawing. The description of these figuresalso applies to this aspect of the invention, and this descriptionwill not be repeated here.

Example 1 (Second Aspect of the Invention)

[0969] Several base products are created (the proportions are bymass)

TABLE-US-00003 Iron 10% Aqueous oxide/ Carpobopol 980 ammonia withJaguar HP Base titanium Polymer phosphoric 60 (Solvay product oxide(Lubrizol) acid qs pH 9.9 Novecare) Glycerol water A1 2% 6% qs 100%B1 2.44% 0.2% 6% qs 100% C1 5% 0.2% 6% qs 100%

[0970] The pH values and viscosities are: [0971] A1: pH=2.84Viscosity=0.65 Pas [0972] B1: pH=9.90 Viscosity=0.044 Pas [0973]C1: pH=6.80 Viscosity=0.04 Pas

[0974] The viscosity of the products is measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar.

[0975] The dispensing system was tested with: [0976] A1Compartment1 [0977] B1Compartment 2 [0978] C1Compartment 3

[0979] Test 1

[0980] A first mixture was created for the following volumetricproportions A: 50%, B: 0%, C: 50%

[0981] The system is used to deliver 200 mg of product. The mixtureis thus spread very easily (since it is very fluid, viscosity=0.45Pas).

[0982] Test 2

[0983] A second mixture was created for A: 30%, B: 20%, C: 40%

[0984] The system is used to deliver 200 mg of product. The mixtureis thus spread easily in a thick layer over the areas to be covered(since it is thick, viscosity=1.9 Pas).

[0985] Test 3

[0986] A third mixture was created for A: 40%, B: 40%, C: 20%

[0987] The system is used to deliver 200 mg of product. The mixturecovers little but is fairly viscous (viscosity=4.7 Pas.). It isideal for areas such as the forehead. It does not run onapplication and maintains a natural appearance.

Example 2 (Second Aspect of the Invention)

TABLE-US-00004 [0988] The following formula Z is prepared: Carbopol980 Polymer (Lubrizol) 2% 10% Aqueous ammonia in water 2.44% Waterqs 100% Carpobopol 980 10% Aqueous Base Iron Titanium Polymerammonia in Jaguar product oxide oxide (Lubrizol) water HP 60Glycerol water A1 5% .sup. 2% 2.44% 6% qs 100% B1 5% 0.2% 0.395% 6%qs 100% C1 5% 0.2% qs 100% 6%

[0989] The pH values and viscosities are: [0990] A1: pH=9.44Viscosity=7.8 Pas [0991] B1: pH=9.02 Viscosity=0.047 Pas [0992] C1:pH=6.80 Viscosity=0.04 Pas

[0993] The viscosity of the products is measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar.

[0994] The system was tested with: [0995] A1Compartment 1 [0996]B1Compartment 2 [0997] C1Compartment 3

[0998] Test 1

[0999] A first mixture was created for A: 50%, B: 0%, C: 50%

[1000] The result is beige and thick (viscosity=4.701 Pas), idealfor extensive coverage of marked areas of skin.

[1001] Test 2

[1002] A second mixture was created for A: 20%, B: 30%, C: 50%

[1003] The result is also beige but much more fluid (viscosity=1.9Pas) than in test 1. The mixture is thus spread easily in a thicklayer over the areas to be covered (since it is thick).

[1004] Test 3

[1005] A third mixture was created for A: 40%, B: 40%, C: 20%

[1006] The result is lighter and of intermediate viscosity(viscosity=3.75 Pas), ideal for treating the under-eye area.

[1007] C) System for Obtaining Films Having Properties Suitable forthe Various Locations on the Face

[1008] The precision of the color obtained is a very importantfactor for obtaining a quality result. However, it is alsonecessary, in order to obtain the most attractive results, that theproduct provide the best possible film quality.

[1009] Film quality is understood to be the quality of depositionfollowing application to the skin and then drying.

[1010] Good quality of the film is not a simple concept. This isbecause some film qualities are suited to particular areas of theface and other qualities are suited to other areas of the face.

[1011] It is desirable for the properties of the film to be able tobe adapted to the different parts of the face in order to be ableto make up or care for the entire face with one and the samesystem. It is known that the treatment of the lips requires adegree of suppleness and it is therefore necessary for the film tobe somewhat oily. It is known that the treatment of the area aroundthe eye requires a film that is drier and has more of a tighteningeffect. It is known that the treatment of the base requires a filmthat is not cohesive in that it does not form a single film afterapplication. Other areas, which are less mobile, may benefit fromfilms that are resistant without causing discomfort (for example,the forehead).

[1012] Usually, the solution consists in using a series of productscreated for such and such a part of the face. This approach, whichis very widespread, presents the problem of the number ofreferences to be provided in order to cover all the needs in termsof color.

[1013] Given the desire to be able to vary the concentrations ofcolored ingredients (in order that the user can have the mostsuitable color(s) for each area), it is difficult to provide asingle film quality. One possibility is to provide users withseveral systems for varying colors that are mounted with productsthat provide one type of film quality for some and other filmqualities for others.

[1014] However, this approach is not realistic since it requiresthe user to have several mixing systems.

[1015] Another possibility is to provide users with a single systemfor varying colors that is mounted with products that provide onetype of film quality for some and other film qualities for others.In this case, depending on the area to be treated, the user willmount products or other products. However, this approach is notrealistic since it requires the user to continuously change thecartridges of product within their system.

[1016] Another possibility is to provide users with a single systemfor varying colors that is mounted with an entire set of cartridgesof base products that provide a variety of film qualities. In thiscase, depending on the area to be treated, the system will use suchand such a product without the user needing to change thecartridges of product in the compartments of the system. However,this approach is not realistic since it requires the system to havea very large number of compartments, requiring complex andexpensive technology.

[1017] We have thus sought to propose a simple system forregulating the concentration of colored ingredients and of filmquality.

[1018] This system is especially advantageous for rapidly treating(without having to change systems or cartridges) all of the areasof the face, varying the color thereof, and ensuring suitable filmqualities.

[1019] It also allows the user to test their colors and filmqualities until the best performance in terms of visual effect andcomfort has been achieved.

[1020] Thus, one subject of the invention, according to a thirdaspect, is a system for dispensing a product, comprising adispenser that receives at least two cartridges containing a firstbase product and a second base product, respectively, the dispenserallowing the delivery of at least these two base products inadjustable proportions in order to form a film, at least oneproperty of which varies depending on the adjustment. [1021]According to this third aspect, the invention may have one or moreof the following preferred features: [1022] the property of thefilm that varies is its flexibility, [1023] the property of thefilm that varies is its oily nature, [1024] the property of thefilm that varies is its tightening nature, [1025] the two baseproducts are chosen to react with one another to form a film,[1026] the first base product comprises a reactive silicone and thesecond base product comprises a catalyst that brings about thecrosslinking of the reactive silicone, [1027] the reactive siliconecomprises a mixture of telechelic polyorganosiloxane bearing avinyl function at the two chain ends and polyhydrogenosiloxane,[1028] the catalyst is platinum based, [1029] the first baseproduct comprises a film-forming polymer and the second baseproduct comprises an oily compound that is liquid at roomtemperature, [1030] the film-forming polymer has a glass transitiontemperature Tg greater than or equal to 30.degree. C., better stillgreater than or equal to 60.degree. C., [1031] the film-formingpolymer is chosen from vinyl, notably acrylic, polymers orcopolymers, [1032] the film-forming polymer being lipsoluble,[1033] the first and second base products contain differentrespective film-forming polymers, [1034] the film-forming polymerof the first base product having a glass transition temperature Tg1and the polymer of the second base product having a glasstransition temperature Tg2 different than Tg1, wherein preferablyTg1>60.degree. C. and Tg2<10.degree. C., [1035] the firstbase product comprises a polymer or copolymer chosen frommethacrylic polymers and copolymers, polyamides, alkyl celluloses,polymers and copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone, and silicone resins,[1036] the second base product comprises a polymer or copolymerchosen from acrylic polymers and copolymers, vinyl polymers andcopolymers and polycondensates such as polyesters andpolyurethanes, [1037] the first base product comprises an oilycompound with a melting point Tf1>20.degree. C. and the secondbase product comprises an oily compound with a melting pointTf2<20.degree. C.

[1038] This third aspect of the invention also relates to a methodfor applying a cosmetic, makeup and/or care, product to humankeratin materials, comprising the setting of the dispenserdepending on the area to be treated, and the dispensing of theproduct by base products being picked up from the cartridges in theproportions corresponding to the setting of the dispenser.

[1039] According to its third aspect, the invention is thus basedon: [1040] a dispensing system [1041] at least two compartments[1042] these compartments comprise compounds that form a film bycontact and are chosen such that, by combining them, a range offilm qualities is obtained.

[1043] According to this third aspect, the invention makes itpossible to treat one or more areas of the face and to obtainmixtures that are very precise in terms of color faithfulness andcomfort and suitable durability for obtaining particularlyeffective effects. Hereinbelow, the term "area" is used to denote adefined part of the face, fairly small in surface area, coveringbetween 1 cm2 and 100 cm2, better still ranging from 2 cm2 to 50cm2.

[1044] Hereinbelow, the concept of "makeup" is extended beyond theprovision of color or of concealing capacity. This concept applieshere for all treatments in which a film is deposited on the skin,said film being colored, concealing, or not. For example, theconcept comprises the application of a protective film (withscreening agents) or a treating film (with biological activeagents) or a tightening film.

[1045] Film quality is understood as meaning the mechanicalproperties of the film. Although the mechanical properties form acontinuum, the films can be split up into a number of classes ofmechanical properties: [1046] 1) Oily film [1047] 2) Flexible film[1048] 3) Rigid film [1049] 4) Tightening film

[1050] The system according to the invention can vary the filmproduced. Thus, depending on the adjustments chosen, the mechanicalproperties of the film are not the same. In a preferred embodimentof the invention, the system can, depending on adjustments, producefilms of one category or another. (or over the threecategories)

[1051] The quality of the film is tackled by applying a film with athickness of 400 .mu.m to a flexible support (sheet of parchmentpaper), and then allowing it to dry for one day. In the end, thefollowing tests are carried out to qualify the film:

[1052] Thus, several scenarios are distinguished: [1053] 1) Oilyfilm: When the support is folded with a radius of curvature of 1cm, the film remains attached to its support. When the film isrubbed with an absorbent paper (for example kitchen towel) for afew seconds, all or some of the film is found on the absorbentpaper. [1054] 2) Flexible film: When the support is folded with aradius of curvature of 1 cm, the film remains attached to itssupport. When the film is rubbed with an absorbent paper (forexample kitchen towel) for a few seconds, no transfer of the filmto the absorbent paper is noted. [1055] 3) Rigid film: When thesupport is folded with a radius of curvature of 1 cm, the film atleast partially detaches from its support. [1056] 4) Tighteningfilms are particular cases that bring about an effect ofcontraction of the support during drying.

[1057] The dispensing system is preferably as defined for the twofirst aspects of the invention that are described above.

[1058] Dispensing System

[1059] Thus, the dispensing system may consist, according to thethird aspect of the invention, as for the first and second aspectsof the invention, of a single device operating autonomously,preferably able to be manipulated in one hand, or of a device thatoperates in interaction with other components or devices. It mayfor example entail various outlet interfaces which are mounted onthe dispenser depending on the type of makeup to be created, aswill be specified below. It may also entail a computer system whichexchanges information with the dispenser in order to operate thelatter, this computer system comprising, for example, a portableterminal such as a smartphone, a camera phone, a tablet, a laptopcomputer or a dedicated terminal.

[1060] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[1061] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[1062] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[1063] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[1064] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[1065] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[1066] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[1067] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[1068] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[1069] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[1070] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[1071] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[1072] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s.

[1073] Preferably, the drive mechanism delivers flow rates ofbetween 20 and 100 .mu.L/s, better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60.mu.L/s. It is thus possible to easily create a mixture of around10 mg. Such a dispensing system is therefore ideal for achievingsmall touches of makeup, for covering an area of 1 cm.sup.2, betterstill an area of 0.5 cm.sup.2, for example.

[1074] It is also possible to create larger quantities of mixturesuch as the quantities needed to make up a cheek or a face. Thesequantities remain relatively low, however, for example a quantityof between 100 and 500 mg, better still between 150 and 250 mg.

[1075] Thus, one subject of the invention, according to one aspectthereof, is a dispensing system comprising a dispenser having ahousing, and at least one cartridge received in the housing of thedispenser, this cartridge having a body and a piston capable ofmoving in the body, the housing comprising a motorized drivemechanism for moving the piston of the cartridge.

[1076] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[1077] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[1078] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[1079] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[1080] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[1081] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[1082] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[1083] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[1084] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[1085] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[1086] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[1087] In order to adjust the shade, the dispensing systemaccording to the invention has to allow the user to vary the volumedelivered from each compartment.

[1088] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[1089] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the shadeto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several base products of different colors.

[1090] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[1091] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[1092] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time or, as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted from one another so that one product isdispensed while the other products are paused.

[1093] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the mixtureis delivered into a cavity of a container which may closehermetically or not, for example in the form of a cup, into whichan applicator, particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped.Such a dispensing system is especially suited to liners, glossesand other formulations applied without direct contact with thehands. This container may be removable.

[1094] For example, it is used as a lip-color dispenser and has adispensing system, for example using a screw. When it is notremovable, the container may be produced with the body of thedispenser. When it is removable, it may constitute one outputinterface among others that can be mounted on the dispenser.

[1095] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[1096] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for graduations to be achieved simply. An"alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture A to a mixture B several times in succession. In thecase of application by spraying, a multilayer application can thusbe achieved, with different formulations for two superposedadjacent coats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offerseveral preprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system eachtime indicating to the user how these should be used, for exampleby display on a screen.

[1097] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the makeup tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person is fully made up.

[1098] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[1099] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[1100] Example of Implementing the Adjustment of the FilmQuality

[1101] Compartment 1 contains a composition C1.

[1102] Compartment 2 contains a composition C2.

[1103] The contact between C1 and C2, at different ratios, bringsabout different film qualities. [1104] Implementation a:

[1105] Two ingredients that are able to react with one another (intwo separate compartments) can be used and the relative proportionscan be adjusted.

[1106] Typically, in C1, there is a product containing a reactivesilicone and, in C2, there is a product containing the catalystthereof. Depending on the adjustments, the properties of the filmwill be different.

[1107] The "reactive silicone" may typically be a mixture oftelechelic polyorganosiloxane bearing a vinyl function at the twochain ends (available notably in the Andisil VS.TM. range from ABSpecialty Silicones), and polyhydrogenosiloxane (available notablyin the Andisil XL.TM. range from AB Specialty Silicones).

[1108] The "catalyst" may typically be a platinum-based catalystsuch as the reference PT-50175F available from Umicore. [1109]Implementation b:

[1110] It is also possible to use a film-forming polymer A and anoily compound that is liquid at room temperature B. By placing A ina product intended for compartment 1 and B in a product intendedfor compartment 2, it is possible, by adjusting the mixtures, tovary the final film quality.

[1111] A "film-forming polymer" is understood to be a polymer thatis capable of forming, by itself or in the presence of an auxiliaryfilm-forming agent, a macroscopically continuous film that adheresto keratin materials, and preferably a cohesive film, and betterstill a film of which the cohesion and mechanical properties aresuch that said film may be isolable and manipulable in isolation,for example when said film is prepared by pouring onto a non-sticksurface, for instance a Teflon-coated or silicone-coatedsurface.

[1112] It is chosen preferably from polymers having a glasstransition temperature (Tg) greater than 30.degree. C., preferablygreater than 60 C.

[1113] Among the film-forming polymers that may be used in thecomposition of the present invention, mention may be made ofsynthetic polymers, of free-radical type or of polycondensate type,polymers of natural origin, and mixtures thereof.

[1114] A "free-radical film-forming polymer" is understood to be apolymer obtained by polymerization of unsaturated and especiallyethylenically unsaturated monomers, each monomer being capable ofhom*opolymerizing (unlike polycondensates).

[1115] The film-forming polymers of free-radical type may notablybe vinyl polymers or copolymers, notably acrylic polymers.

[1116] The vinyl film-forming polymers may result from thepolymerization of ethylenically unsaturated monomers containing atleast one acid group and/or esters of these acid monomers and/oramides of these acid monomers.

[1117] Monomers bearing an acid group which may be used are.alpha.,.beta.-ethylenic unsaturated carboxylic acids such asacrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid oritaconic acid. (Meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid are preferablyused, and more preferably (meth)acrylic acid.

[1118] The esters of acidic monomers are advantageously chosen from(meth)acrylic acid esters (also known as (meth)acrylates), notablyalkyl (meth)acrylates, in particular C1-C30 and preferably C1-C20alkyl (meth)acrylates, aryl (meth)acrylates, in particular C6-C10aryl (meth)acrylates, and hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates, inparticular C2-C6 hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates. Mention may be made,among alkyl (meth)acrylates, of methyl methacrylate, ethylmethacrylate, butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate,2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, lauryl methacrylate or cyclohexylmethacrylate.

[1119] Mention may be made, among hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates, ofhydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, hydroxyethylmethacrylate or 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate.

[1120] Mention may be made, among aryl (meth)acrylates, of benzylacrylate and phenyl acrylate.

[1121] The (meth)acrylic acid esters which are particularlypreferred are the alkyl (meth)acrylates.

[1122] Examples of amides of acid monomers that may be mentionedare (meth)acrylamides, and notably N-alkyl(meth)acrylamides, inparticular C2-C12 alkyl(meth)acrylamides. Mention may be made,among the N-alkyl(meth)acrylamides, of N-ethylacrylami de,N-(t-butyl)acrylamide, N-(t-octyl)acrylamide andN-undecylacrylamide.

[1123] The vinyl film-forming polymers may also result from thehom*opolymerization or copolymerization of monomers chosen fromvinyl esters and styrene monomers. In particular, these monomersmay be polymerized with acid monomers and/or esters thereof and/oramides thereof, such as those mentioned above.

[1124] Examples of vinyl esters that may be mentioned are vinylacetate, vinyl neodecanoate, vinyl pivalate, vinyl benzoate andvinyl t-butylbenzoate.

[1125] Styrene monomers that may be mentioned are styrene andalpha-methylstyrene.

[1126] Among the film-forming polycondensates that may be mentionedare polyurethanes, polyesters, polyester-amides, polyamides,epoxyester resins and polyureas. The polyurethanes may be chosenfrom anionic, cationic, nonionic and amphoteric polyurethanes,polyurethane-acrylics, polyurethane-polyvinyl-pyrrolidones,polyester-polyurethanes, polyether-polyurethanes, polyureas andpolyurea-polyurethanes, and mixtures thereof.

[1127] The polyesters may be obtained, in a known manner, bypolycondensation of dicarboxylic acids with polyols, especiallydiols.

[1128] The dicarboxylic acid may be aliphatic, alicyclic oraromatic. Examples of such acids that may be mentioned include:oxalic acid, malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, succinic acid,glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaricacid, azelaic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid,maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, dodecanedioic acid,1,3-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid,isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 2,5-norbornanedicarboxylicacid, diglycolic acid, thiodipropionic acid,2,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid.These dicarboxylic acid monomers may be used alone or as acombination of at least two dicarboxylic acid monomers. Among thesemonomers, the ones preferentially chosen are phthalic acid,isophthalic acid and terephthalic acid.

[1129] The diol may be chosen from aliphatic, alicyclic andaromatic diols. The diol used is preferably chosen from: ethyleneglycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol,cyclohexanedimethanol and 4-butanediol. Other polyols that may beused are glycerol, pentaerythritol, sorbitol andtrimethylolpropane.

[1130] The polyesteramides may be obtained in a manner analogous tothat of the polyesters, by polycondensation of diacids withdiamines or amino alcohols. Diamines that may be used areethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine and meta- orpara-phenylenediamine. An amino alcohol that may be used ismonoethanolamine.

[1131] The polyester may also comprise at least one monomer bearingat least one group --SO3M, with M representing a hydrogen atom, anammonium ion NH4+ or a metal ion such as, for example, an Na+, Li+,K+, Mg2+, Ca2+, Cu2+, Fe2+ or Fe3+ ion. A difunctional aromaticmonomer comprising such a group --SO3M may notably be used.

[1132] The aromatic nucleus of the difunctional aromatic monomeralso bearing a group --SO3M as described above may be chosen, forexample, from benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl,oxybiphenyl, sulfonylbiphenyl and methylenebiphenyl nuclei. Asexamples of difunctional aromatic monomers also bearing a group--SO3M, mention may be made of: sulfoisophthalic acid,sulfoterephthalic acid, sulfophthalic acid and4-sulfonaphthalene-2,7-dicarboxylic acid.

[1133] According to one example of a composition according to theinvention, the film-forming polymer may be a polymer dissolved in aliquid fatty phase comprising organic solvents or oils (thefilm-forming polymer is thus said to be a liposoluble polymer). Theliquid fatty phase preferably comprises a volatile oil, optionallymixed with a nonvolatile oil.

[1134] Examples of liposoluble polymers that may be mentioned arecopolymers of a vinyl ester (the vinyl group being directly linkedto the oxygen atom of the ester group and the vinyl estercontaining a saturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon-basedradical of 1 to 19 carbon atoms, linked to the carbonyl of theester group) and of at least one other monomer which may be a vinylester (other than the vinyl ester already present), an.alpha.-olefin (containing from 8 to 28 carbon atoms), an alkylvinyl ether (in which the alkyl group comprises from 2 to 18 carbonatoms) or an allyl or methallyl ester (containing a saturated,linear or branched hydrocarbon-based radical of 1 to 19 carbonatoms, linked to the carbonyl of the ester group).

[1135] These copolymers may be crosslinked with the aid ofcrosslinking agents, which may be either of the vinyl type or ofthe allylic or methallylic type, such as tetraallyloxyethane,divinylbenzene, divinyl octanedioate, divinyl dodecanedioate anddivinyl octadecanedioate.

[1136] Examples of these copolymers that may be mentioned includethe following copolymers: vinyl acetate/allyl stearate, vinylacetate/vinyl laurate, vinyl acetate/vinyl stearate, vinylacetate/octadecene, vinyl acetate/octadecyl vinyl ether, vinylpropionate/allyl laurate, vinyl propionate/vinyl laurate, vinylstearate/1-octadecene, vinyl acetate/l-dodecene, vinylstearate/ethyl vinyl ether, vinyl propionate/cetyl vinyl ether,vinyl stearate/allyl acetate, vinyl 2,2-dimethyloctanoate/vinyllaurate, allyl 2,2-dimethylpentanoate/vinyl laurate, vinyldimethylpropionate/vinyl stearate, allyl dimethylpropionate/vinylstearate, vinyl propionate/vinyl stearate, crosslinked with 0.2%divinylbenzene, vinyl dimethylpropionate/vinyl laurate, crosslinkedwith 0.2% divinylbenzene, vinyl acetate/octadecyl vinyl ether,crosslinked with 0.2% tetraallyloxyethane, vinyl acetate/allylstearate, crosslinked with 0.2% divinylbenzene, vinylacetate/1-octadecene crosslinked with 0.2% divinylbenzene, andallyl propionate/allyl stearate, crosslinked with 0.2%divinylbenzene.

[1137] Examples of liposoluble film-forming polymers that may bementioned include copolymers of a vinyl ester and of at least oneother monomer that may be a vinyl ester, especially vinylneodecanoate, vinyl benzoate and vinyl t-butylbenzoate, an.alpha.-olefin, an alkyl vinyl ether or an allylic or methallylicester.

[1138] Liposoluble film-forming polymers that may also be mentionedinclude liposoluble copolymers, and in particular those resultingfrom the copolymerization of vinyl esters containing from 9 to 22carbon atoms or of alkyl acrylates or methacrylates, the alkylradicals containing from 10 to 20 carbon atoms.

[1139] Such liposoluble copolymers may be chosen from copolymers ofpolyvinyl stearate, polyvinyl stearate crosslinked withdivinylbenzene, with diallyl ether or with diallyl phthalate,polystearyl (meth)acrylate copolymers, polyvinyl laurate andpolylauryl (meth)acrylate, these poly(meth)acrylates possibly beingcrosslinked with ethylene glycol dimethacrylate or tetraethyleneglycol dimethacrylate.

[1140] The liposoluble copolymers defined above are known and aredescribed notably in the application FR-A-2232303; they may have aweight-average molecular weight ranging from 2000 to 500 000 andpreferably from 4000 to 200 000.

[1141] As liposoluble film-forming polymers that may be used in theinvention, mention may also be made of polyalkylenes and notablycopolymers of C2-C20 alkenes, such as polybutene, alkylcelluloseswith a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated C1-C8 alkylradical, for instance ethylcellulose and propylcellulose,copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and in particular copolymers ofvinylpyrrolidone and of C2 to C40 and better still C3 to C20alkene. As examples of VP copolymers that may be used in theinvention, mention may be made of the copolymers of VP/vinylacetate, VP/ethyl methacrylate, butylated polyvinylpyrrolidone(PVP), VP/ethyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid, VP/eicosene,VP/hexadecene, VP/triacontene, VP/styrene or VP/acrylic acid/laurylmethacrylate.

[1142] Mention may also be made of silicone resins, which aregenerally soluble or swellable in silicone oils. The nomenclatureof silicone resins is known under the name "MDTQ", the resin beingdescribed as a function of the various siloxane monomer units thatit comprises, each of the letters "MDTQ" characterizing a type ofunit. As examples, mention may be made of polymethylsilsesquioxaneresins, polypropylsilsesquioxane resins, and trimethylsiloxysilicate resins (TMS).

[1143] An "oily compound liquid at room temperature" is understoodto be an oil that remains on the skin at room temperature andatmospheric pressure for at least several hours, and that notablyhas a vapor pressure of less than 0.13 Pa (0.01 mmHg).

[1144] These nonvolatile oils may be hydrocarbon-based oils,notably of animal or plant origin, silicone oils, or mixturesthereof. A "hydrocarbon-based oil" is understood to be an oilmainly containing hydrogen and carbon atoms and possibly oxygen,nitrogen, sulfur and/or phosphorus atoms.

[1145] Nonvolatile hydrocarbon-based oils that may especially bementioned include: [1146] hydrocarbon-based oils of animal origin,[1147] hydrocarbon-based oils of plant origin such as triglyceridesconstituted by fatty acid esters of glycerol, the fatty acids ofwhich may have chain lengths varying from C4 to C24, these chainspossibly being linear or branched, and saturated or unsaturated;these oils are in particular heptanoic or octanoic acidtriglycerides, or alternatively wheatgerm oil, sunflower oil,grapeseed oil, sesame seed oil, corn oil, apricot oil, castor oil,shea oil, avocado oil, olive oil, soybean oil, sweet almond oil,palm oil, rapeseed oil, cottonseed oil, hazelnut oil, macadamiaoil, jojoba oil, alfalfa oil, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, marrow oil,blackcurrant oil, evening primrose oil, millet oil, barley oil,quinoa oil, rye oil, safflower oil, candlenut oil, passion-floweroil and musk rose oil; shea butter; or else caprylic/capric acidtriglycerides, [1148] synthetic ethers containing from 10 to 40carbon atoms, [1149] linear or branched hydrocarbons of mineral orsynthetic origin, such as petroleum jelly, polydecenes,hydrogenated polyisobutene, squalane and liquid paraffins, andmixtures thereof, [1150] synthetic esters such as oils of formulaR1COOR2 in which R1 represents a linear or branched fatty acidresidue containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and R2 represents anotably branched hydrocarbon-based chain containing from 1 to 40carbon atoms, on the condition that R1+R2.gtoreq.10, for instancepurcellin oil (cetostearyl octanoate), isopropyl myristate,isopropyl palmitate, C12 to C15 alkyl benzoates, hexyl laurate,diisopropyl adipate, isononyl isononanoate, isodecyl neopentanoate,2-ethylhexyl palmitate, isostearyl isostearate, 2-hexyldecyllaurate, 2-octyldecyl palmitate, 2-octyldodecyl myristate, alkyl orpolyalkyl heptanoates, octanoates, decanoates or ricinoleates suchas propylene glycol dioctanoate; hydroxylated esters such asisostearyl lactate, diisostearyl malate and 2-octyldodecyl lactate;polyol esters and pentaerythritol esters, [1151] fatty alcoholsthat are liquid at room temperature, with a branched and/orunsaturated carbon-based chain containing from 12 to 26 carbonatoms, for instance octyldodecanol, isostearyl alcohol, oleylalcohol, 2-hexyldecanol, 2-butyloctanol and 2-undecylpentadecanol,[1152] higher fatty acids such as oleic acid, linoleic acid orlinolenic acid, and mixtures thereof,

[1153] The nonvolatile silicone oils that may be used in thecomposition according to the invention may be nonvolatilepolydimethylsiloxanes (PDMSs), polydimethylsiloxanes comprisingalkyl or alkoxy groups, that are pendent and/or at the end of asilicone chain, the groups each containing from 2 to 24 carbonatoms, phenyl silicones, for instance phenyl trimethicones, phenyldimethicones, phenyltrimethylsiloxydiphenylsiloxanes, diphenyldimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltrisiloxanes, and mixturesthereof. [1154] Implementation c:

[1155] It is also possible to use a film-forming polymer A and afilm-forming polymer B. By placing A in a product intended forcompartment 1 and B in a product intended for compartment 2, it ispossible, by adjusting the mixtures, to vary the final filmquality.

[1156] Use is typically made of a film-forming polymer A of high Tg(typically >60.degree. C.) and a film-forming polymer B of lowTg (typically <10.degree. C.), from those described above.

[1157] The film-forming polymer A of high Tg is preferably chosenfrom methacrylic polymers or copolymers, polyamides,alkylcelluloses such as ethylcellulose and propylcellulose,polymers and copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone, and siliconeresins.

[1158] The film-forming polymer B of low Tg is preferably chosenfrom acrylic polymers or copolymers, vinyl copolymers, andpolycondensates such as polyesters and polyurethanes. [1159]Implementation d:

[1160] It is also possible to use an oily compound with a meltingpoint>room temperature (wax) A and an oily compound that isliquid at room temperature B. By placing A in a product intendedfor compartment 1 and B in a product intended for compartment 2, itis possible, by adjusting the mixtures, to vary the final filmquality.

[1161] An "oily compound with a melting point>room temperature"is understood to be a fatty substance that is solid at roomtemperature.

[1162] Pasty fatty substances can be defined with the aid of atleast one of the following physicochemical properties: [1163] aviscosity of 0.1 to 40 Pas (1 to 400 poises), measured at40.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz, [1164] amelting point of 25-70.degree. C., preferably 25-55.degree. C.

[1165] As waxes that may be used according to the invention,mention may be made of: [1166] waxes of animal origin, such asbeeswax, spermaceti, lanolin wax and lanolin derivatives, plantwaxes such as carnauba wax, candelilla wax, ouricury wax, Japanwax, cocoa butter, cork fiber wax or sugarcane wax, [1167] mineralwaxes, for example paraffin wax, petroleum jelly wax, lignite wax,microcrystalline waxes or ozokerites, [1168] synthetic waxes,including polyethylene waxes and the waxes obtained byFisher-Tropsch synthesis, [1169] silicone waxes, in particularsubstituted linear polysiloxanes; examples that may be mentionedinclude polyether silicone waxes, alkyl or alkoxy dimethiconescontaining from 16 to 45 carbon atoms, alkyl methicones, [1170]hydrogenated oils that are solid at 25.degree. C., such ashydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated jojoba oil, hydrogenated palmoil, hydrogenated tallow or hydrogenated coconut oil, and fattyesters that are solid at 25.degree. C., for instance C20-C40 alkylstearate, [1171] and/or mixtures thereof.

[1172] Preferably, use will be made of polyethylene waxes,microcrystalline waxes, carnauba waxes, hydrogenated jojoba oil,candelilla waxes, beeswaxes, and/or mixtures thereof.

[1173] Optimization

[1174] It is very advantageous to have as few compartments aspossible.

[1175] Thus, if the system is desired to be able to adjust thecolor (this being the main aim), it will be necessary to providetwo compartments in addition to the two intended for controllingthe film quality. Thus, it will be necessary to provide: [1176]compartments 1 and 2 containing the ingredients for varying thequality of the film, and [1177] other compartments (3 or 4 forexample), for placing the ingredients M for varying the colortherein.

[1178] It is also possible to place the active agents M incompartments 1 or 2 or 1 and 2.

[1179] In this way, the total number of compartments is reduced to3, or even 2, rather than 4.

[1180] For example, the active agents M are put in the productsthat are placed in compartments 1 and 2. In compartment 1, M is setat a high concentration, and in compartment 2, M is set at a lowconcentration.

[1181] The active agents that produce the film and regulate theproperties thereof are thus placed in compartments 1 and 2. A waxin emulsion is put in the product in compartment 1 and an oil isput in the product in compartment 2.

[1182] If the system is used with a majority setting in 1, aproduct with a concentration of wax and active agent M isobtained.

[1183] The majority setting in 1 can then be used on eye contourareas where extensive coverage and a dry film are desired.

[1184] The majority setting in 2 can be used as a "foundationproduct" on the entire surface of the face, notably when the userhas dry skin. The low level of pigment ensures a natural appearanceand the oily nature of the film does not have a bothersomeeffect.

[1185] It is possible to place an active agent M1 in a productintended for compartment 1 and an active agent M2 in a productintended for compartment 2. For example, M1 is a yellow pigment andM2 is a red pigment.

[1186] The active agents that produce the film and regulate theproperties thereof are thus placed in compartments 1 and 2. Forexample, a reactive silicone in emulsion is put in the product incompartment 1 and a catalyst is put in the product in compartment2.

[1187] If the system with the majority setting in 1 is used, aproduct with a high reactive silicone/catalyst ratio and a highconcentration of yellow pigment is obtained.

[1188] The majority setting in 1 can then be used on the face wherethe yellow color is suitable and the oily film provides a highlevel of mobility and thus comfort.

[1189] The majority setting in 2 can be used on the lips, where thered color is suitable and greater resistance of the film, due togreater crosslinking, will give better durability.

[1190] It is possible to place the active agents M in a compartment3. For example, a yellow pigment is placed therein.

[1191] The active agents that produce the film and regulate theproperties thereof are placed in compartments 1 and 2. For example,a wax in emulsion is put in the product in compartment 1 and an oilis put in the product in compartment 2. [1192] If the system with a70/20/10 setting is used, a film that covers little but is suitablefor areas subjected to rubbing, for example the neck, will beobtained. [1193] If the system with a 20/70/10 setting is used, aresult that covers little and is very comfortable, suitable for thelarge surfaces of the face, will be obtained. [1194] If the systemwith a 30/10/60 setting is used, a result that covers highly,suitable for example for very marked areas, will be obtained.[1195] If the system with a 10/30/60 setting is used, a result thatcovers highly and is very comfortable, suitable for example formaking up the eyelashes, will be obtained.

[1196] The invention according to this third aspect is not limitedto active agents that provide coloring effects. It is possible touse care active agents such as anti-aging, antioxidant,anti-wrinkle, antiperspirant, mark-preventing, photoprotective andmoisturizing active agents.

[1197] It is also possible to mix active agents that providecoloring effects and care effects.

[1198] Use for Making Up One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[1199] The dispensing system allows makeup to be applied, day afterday, with only the areas that need to be hidden being treated. Tothis end, small doses of makeup are delivered, and are appliedspecifically and sequentially to the corresponding areas. Eachsmall dose is created using the mixture suited to the area.

[1200] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below.

[1201] In one particularly advantageous embodiment, the programmingtakes into account the resistance and comfort to be achieved inorder to obtain optimum results. As an alternative, the dispensingsystem informs the person, when delivering a mixture, of the areato which the person is to apply the mixture. Thus, the dispensingsystem may follow an application program in which it delivers, in agiven order, the various mixtures that are to be applied.

[1202] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the color, the areaof the face and the quantity needed, thereby making it possible toreduce costs and wastage of product, and to cover the skin onlylightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. In so doing, it ispossible to use products that have a high covering capability andprovide too much cover to be applied to the whole of the face.Thus, it is possible to obtain makeup of natural or evenundetectable appearance.

[1203] The dispensing system may also make it possible, byfacilitating the dispensing of small quantities and rapid usethereof, to reduce the time for which the products are kept, thusmaking it possible to reduce the risks of the products changingand/or to reduce the amounts of preservative to be used.

[1204] The dispensing system is suited to treating the areas thatare to be concealed, without having to conceal the entire face.

[1205] When the user is looking for the color to apply to an areaof the face, it is advantageous to memorize the color best suitedto each area, and the dispensing system is thus advantageouslydesigned to memorize this color and the corresponding area. Thus,by using the memorized information, on each use, the same mixturecan be delivered for each area or, if several areas are beingtreated, the same series of mixtures can be delivered for the sameseries of areas.

[1206] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the colors application after application.Thus, the person may make up her lips using different colors thatshe chooses on a day-by-day basis to suit her tastes. This approachis also suitable for the eyelids or eyelashes, and for face makeupbecause the person may fancy a change of foundation color. Forexample, on weekdays, the person applies a pale colored foundation,with a more tanned foundation color at the weekends, or may haveeye makeup in one color one day and another color another day.

[1207] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange color to suit her tastes according to the day, the time,what she is wearing, and the weather. Thus, a system to assist withdecision making is advantageously provided to guide the user in herchoices of color.

[1208] An assistance system may also be provided for balancing thecolors on the same face and contribute toward a successful overallmakeup look.

[1209] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[1210] Continuous Use for Graduated Makeup

[1211] In this application, the dispensing system changes theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product. Inaddition, the outlet for the base products or for the mixture ismoved relative to a container or a support defining an applicationsurface. In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the color C1 of one area to betreated and of the color C2 of another area to be treated. Forexample, with the knowledge that the chin requires a color C1 andthat the cheek requires a color C2, the dispensing system may varythe formulation of the mixture while it is delivering it in orderto graduate the color between these two colors. This makes itpossible for example to better conceal imperfections of the facewhile ensuring that the end result is realistic, or allows color tobe graduated for beautifying purposes. The dispensing system mayalso be designed such that the user can command a variation incolor of the mixture dispensed without the start and/or end colorshaving been set beforehand. To do that, the dispensing system maypossess a location or auto-location system and deduce from alook-up table the colors C1 and C2 that it has to create andtherefore the changes in the mixture that it has to make.

[1212] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to make the center of the cheek redder than theperiphery thereof, with a graduation between the two.

[1213] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[1214] It is also possible to produce solid or semi-solidproducts.

[1215] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[1216] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[1217] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or are provided in the compartments of the dispenserwith the other constituents of the base products, or are containedin the dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[1218] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[1219] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [1220] set solid, [1221] yield a materialthat can crumble if rubbed, and are preferably colored.

[1222] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition, betterstill more than 20% by mass of solid particles relative to thetotal mass of the composition, even better still more than 30% bymass of solid particles relative to the total mass of thecomposition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition.

[1223] These compositions may contain absorbent particles orreactive compounds, such as those that react in contact with theair, for example cyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those whichreact to light, notably UV.

[1224] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[1225] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system incorporates a heating means, for example with anelectrical resistor, to create lipsticks or other waxy products. Inthat case, the base products are heated before being delivered.

[1226] The dispensing system may also comprise a means forsupplying heat and/or light energy, after the mixture has beendispensed into a container, for example an electrical resistor oran LED, notably UV. This energy may accelerate the setting-solid ofthe dispensed mixture.

[1227] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it setssolid.

[1228] Creation of Color Palettes

[1229] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures deposited in said regions, for example a series of colorssuited to various parts of the face.

[1230] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[1231] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[1232] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[1233] Cup-Type Dispenser

[1234] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[1235] The dispensing system preferably has a cup and a dispenserfor filling the cup with at least one product, the cup beingsecured to the dispenser at least while it is being filled.

[1236] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[1237] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[1238] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[1239] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[1240] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[1241] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to the making upto be performed, as described in detail below.

[1242] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[1243] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[1244] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up and the base products easier to mix.

[1245] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[1246] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. This may facilitate the testing ofcolored substances and/or allow the preparation of severaldifferent color mixtures intended for making up respective areas ofthe face. The cups may be associated with identifiers that remindthe user of the area of the face for which a mixture contained in agiven cup is intended.

[1247] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[1248] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the color of the mixture contained inside.

[1249] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[1250] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[1251] The base product(s) delivered into the cup are preferablyfoundations, but as an alternative may be makeup products for thelips or eyelids.

[1252] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Preferably, the size and shape of the cup either allow directapplication of the mixture to the skin or allow the mixture to bepicked up on a finger or using an applicator. The cup may be madeof an elastically deformable material, making it possible forexample to turn the concavity of the bottom of the cup inside outand empty it more easily or use it to apply the product.

[1253] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[1254] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[1255] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga makeup product, comprising the step of filling a cup of adispensing system as defined above with at least one base productfrom the dispenser.

[1256] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[1257] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[1258] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[1259] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[1260] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[1261] The dispensing system may have a dispenser having outletpassages for base products and an outlet interface that isseparable from the dispenser, this interface having a staticblender that preferably delivers the mixture into a cavity where itcan be picked up.

[1262] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[1263] It is possible to use several outlet interfaces and to fillthem with different respective mixtures, without the need to purgethe blender, thereby reducing losses of product. The outletinterface may be a single-use interface, if necessary.

[1264] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[1265] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[1266] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[1267] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[1268] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[1269] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[1270] Reduced Dead Volume

[1271] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing thecolor of the mixture to be varied as quickly as possible duringapplication, particularly when the dispenser is coupled to anairbrush.

[1272] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridgethrough an outlet passage of the cartridge, this outlet passageopening out at the outside of the dispenser or near the externalsurface thereof.

[1273] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[1274] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[1275] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[1276] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the outside of the housing of the dispenser in theabsence of an outlet interface. The mounting area may besubstantially planar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis ofthe dispenser housing.

[1277] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[1278] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[1279] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[1280] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[1281] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[1282] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different makeup looks easily and be able, if sodesired, to make up areas as different as the skin, the lips, theeyelashes or eyebrows.

[1283] The dispensing system may comprise an assembly having adispenser of at least one cosmetic product, in particular makeup,and at least two outlet interfaces, each of which can be mountedremovably on the dispenser, these outlet interfaces being able toreceive the product(s) delivered by the dispenser, preferably beingchosen from the following: [1284] an outlet interface having acontainer, notably a cup, allowing the product to be picked upusing a finger or using an applicator, [1285] an outlet interfaceallowing the product to be delivered to a spray system, notably anairbrush, [1286] an outlet interface having several regions forreceiving the product, which can move relative to the dispenser,[1287] an outlet interface that allows the product to be deliveredto a dispensing end piece.

[1288] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[1289] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[1290] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[1291] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[1292] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[1293] A further subject of the invention is a makeup methodinvolving the step of selecting an outlet interface, mounting it onthe dispenser, and delivering the product(s) contained in thedispenser to the interface.

[1294] Mapping and Learning

[1295] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing a color with an area, with recording.

[1296] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofcolored substance may be applied with a finger, using conventionaltools such as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[1297] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everyday makeup.This learning period may take account of the resistance and thecomfort. In the process, the user tests several rheologies andinputs the best adjustment obtained.

[1298] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[1299] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate color.

[1300] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same color is appropriate.

[1301] To create the map, the operator applies a color, then makesan assessment.

[1302] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the cheek, thenon the nose, etc.

[1303] Another option is to create a given mixture and apply thissame mixture to several areas. The operator then needs to look forthe area of the face to which the color is suited. The mixture isthen indexed in the computer system which attributes it to thearea(s) of the face for which it is suitable.

[1304] A learning process for a dispensing system according to theinvention, comprising a dispenser for dispensing a mixture ofvariable color, and a computer system for selecting a color and forstoring data, comprises the steps of:

[1305] a) selecting at least one color with the aid of an interfaceof the computer system,

[1306] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture of the selected color,

[1307] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face,

[1308] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[1309] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for making up said area.

[1310] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[1311] It is also possible to create a given mixture and to lookfor the area of the face for which it is suitable. The mixture isthen recorded, being attributed to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable, in a look-up table that will be usedsubsequently in order to deduce which mixture to use on the basisof an area of the skin.

[1312] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[1313] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[1314] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to apply makeup. Thus, the dispensing system canbe used at sales outlets to advise people wishing to apply makeupor at home in order to define correctly which products toorder.

[1315] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying the color of the mixture when it is selected.

[1316] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[1317] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[1318] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[1319] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[1320] The computer system may be designed to search a database forthe reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[1321] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[1322] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture color at least on the basis of the imageanalyzed.

[1323] Step a) may be preceded by the computer system proposing tothe user a color and an area to be tested with a mixture of thiscolor.

[1324] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[1325] The computer system may be designed to propose at least onecolor of mixture in step a) depending on an application area ofwhich it has been informed by the user.

[1326] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneapplication area in step a), on the basis of a color of which ithas been informed by the user.

[1327] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least two mixturesof different colors, preferably separate, so that they can beapplied simultaneously to the test area.

[1328] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[1329] A further subject of the invention is a method of making upusing a dispensing system according to this aspect of theinvention, in which:

[1330] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed for makeup,

[1331] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposed colorfor making up an associated zone, on the basis of the learningperformed beforehand, and

[1332] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce themixture of the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[1333] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[1334] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [1335] allow theuser to select at least one color and/or one application area,notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [1336] operate adispenser in such a way as to deliver a mixture of the colorselected by the user, [1337] allow the user to trigger thememorizing of the color of the mixture and of an associatedapplication area, notably with a view to subsequently dispensingthe same mixture, notably on the same area.

[1338] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [1339] receive a request from the user regarding a needfor makeup, notably using an interface such as a touch screen,[1340] propose, on the basis at least of data generated by thelearning process as defined above, at least one color and/or oneapplication area, [1341] operate a dispenser to produce the mixtureof the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[1342] Remote Assistance

[1343] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in applyingmakeup, notably in choosing the correct colorings, by virtue of amethod of applying makeup involving the steps of: [1344] allowing avideo link to be established, for example over the Internet,between a camera on a first site and a second site, [1345] allowingthe second site to directly or indirectly operate a dispenserpresent at the first site, this dispenser making it possible tovary the color of a mixture dispensed, [1346] allowing a personpresent at the first site to apply the mixture dispensed and tosend a corresponding image to the second site, so as to receive inreturn information relating to the makeup result.

[1347] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the makeup resultwith the product dispensed by the dispenser and advise the personwho has applied the makeup. This adviser may in return influencethe dispenser to alter the color of the mixture and adapt it tobest suit the face of the person present at the first site. Thus,this person controls the mixture delivered by the dispenser. Thefirst person may make herself up under the gaze of the second. Thesecond person sees the result of the test on their screen and canthus correct the mixture that this second person will controlremotely until the ideal makeup is obtained.

[1348] If appropriate, the video acquisition can be calibratedusing a test pattern or with the mixture dispensed by the dispenseronto a reference surface. That then allows a more faithful displayof the makeup applied at the first site.

[1349] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[1350] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[1351] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine thecolor of each of the base products.

[1352] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[1353] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral apply makeup. This embodiment makes it possible to developmakeup artists and their work, either within an institute or overthe Internet. It also allows people with limited capabilities, suchas people with poor eyesight, or people who have difficultydiscerning colors, or the elderly, or those lacking inself-confidence to apply makeup.

[1354] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[1355] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the color of the mixturedispensed.

[1356] In another of its aspects, independently of or incombination with the other aspects thereof, and notably with theforegoing, one subject of the invention is thus a dispensing systemcomprising a dispenser and a computer system for operating thedispenser, this computer system comprising a touch screen on whichthe color of the mixture may be displayed and a selection meansthat can be moved over the screen in order to vary the color of themixture dispensed.

[1357] Preferably, the screen displays end-point colors betweenwhich the color of the mixture can be selected by moving theselection means between these end-point colors.

[1358] The screen may display a scale of colors between at leasttwo colors, or an area, notably of triangular outline, within whichthe selection means can be moved. This area may locally show thecolor of the mixture depending for example on the distance fromeach of the vertices, each one embodying a pure base product.

[1359] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired color.

[1360] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[1361] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[1362] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[1363] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[1364] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[1365] A subject of the invention is also an assembly comprising:[1366] a spray means, preferably an airbrush having a pickupchamber subjected to a stream of entrainment air, [1367] adispenser having at least two compartments containing differentbase products, the products being delivered to the spray meanspreferably via distinct distribution orifices.

[1368] The dispenser may have three cartridges containing makeupproducts of different colors.

[1369] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[1370] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[1371] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[1372] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[1373] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the color depending on the position, if appropriate.

[1374] A further subject of the invention is a method for applyingmakeup using an assembly as defined above, in which a mixture issprayed onto the skin using the spray means, notably theairbrush.

[1375] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated effect can beachieved.

[1376] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in the color of themixture dispensed while the face is being made up, notably as thearea to be made up changes.

[1377] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[1378] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[1379] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[1380] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[1381] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[1382] The viscosity of the base products as measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar is, for example, between0.05 Pas and 50 Pas.

[1383] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[1384] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[1385] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and an oily gel, simultaneously,and these will be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelatedmanner, producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones, orcolorants that react with one another. The ratios of base productscan be adjusted depending on the particular result desired. Forexample, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels, the ratiocorresponding to the volume of the first base product to the volumeof the second base product could be varied between 10/1 and 1/10,better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[1386] Location or Auto-Location System

[1387] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[1388] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[1389] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[1390] An example of a dispensing system that can be used toimplement the invention according to this third aspect has alreadybeen described with reference to the figures. Therefore, thedescription of the figures will not be repeated here.

Example 1 (Third Aspect of the Invention)

[1391] Several base products are created (the proportions are bymass)

TABLE-US-00005 A1: Ultrahold strong from BASF 10% (acrylatecopolymer of Tg = 80.degree. C.) Carbopol Ultrez 10 (Lubrizol) * 1%Monoethanolamine qs pH 9 Water qs 100% B1: AQ 1350 (Eastmanchemicals) 10% (polyester bearing a sulfonic function, Tg =0.degree. C.) Carbopol Ultrez 10 (Lubrizol) * 1% Monoethanolamineqs pH 9 Water qs 100% C1: Pigments (iron oxide, titanium dioxide20/80) 20% (polyester bearing a sulfonic function, Tg = 0.degree.C.) Carbopol (Lubrizol) * 1% Monoethanolamine qs pH 9 Water qs 100%* Crosslinked carboxyvinyl hom*opolymer synthesized in the ethylacetate/cyclohexane mixture

[1392] Test

[1393] Mixtures are created:

[1394] The system is used to deliver doses of 50 to 200 mg ofproduct. The mixtures are then spread little by little, dose bydose.

[1395] Proportions of 50/10/40 for making up the cheekbones inorder to give a colored and shiny effect (500 mg)

[1396] 20/40/40 for the eyelids in order to confer color and aslight shine thereon. The flexibility of the film is enough not tocause discomfort in this sensitive and supple part of the body (100mg total)

[1397] 20/20/60 for concealing local imperfections such as darkmarks. (200 mg total)

Example 2 (Third Aspect of the Invention)

[1398] Several formulations are created

TABLE-US-00006 A1: Ultrahold strong from BASF * 10% (Tg =80.degree. C.) Jaguar HP 60 (Rhodia) 1% Monoethanolamine qs pH 9Water qs 100% B1: AQ 1350 (Eastman chemicals) 10% (polyesterbearing a sulfonic function, Tg = 0.degree. C.) Jaguar HP 60(Rhodia) 1% Monoethanolamine qs pH 9 Water qs 100% C1: Mexoryl SX(UVA screening agent) 20% Jaguar HP 60 (Rhodia) 1% Monoethanolamineqs pH 9 Water qs 100% * Acrylic acid/ethylacrylate/N-tert-butylacrylamide terpolymer

[1399] The system is tested with: [1400] A1Compartment 1 [1401]B1Compartment 2 [1402] C1Compartment 3

[1403] Test

[1404] Mixtures are created:

[1405] The system is used to deliver doses of 50 to 200 mg ofproduct. The mixtures are then spread little by little, dose bydose.

[1406] Proportions of 50/10/40 for protecting moles (500 mg)

[1407] 20/40/40 for protecting the entire face. The flexibility ofthe film is enough not to cause discomfort in this sensitive andsupple part of the body (100 mg total)

[1408] 20/20/60 for treating and protecting the area around theeyes, avoiding the risks of the appearance of marks.

[1409] D) Dispensing System for Creating Mixtures with CompositionsHaving a High Solvent Content

[1410] This fourth aspect of the invention relates moreparticularly to dispensing methods and systems, notably fordispensing a makeup, care, fragrancing and hygiene product.

[1411] Many people wish to make themselves up in order to enhancetheir appearance, particularly their face. They also wish to beable to protect their skin in order to maintain an attractiveappearance or to treat the skin in order to correct defects.

[1412] There are two types of reason why these people may wish todo this: [1413] Local treatments (typically over several squarecentimeters). This may be to conceal marks, wrinkles or pores,protect moles from UV light, treat wrinkles or pores, or applyodorous compounds. [1414] Treatments over large surfaces (100 cm2or more), notably to change the look of the face by changing coloror realizing protection against UV radiation.

[1415] In these different cases, the operation involves applying aproduct containing one or more ingredients and covering the skin oran area of skin therewith.

[1416] Thus, compositions containing insoluble ingredients(pigments for makeup, powders for anti-grease effects) are applied.These ingredients may be conveyed in water, for example.

[1417] Ingredients that are soluble in the medium are also applied.In this case, there are two scenarios:

[1418] When the ingredients are soluble in water, water can be usedas solvent.

[1419] When the ingredients are soluble in organic solvents butinsoluble or insufficiently soluble in water, formulation isfrequently carried out in a formulation containing water, combiningthese ingredients with peptizers, surfactants or compatibilizingmolecules. The compositions are water- or water+oil-based. Thisapproach has the limitation of leaving surfactants/peptizers on theskin, causing certain defects such as a sticky touch.

[1420] Another approach is to dissolve them in an organicsolvent.

[1421] Approach I: Dissolution of the Ingredients in a HeavyOrganic Solvent.

[1422] They can be dissolved in a heavy organic solvent (having ahigh boiling point (>100.degree. C.)), such as oil. Thisapproach is often unsatisfactory since, even though numerous testshave been carried out to find relatively unobtrusive organicsolvents (in the sense that they are not noticed once they havebeen applied), the limitation of this approach is that it is notvery comfortable, both during application (hands become greasy) andafterward (impression of feeling a greasy layer on the skin).Moreover, the layers produced fairly quickly lose their effect (ifonly by wear or evaporation). There are two situations: [1423] a)If these compositions are applied globally, the discomfort andelimination are significant problems. In order to reducediscomfort, the best thing is to apply limited quantities ofcomposition. This increases the risks of elimination, causing aneed to reapply the composition. [1424] b) If these compositionsare applied locally, it is especially the problem of wear that isproblematic. This is because, if an uncontrolled movement removesthe film in certain areas, the effect is lost. (loss ofconcealing/protective power etc. in the case ofmakeup/photoprotective compositions etc.).

[1425] Thus, in both situations, there is a need to apply thecompositions successively, and in small quantities, during the day.In particular for the local treatment, since the necessary dosescan vary from dose to dose, there is a need to be able to regulatethe quantity and/or the quality of the ingredient(s). This needalso exists for global treatments, since, from application toapplication, it is necessary to be able to regulate the quantityand/or the quality of the ingredient(s). For example, if makeup hasbeen applied in the morning, and the makeup needs to be reappliedat lunchtime, it will be necessary for the concentration ofconcealing ingredients to be adapted to the situation (more or lessdepending on the elimination).

[1426] Approach II: Dissolution of the Ingredients in a LightOrganic Solvent.

[1427] It is also possible to use a lighter solvent (ethanol forexample). These solvents leave few if any traces, which is anadvantage. The speed of drying of the organic solvent is adrawback, notably for global treatments. For local treatments, thespeed of drying is not so bothersome, since the composition isapplied a little at a time. For global treatments, the speed ofdrying requires that the product be applied a little at a time.

[1428] In both cases, it is advantageous to be able to vary thequality and/or quantity of the ingredients. [1429] a) For globaltreatments, since the speed of drying makes spreading impossible,it is necessary to be able to vary the quantities of ingredients.This is because, when a makeup composition (which thus comprisesconcealing ingredients) is applied, it is found that certain areasare more covered than others. This irregularity, which isdetrimental to the appearance, needs to be corrected by theapplication of further touches, the ingredient concentration ofwhich will need to be adapted to the situation. Little concealingingredient if the irregularity is small. High concentration ofconcealing ingredient if the irregularity is large. [1430] b) Forlocal treatments, it is necessary to be able to regulate thequantity and/or quality of ingredient since it is desired i) toadapt these parameters to the situation of each area of the face,ii) to be able to apply small touches little by little. Forexample, in order to conceal a mark, a first touch will be appliedthat contains a high concentration of concealing ingredient. Next,by eye or with a device, the quantity to be added will beestimated. Thus, it will certainly be necessary to make a secondapplication at the same location, by putting on a layer ofcomposition with fewer concealing ingredients. And so on until aperfect result is obtained in that the mark is no longervisible.

[1431] Thus, in the case in which the ingredients are conveyed in acomposition based on a light organic solvent, there is also a needto be able to regulate the quantity and/or the quality of theingredient(s) and to apply a little at a time.

[1432] Particular case of fragrancing or refreshingcompositions.

[1433] Here too, the user wishes to be able to apply thecompositions to their face. Either in small localized touches(perfumes), or more globally (refreshing compositions). In thefirst case, the fragrancing ingredients are generally insoluble ornot very soluble in water. It is thus necessary to dissolve them inan organic base which may be a heavy or light solvent. In thesecond case, the composition may also contain fragrancingingredients. Thus, the compositions are generally fragrancingingredients in ethanol (colognes). There is a need to vary thequantities of fragrancing ingredients in order to alter the effectobtained.

[1434] In summary, there are several needs to make available insmall quantities oily or light-solvent-based compositions where thequality and/or the quantity of ingredients (soluble or particulateor soluble+particulate) in these compositions can becontrolled.

[1435] It will be understood that, in all of these situations, itis necessary for the system to be able to deliver small touches ofcomposition (with the correct setting) in small amounts of time.Typically a few seconds or less. It will also be understood thatthe system has to be easy to use during the day and thus preferablyportable. It will also be understood that the system has to be easyto control, with as few human actions as possible. Thus, the systemhas to be able to be programmed, in particular programmed for thepersonal needs of the user.

[1436] Thus, consideration is given to systems formed of: [1437] 1)a dispensing system [1438] 2) several compartments in whichcartridges containing the compositions are placed [1439] 3) thecompositions do not contain the same quantities and/or quality ofingredients [1440] 4) a control system

[1441] The production of such a system is associated with precisionproblems. Without sufficient precision, the quantities deliveredand thus the mixtures are sometimes far from the quantitiesdesired. Several tests have been carried out with differentcartridges and tests have been run to vary the quantities and/orqualities of ingredients. It is apparent that the adjustments aremade poorly and the quantities and/or qualities of ingredientsobtained are far from the targets.

[1442] Thus, one subject of the invention, according to a fourth ofits aspects, is a system for dispensing a cosmetic product,comprising a dispenser that receives at least two cartridges thateach have a reservoir containing a base product, a first baseproduct comprising at least one organic solvent, the cartridge thatcontains it having a body made of at least one of the thermoplasticmaterials chosen from the list comprising simple polyolefins,polyvinylchloride (PVC), polyamides and semi-aromatic polyamides,polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polybismaleimide, polyurethanes,polyesters, polyepoxides, polyether-block-amide, polyacetal,polyetherketone, polyetherimides (PEI), polyimides, polyamide-imide(PAI), FEP (perfluorinated ethylene propylene), PFA(polyfluoroalkoxy), ECTFE (ethylene chloro trifluoro ethylene), andETFE (ethylene tetrafluoroethylene), and mixtures thereof, andpreferably simple polyolefins, polyvinylchloride (PVC), polyamidesand semi-aromatic polyamides, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS),polybismaleimide, and mixtures thereof.

[1443] According to this fourth aspect of the invention, the lattermay also have one or more of the following features: [1444] thecartridge comprises the first base product and, besides the body ofthe cartridge, comprises other components exposed to the first baseproduct, at least one of these components and preferably all ofthese components being chosen from the above list. [1445] the totalcontent of organic solvent(s) in the first base product is greaterthan or equal to the total water content of the first base product,[1446] the total content of organic solvent(s) in the first baseproduct is greater than or equal to 50% relative to all of thesolvents, [1447] the cartridges are identical, except for theircontent and a possible identifier, [1448] at least one of thecompositions comprises a perfume, [1449] the cartridges arereceived in a removable manner in the dispenser, [1450] eachproduct leaves the cartridge through an outlet passage of thecartridge, the outlet passage being defined by a dispensing endpiece of the cartridge, said end piece being driven in rotationrelative to a body of the cartridge by a drive mechanism of thedispenser in order to dispense the base product contained in thecartridge.

[1451] The invention according to this fourth aspect is thus basedon the use of a dispensing system having cartridges, base products,and control, the cartridges being formed from particular materials.As a result, precision is good.

[1452] The invention according to this aspect thus makes itpossible to provide a solution to this question of the delivery ofsmall quantities of oily or light-solvent-based compositions wherethe quality and/or the quantity of ingredients (soluble orparticulate or soluble+particulate) can be controlled. As a result,it is possible to apply makeup globally or to small areas, it ispossible to treat defects (wrinkles, pores, marks), applyprotective elements globally or in precise areas, and to perfumeoneself. It is also possible to find the most suitable adjustmentsof formulation. Specifically, the system makes it possible todeliver small quantities and as a result, after application, it ispossible to identify whether the adjustment is suitable or to finda new one. It is thus a means of finding ideal adjustments.

[1453] Besides the advantage of providing a solution to theseproblems, it is also possible to benefit from the system forapplying an oil or a mixture of oils (thus when the oils form theingredient) in particular with essential oils.

[1454] Generally, the invention according to this fourth aspect isused in all scenarios in which the vehicle is rich in organicsolvent, heavy and/or light, greater than 50% relative to all ofthe solvents, and in particular greater than 80% relative to thewater of the solvents. For example, a fragrancing compositioncomprising 20% odorous ingredient+70% ethanol+10% water isconsidered to have 87.5% organic solvent (70/80).

[1455] The invention according to these aspects can treat cases inwhich the composition contains, in addition to the organicsolvent(s), ingredients that are soluble in the solvent. It alsoapplies to compositions that contain particulate ingredients inaddition to the organic solvent(s). (pigments, powders, screeningagents).

[1456] It is possible to be in a hybrid situation in which severalcartridges are used in one and the same system, some of thesecartridges having compositions rich in organic solvents and othersnot. Thus, it is possible to employ the system: [1457] 1) All thecartridges are according to the invention (with selectedmaterials), whether or not they are rich in organic solvent. [1458]2) Cartridges according to the invention (with selected materials)for the compositions rich in organic solvent and cartridges outsidethe invention for compositions which are not rich in organicsolvent.

[1459] Situation 1) is preferred because it is simpler in terms ofthe industrial logistics of manufacturing and recycling.

[1460] The invention allows one or more areas to be treated.Hereinbelow, the term "area" is used to denote a defined part ofthe face, fairly small in surface area, covering between 1 cm2 and100 cm2, better still ranging from 2 cm2 to 50 cm2.

[1461] Dispensing System

[1462] The dispensing system according to this aspect of theinvention may consist of a single device operating autonomously,preferably able to be manipulated in one hand, or of a device thatoperates in interaction with other components or devices. It mayfor example entail various outlet interfaces which are mounted onthe dispenser depending on the type of effects to be created, aswill be specified below. It may also entail a computer system whichexchanges information with the dispenser in order to operate thelatter, this computer system comprising, for example, a portableterminal such as a smartphone, a camera phone, a tablet, a laptopcomputer or a dedicated terminal.

[1463] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[1464] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[1465] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[1466] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[1467] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[1468] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[1469] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[1470] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[1471] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[1472] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[1473] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[1474] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[1475] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s. Preferably, thedrive mechanism delivers flow rates of between 20 and 100 .mu.L/s,better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60 .mu.L/s. It is thus possibleto easily create a mixture of around 10 mg. Such a dispensingsystem is therefore ideal for achieving small touches of makeup,for covering an area of 1 cm.sup.2, better still an area of 0.5cm.sup.2, for example.

[1476] It is also possible to create larger quantities of mixturesuch as the quantities needed to make up a cheek or a face. Thesequantities remain relatively low, however, for example a quantityof between 100 and 500 mg, better still between 150 and 250 mg.

[1477] Thus, one subject of the invention, according to one aspectthereof, is a dispensing system comprising a dispenser having ahousing, and at least one cartridge received in the housing of thedispenser, this cartridge having a body and a piston capable ofmoving in the body, the housing comprising a motorized drivemechanism for moving the piston of the cartridge.

[1478] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[1479] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[1480] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[1481] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[1482] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[1483] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[1484] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[1485] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[1486] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[1487] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[1488] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[1489] In order to adjust the effect, the dispensing systemaccording to the invention has to allow the user to vary the volumedelivered from each compartment.

[1490] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[1491] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the effectto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several different base products.

[1492] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[1493] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[1494] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time or, as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted from one another so that one product isdispensed while the other products are paused.

[1495] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the mixtureis delivered into a cavity of a container which may closehermetically or not, for example in the form of a cup, into whichan applicator, particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped.Such a dispensing system is especially suited to liners, glossesand other formulations applied without direct contact with thehands. This container may be removable.

[1496] For example, it is used as a lip-color dispenser and has adispensing system, for example using a screw. When it is notremovable, the container may be produced with the body of thedispenser. When it is removable, it may constitute one outputinterface among others that can be mounted on the dispenser.

[1497] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[1498] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for graduations to be achieved simply. An"alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture A to a mixture B several times in succession. In thecase of application by spraying, a multilayer application can thusbe achieved, with different formulations for two superposedadjacent coats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offerseveral preprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system eachtime indicating to the user how these should be used, for exampleby display on a screen.

[1499] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the makeup tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person has treated their face fully.

[1500] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[1501] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[1502] Details about the Organic Solvents

[1503] Organic solvents are understood to be liquid carbon-basedcompounds or liquid silicone compounds or liquid salts (known asionic liquids).

[1504] For example: Ethanol or other alcohols, acetone, alkylacetates, alkylene carbonate, pentane, hexane, octane, decane,isododecane, hexadecane and other alkanes, dimethicones,dialkylimidazolium acetate, dialkylimidazolium hexafluorophosphate,etc.

[1505] In one particular case, the solvent is gaseous at standardtemperature, and liquid if it is held under pressure. In this case,the solvents may be isopentane, butane or certain fluorinatedcompounds, the boiling point of which is close to room temperature(0-20.degree. C.).

[1506] The solvents may be mixtures of the ingredients mentionedabove.

[1507] The cartridges introduced into the system may contain a baseproduct containing solvents or mixtures of different solvents.

[1508] Cartridges and Materials

[1509] According to this fourth aspect of the invention, thecartridges have a body and moving parts intended to push theproduct that the body contains.

[1510] The parts of the cartridge which are not involved in theprecision of metering, such as the parts that conduct thecomposition to the outlet orifice, and any exterior coverings, arenot covered by the definitions of the invention according to thisfourth aspect in terms of the choice of materials.

[1511] In order to obtain good precision of delivery (and thus inthe creation of mixtures), the materials are preferably chosen fromthose listed below:

[1512] For the body of the cartridge and the moving parts, theplastics selected are preferably: [1513] Simple polyolefins [1514]Polyvinylchloride (PVC) [1515] Polyamide and semi-aromaticpolyamide [1516] Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) [1517]Polybismaleimide

[1518] Less preferably: [1519] Polyurethanes [1520] Polyester[1521] Polyepoxides [1522] Polyether-block-amide [1523] Polyacetal[1524] Polyester [1525] Polyetherketone [1526] Polyetherimides(PEI) [1527] Polyimides [1528] Polyamide-imide (PAI) [1529] Certainfluorinated polymers: FEP (perfluorinated ethylene propylene), PFA(polyfluoroalkoxy), ECTFE (ethylene chloro trifluoro ethylene),ETFE (ethylene tetrafluoroethylene)

[1530] The following are excluded: [1531] Polystyrene and ABS[1532] Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) [1533] Phenoplasts, [1534]Aminoplasts, [1535] Polycarbonate [1536] Polyphenyl oxide (PPO)[1537] Polysulfones [1538] PET

[1539] Polyolefins

[1540] These are polyethylenes of different densities that areproduced with different comonomers (other alkenes, in particularalpha-olefins (butene, hexene, octene or propylene) and/or vinylacetate, vinyl alcohol, acrylic esters). Their production isconventional for a person skilled in the art, employingpolymerization conditions that result in high contents in the formof crystals. They are:

[1541] a) Very low density linear polyethylene (VLDPE). (density inthe region of 0.855 to 0.91 g/cm3).

[1542] b) High-pressure low density polyethylene (LDPE) (lowdensity polyethylene) (density in the region of 0.915 to 0.935g/cm3).

[1543] c) Linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) (density in theregion of 0.91 to 0.93 g/cm3).

[1544] d) High and medium density polyethylenes (HDPE and MDPE)(density in the region of 0.930 to 0.945 g/cm3 for the former and0.945 to 0.970 g/cm3 for the latter).

[1545] e) UHMW (ultra high molecular weight) polyethylenes (densityin the region of 0.94 g/cm3)

[1546] Preference is given to c, d and e for the invention, thesegiving the greatest precision.

[1547] The polyolefins are also polypropylenes. Only the"isotactic" versions are suitable (level of isotacticity at least90%). They can be produced with or without comonomer (ethylene).The copolymerized versions (PPCO) are known as block copolymers orrandom copolymers and employ around 1% to 30% ethylene.

[1548] It is also possible to use non-crystalline orlow-crystallinity polyolefins. In this case, a monomer of the vinylchloride type is used. The polymer obtained (PVC) is of lowcrystallinity (in general <10%) but high density (1.4 g/cm3).The "plasticizer-free" form is preferably used.

[1549] PE and PP are obtainable from numerous suppliers such asBasell, Exxon Mobil, Arkema, Dow, etc.

[1550] PVCs are obtainable from numerous suppliers such as ShinEtsu, Solvay, Arkema, etc.

[1551] Polyamides

[1552] The following are usable:

[1553] The polyamides PAn (--CO--NH--R)n [1554] a) PA6 (n=6) [1555]b) PA 12 (n=12)

[1556] The polyamides PAnm (--CONHR1-NHCOR2) where R1=(CH2)n andR2=(CH2)m [1557] c) PA66 (n and m=6) [1558] d) PA610 (n=6 and m=10)[1559] e) PA612 (n=6 and m=10)

[1560] Preference is given to b), d) and e).

[1561] Examples of PA6: Grilon from EMS, Minion from Dupont

[1562] Examples of PA66: Grilon T from EMS, Zytel from Dupont

[1563] Examples of PA610: Ultramid S from BASF

[1564] Examples of PA612: Vestamid D from Degussa

[1565] Polyphenylene Sulfides (-Ph-S-)n

[1566] Examples of PPS: Ryton from Chevron Phillips, Primet fromSolvay

[1567] Polybismaleimide

[1568] Example of PBMI: Kinel from Neopreg

[1569] Implementation Process

[1570] Several implementation processes are possible to produce theparts according to the fourth aspect of the invention: [1571] a)Injection in a mold [1572] b) Machining

[1573] For practical reasons, a) is preferred.

[1574] Use for Treating One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[1575] The dispensing system allows makeup to be applied, or theskin to be treated in order to care for it, protect it or perfumeit, day after day, with only the precise areas being treated. Tothis end, small doses of product are delivered, and are appliedspecifically and sequentially to the corresponding areas. Eachsmall dose is created using the mixture suited to the area.

[1576] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below. As analternative, the dispensing system informs the person, whendelivering a mixture, of the area to which the person is to applythe mixture. Thus, the dispensing system may follow an applicationprogram in which it delivers, in a given order, the variousmixtures that are to be applied.

[1577] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the color or theeffect, the area of the face and the quantity needed, therebymaking it possible to reduce costs and wastage of product, and tocover the skin only lightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. In sodoing, it is possible to use products that have a high coveringcapability and provide too much cover to be applied to the whole ofthe face. Thus, it is possible to obtain makeup results or othertreatments of natural or even undetectable appearance.

[1578] The dispensing system may also make it possible, byfacilitating the dispensing of small quantities and rapid usethereof, to reduce the time for which the products are kept, thusmaking it possible to reduce the risks of the products changingand/or to reduce the amounts of preservative to be used.

[1579] In the case of concealing products, the dispensing system issuited to treating the areas that are to be concealed, withouthaving to conceal the entire face.

[1580] When the user is looking for the product to apply to an areaof the face, it is advantageous to memorize the mixture (ratiobetween the products in the compartments) best suited to each area,and the dispensing system is thus advantageously designed tomemorize the effect, the ratios and the corresponding area. Thus,by using the memorized information, on each use, the same mixturecan be delivered for each area or, if several areas are beingtreated, the same series of mixtures can be delivered for the sameseries of areas.

[1581] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the effects application after application.Thus, the person may make up her skin using different colors orperfume her skin with different notes that she chooses on aday-by-day basis to suit her tastes. For example, on weekdays, theperson applies a pale colored foundation, with a more tannedfoundation color at the weekends, or may have eye makeup in onecolor one day and another color another day. For example, onweekdays, the person applies a given perfume, and at the weekend adifferent one.

[1582] The system is also designed to deliver touches depending onthe result of the application of different touches. Thus, if it isapparent to the user that, following the application of severaltouches, there is something missing for perfecting the result, thesystem can deliver, on demand, a mixture for realizing a touchwhich will complete the result.

[1583] For example, in the case of the color, if the user appliesethanol-based foundations, given the speed of evaporation, it ispossible for certain areas of the face to be colored less thanothers. The user could then ask the system for a mixture that isless concentrated in colorant in order to complete the color in theareas lacking same.

[1584] Idem for perfumes. If the person applies a touch of perfumeat one location and then another touch of (different) perfume toanother area, the person may desire completing the olfactoryimpression by applying to the same areas or to a different areaanother touch of (different) mixture.

[1585] The system is thus provided to propose variations and aninterface for translating simple orders into the production of amixture.

[1586] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange the ingredients to suit her tastes according to the day, thetime, what she is wearing, and the weather. Thus, a system toassist with decision making is advantageously provided to guide theuser in her choices of effects.

[1587] An assistance system may also be provided for balancing theeffects on the same face and contribute toward a successful overalltreatment.

[1588] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[1589] Continuous Use for Graduated Treatment

[1590] In this application, the dispensing system changes theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product.

[1591] This functionality is all the more important given that thespeed of drying is rapid and limits the possibilities ofspreading.

[1592] In addition, the outlet for the base products or for themixture is moved relative to a container or a support defining anapplication surface. In one particular embodiment of the invention,the dispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the color or the effect C1 of onearea to be treated and of the color or the effect C2 of anotherarea to be treated. For example, with the knowledge that the chinrequires a color C1 and that the cheek requires a color C2, thedispensing system may vary the formulation of the mixture while itis delivering it in order to graduate the color between these twocolors. This makes it possible for example to better concealimperfections of the face while ensuring that the end result isrealistic, or allows color to be graduated for beautifyingpurposes. The dispensing system may also be designed such that theuser can command a variation in effect of the mixture dispensedwithout the start and/or end effects having been set beforehand. Todo that, the dispensing system may possess a location orauto-location system and deduce from a look-up table the effects C1and C2 that it has to create and therefore the changes in themixture that it has to make.

[1593] The fourth aspect of the invention is applicable to thecolor and to photoprotection. The same concept is applicable tofragrancing products, in the case of which the user may wish tohave perfume graduations. For example, he may create a perfumegraduation along the neck in order to share a richness of odor withan approaching person.

[1594] The invention is applicable to protective compositions. Theperson could create graduations of protective indices, therebycreating, after being exposed to the sun, a tanning result that isitself graduated.

[1595] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to make the center of the cheek redder than theperiphery thereof, with a graduation between the two.

[1596] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[1597] It is also possible to produce solid or semi-solid products.In this case, the system is used with formulations that are rich insolid ingredients and a relatively small quantity (less than 70%and preferably less than 50%) of a light or heavy organicsolvent.

[1598] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[1599] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[1600] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or are provided in the compartments of the dispenserwith the other constituents of the base products, or are containedin the dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[1601] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[1602] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [1603] set solid,

[1604] yield a material that can crumble if rubbed.

[1605] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition, betterstill more than 20% by mass of solid particles relative to thetotal mass of the composition, even better still more than 30% bymass of solid particles relative to the total mass of thecomposition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition.

[1606] Preferably, one or more of the compositions introduced intothe system contain oil. (at least 20% by mass).

[1607] These compositions may contain absorbent particles orreactive compounds, such as those that react in contact with theair, for example cyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those whichreact to light, notably UV.

[1608] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[1609] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system incorporates a heating means, for example with anelectrical resistor, to create lipsticks or other waxy products. Inthat case, the base products are heated before being delivered.

[1610] The dispensing system may also comprise a means forsupplying heat and/or light energy, after the mixture has beendispensed into a container, for example an electrical resistor oran LED, notably UV. This energy may accelerate the setting-solid ofthe dispensed mixture.

[1611] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it setssolid.

[1612] Creation of Color Palettes

[1613] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures deposited in said regions, for example a series of colorssuited to various parts of the face.

[1614] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[1615] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[1616] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[1617] Creation of Other Palettes

[1618] The invention may be implemented to make odor palettes orcare palettes (with care active agents) or protective palettes(with a UV screening agent).

[1619] Cup-Type Dispenser

[1620] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[1621] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a system for dispensing at least onemakeup or care or protective or fragrancing product, having a cupand a dispenser for filling the cup with at least one product, thecup being secured to the dispenser at least while it is beingfilled.

[1622] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[1623] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[1624] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[1625] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[1626] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[1627] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to the effect tobe created, as described in detail below.

[1628] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[1629] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[1630] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up and the base products easier to mix.

[1631] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[1632] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. This may facilitate the testing ofsubstances and/or allow the preparation of several differentmixtures intended for treating respective areas of the face. Thecups may be associated with identifiers that remind the user of thearea of the face for which a mixture contained in a given cup isintended.

[1633] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[1634] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the color of the mixture contained inside.

[1635] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[1636] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[1637] The base product(s) delivered into the cup are preferablyfoundations, but as an alternative may be makeup products for thelips or eyelids.

[1638] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Preferably, the size and shape of the cup either allow directapplication of the mixture to the skin or allow the mixture to bepicked up on a finger or an applicator. The cup may be made of anelastically deformable material, making it possible for example toturn the concavity of the bottom of the cup inside out and empty itmore easily or use it to apply the product.

[1639] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[1640] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[1641] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga makeup, perfuming, care or protective product, comprising thestep of filling a cup of a dispensing system as defined above withat least one base product from the dispenser.

[1642] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[1643] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[1644] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[1645] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[1646] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[1647] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a dispensing system having a dispenserhaving outlet passages for base products and an outlet interfacethat is separable from the dispenser, this interface having astatic blender that preferably delivers the mixture into a cavitywhere it can be picked up.

[1648] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[1649] According to this aspect of the invention, it is possible touse several outlet interfaces and to fill them with differentrespective mixtures, without the need to purge the blender, therebyreducing losses of product. The outlet interface may be asingle-use interface, if necessary.

[1650] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[1651] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[1652] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[1653] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[1654] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[1655] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[1656] Reduced Dead Volume

[1657] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing thecolor of the mixture to be varied as quickly as possible duringapplication, particularly when the dispenser is coupled to anairbrush.

[1658] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a system for dispensing a makeup orcare or protective or fragrancing product, having a dispenser thatreceives at least two cartridges that each have a reservoircontaining a base product, the latter leaving the cartridge throughan outlet passage of the cartridge, this outlet passage opening tooutside of the dispenser or near the external surface thereof.

[1659] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[1660] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[1661] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[1662] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the outside of the housing of the dispenser in theabsence of an outlet interface. The mounting area may besubstantially planar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis ofthe dispenser housing.

[1663] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[1664] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[1665] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[1666] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[1667] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[1668] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different makeup looks or care effects orprotective effects or fragrancing effects easily and be able, if sodesired, to treat areas as different as the skin, the lips, theeyelashes or eyebrows, the neck, and the hair.

[1669] A subject of the invention is also a dispensing systemcomprising an assembly having a dispenser of at least one cosmeticproduct, in particular a makeup, care, protective or fragrancingproduct, and at least two outlet interfaces, each of which can bemounted removably on the dispenser, these outlet interfaces beingable to receive the product(s) delivered by the dispenser,preferably being chosen from the following: [1670] an outletinterface having a container, notably a cup, allowing the productto be picked up using a finger or using an applicator, [1671] anoutlet interface allowing the product to be delivered to a spraysystem, notably an airbrush, [1672] an outlet interface havingseveral regions for receiving the product, which can move relativeto the dispenser, [1673] an outlet interface that allows theproduct to be delivered to a dispensing end piece.

[1674] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[1675] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[1676] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[1677] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[1678] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[1679] A further subject of the invention is a makeup or care orprotective or fragrancing method involving the step of selecting anoutlet interface, mounting it on the dispenser, and delivering theproduct(s) contained in the dispenser to the interface.

[1680] Mapping and Learning

[1681] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing a color, odor, protection, care with an area,with recording.

[1682] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofsubstance may be applied with a finger, using conventional toolssuch as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[1683] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everyday makeup orcare or protection or fragrancing.

[1684] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[1685] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate color and/or care and/or protection and/or odor.

[1686] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same color or care or protection or odor isappropriate.

[1687] To create the map, the operator applies a color or care orprotection or odor, then makes an assessment.

[1688] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the cheek, thenon the nose, etc.

[1689] Another option is to create a given mixture and apply thissame mixture to several areas. The operator then needs to look forthe area of the face to which the color or care or protection orodor is suited. The mixture is then indexed in the computer systemwhich attributes it to the area(s) of the face for which it issuitable.

[1690] A subject of the invention is also a learning process for adispensing system, comprising a dispenser for dispensing a variablemixture, and a computer system for selecting an effect and forstoring data, comprising the steps of:

[1691] a) selecting at least one effect with the aid of aninterface of the computer system,

[1692] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture in order to approach the selected effect,

[1693] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face, (visual,comfort, odor, touch)

[1694] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[1695] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for treating said area.

[1696] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[1697] It is also possible to create a given mixture and to lookfor the area of the face for which it is suitable. The mixture isthen recorded, being attributed to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable, in a look-up table that will be usedsubsequently in order to deduce which mixture to use on the basisof an area of the skin.

[1698] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[1699] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[1700] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to apply makeup or care for their skin orprotect their skin or perfume themselves. Thus, the dispensingsystem can be used at sales outlets to advise people wishing toapply makeup or care for their skin or protect their skin orperfume themselves or at home in order to define correctly whichproducts to order.

[1701] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying the color of the mixture when it is selected.

[1702] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[1703] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[1704] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[1705] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[1706] The computer system may be designed to search a database forthe reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[1707] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[1708] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture at least on the basis of the imageanalyzed.

[1709] Step a) may be preceded by the computer system proposing tothe user a color or other effect and an area to be tested with amixture of this color or this effect.

[1710] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[1711] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneeffect of mixture in step a) depending on an application area ofwhich it has been informed by the user.

[1712] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneapplication area in step a), on the basis of an effect of which ithas been informed by the user.

[1713] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least twodifferent mixtures, preferably separate, so that they can beapplied simultaneously to the test area.

[1714] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[1715] A further subject of the invention is a makeup orfragrancing or care or protection method using a dispensing systemaccording to this aspect of the invention, in which:

[1716] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed,

[1717] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposal fortreating an associated zone, on the basis of the learning performedbeforehand, and

[1718] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce theproposed mixture, notably if this is validated by the user.

[1719] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[1720] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [1721] allow theuser to select at least one effect and/or one application area,notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [1722] operate adispenser in such a way as to deliver a mixture selected by theuser, [1723] allow the user to trigger the memorizing of themixture and of an associated application area, notably with a viewto subsequently dispensing the same mixture, notably on the samearea.

[1724] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [1725] receive a request from the user regarding aneed, notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [1726]propose, on the basis at least of data generated by the learningprocess as defined above, at least and/or one application area,[1727] operate a dispenser to produce the proposed mixture, notablyif this is validated by the user.

[1728] Remote Assistance

[1729] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in applyingmakeup or caring for or protecting their skin or perfumingthemselves, notably in choosing the correct colorings, olfactorynotes or care or protection effects.

[1730] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is thus a makeup or care or protection orfragrancing method involving the steps of: [1731] allowing a videolink to be established, for example over the Internet, between acamera on a first site and a second site, [1732] allowing thesecond site to directly or indirectly operate a dispenser presentat the first site, this dispenser making it possible to vary thecolor, protective or care effect or odor of a mixture dispensed,[1733] allowing a person present at the first site to apply themixture dispensed and to send a corresponding image or comments tothe second site, so as to receive in return information relating tothe application result.

[1734] The same concept is applicable to the care or protection ofthe skin.

[1735] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see or hear or read thecomments about the makeup or care or protection or fragrancingresult with the product dispensed by the dispenser and advise theperson who has applied the makeup. This adviser may in returninfluence the dispenser to alter the color or care or protection orodor of the mixture and adapt it to best suit the face of theperson present at the first site. Thus, this person controls themixture delivered by the dispenser. The first person may makeherself up, or care for or protect her skin or perfume herselfunder the gaze of the second. The second person sees the result ofthe test on their screen and can thus correct the mixture that thissecond person will control remotely until the ideal effect isobtained.

[1736] If appropriate, the video acquisition can be calibratedusing a test pattern or with the mixture dispensed by the dispenseronto a reference surface. That then allows a more faithful displayof the makeup or care or protection applied at the first site.

[1737] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[1738] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[1739] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine thecolor of each of the base products.

[1740] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[1741] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral apply makeup, care for or protect their skin or perfumethemselves. This embodiment makes it possible to develop makeupartists or "beauty coaches" or "perfume coaches" and their work,either within an institute or over the Internet. It also allowspeople with limited capabilities, such as people with pooreyesight, or people who have difficulty discerning colors, or theelderly, or those lacking in self-confidence to apply makeup orprotect or care for or perfume themselves.

[1742] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[1743] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the effects of the mixturedispensed.

[1744] A further subject of the invention is a dispensing systemhaving a dispenser and a computer system for operating thedispenser, this computer system having a touch screen on which thecolor of the mixture or the expected effect can be displayed, and aselection means movable on the screen, in order to vary the coloror the protective or care effect or the odor of the dispensedmixture.

[1745] Preferably, the screen displays end-point effects betweenwhich the effect of the mixture can be selected by moving theselection means between these end points.

[1746] The screen may display a scale of effects in the form of aline or area (triangular contour).

[1747] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired effect.

[1748] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[1749] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[1750] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[1751] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[1752] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[1753] According to another of its aspects, the invention seeks toimprove still further the dispensing systems having a spray system,preferably an airbrush, and one subject of the invention is anassembly comprising: [1754] a spray means, preferably an airbrushhaving a pickup chamber subjected to a stream of entrainment air,[1755] a dispenser having at least two compartments containingdifferent base products, the products being delivered to the spraymeans preferably via distinct distribution orifices.

[1756] The dispenser may have three cartridges containing makeupproducts of different colors, or fragrancing, care and protectionproducts.

[1757] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[1758] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[1759] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[1760] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[1761] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the color or the protective or care effect or perfumedepending on the position, if appropriate.

[1762] A further subject of the invention is a makeup or care orprotection of fragrancing method using an assembly as definedabove, in which a mixture is sprayed onto the skin using the spraymeans, notably the airbrush.

[1763] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated effect can beachieved.

[1764] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in the color of themixture dispensed while the face is being treated, notably as thearea to be treated changes.

[1765] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[1766] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[1767] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[1768] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[1769] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[1770] The viscosity of the base products as measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar is, for example, between0.001 Pas and 50 Pas.

[1771] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[1772] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[1773] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and an oily gel, simultaneously,and these will be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelatedmanner, producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones, orcolorants that react with one another. The ratios of base productscan be adjusted depending on the particular result desired. Forexample, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels, the ratiocorresponding to the volume of the first base product to the volumeof the second base product could be varied between 10/1 and 1/10,better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[1774] Location or Auto-Location System

[1775] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[1776] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[1777] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[1778] The dispensing system may be of the kind illustrated in theabove-described figures, respecting the choice of materialsaccording to the fourth aspect of the invention, notably for allthe parts that move relative to one another.

[1779] Therefore, the figures will not all be described again, itbeing understood that the dispensing system is not limited to onemakeup product and is intended to dispense care products, anti sunproducts or perfumes.

[1780] Thus, as regards the description of the user interface, thebuttons present on the screen may make it possible for example toinput the name of the makeup or care or protection or perfume or ofthe user, to display the selected area, to choose the color or careor protection or odor, and to inform the computer system as towhether or not the result of the test carried out is acceptable, oreven, as illustrated, to provide information regarding theassessment of the result relative to a test carried out previously,namely, for example, better or "not as good". The screen may alsodisplay a button allowing the choice of a color, protection, careor odor and an area to be memorized after a test has been performedon the area in question.

[1781] The choice of color or protection or care or odor is madefor example with a scale similar to the one described withreference to FIG. 36.

[1782] The computer system is designed to memorize the data in theform of a look-up table for example, so as to associate an area ofthe face with the parameters that allow the mixture dispensedduring the test to be reproduced. These parameters include, forexample, the relative contents of each of the base products of thedispenser in the mixture, the quantity Q dispensed, and additionaldata such as, for example, the name of the area, the date themixture was dispensed and/or any other mixture identifier,identifiers of the base products, the period of the year, notablythe season, the age of the user, his or her sex, his or her givenor family name, the name of an event associated with the makeup,protection, care or fragrancing, for example a birthday, amongstother data, and the quantity of product suitable for the area. Theancillary data may allow the user to reproduce more easily aneffect considered suitable for a time of year or recalling a lifeevent, or to give a rejuvenating effect.

[1783] These data may be memorized in the computer system 100, forexample in the abovementioned device and/or on a remote server withwhich the device is in communication, or alternatively in anelectronic memory incorporated into the dispenser 11.

[1784] Thus, according to the invention, the user may make thedispenser deliver a first substance, and apply it to a first areaof the face, then judge whether or not it is suitable. If theresult is satisfactory, the user may record it, indexing it to thearea; if the result is unsatisfactory, the user may command a newsubstance in order to repeat the above operations.

[1785] The computer system can be used in this context in variousways.

[1786] For example, as illustrated in FIG. 40, in a step 1010, theuser selects a color or care or protection or odor to test, usingfor example the scale 1011 displayed on the screen, by moving theadjusting button 1012.

[1787] Next, the choice is transmitted to the dispenser 11, in step1015.

[1788] For example, the device transmits the quantities of each ofthe base products to be dispensed and the electronic circuit 81takes charge of operating the motors accordingly.

[1789] In step 1016, the user presses the control button 12 of thedispenser 11, this causing, for example, a dose of the mixture, inthe color or care effect, protective effect or odor selected by theuser, to be dispensed.

[1790] The mixture is, for example, dispensed into the cup 115 thenpicked up and applied by the user to the cheeks or any other areainstructed on the interface, in step 1020.

[1791] In variants, the product is applied using an airbrush or byany other means as described above.

[1792] The user then, in step 1022, informs the computer system ofthe result using the buttons 1021.

[1793] If the user indicates that the result is satisfactory, thesystem suggests for example that he/she validate the parameters ofthe test using a button so as to memorize these parameters in step1031.

[1794] If the user does not consider the result to be satisfactoryand makes this known using the button 1032, the result cannevertheless be automatically saved in step 1034.

[1795] Thus, each area can be indexed not only with the suitablecolor(s) or care(s) or protection(s) or odor(s), but also with thecolor(s) or care(s) or protection(s) or odor(s) that is/are not atall suited to this area.

[1796] The user can then perform a further test on the same area byreturning to step 1010.

[1797] If the user is satisfied with the result, he or she may alsowish to carry out a further test, for example on a different areaof the face.

[1798] If appropriate, if the user is not satisfied, the interfacemay suggest that the user indicate whether the result is consideredbetter than or not as good as the previous test, usingcorresponding buttons 1040 and 1041.

[1799] In that case, the computer system may be designed todetermine whether, in light of the information input by the user, aproposal can be automatically made as to what color or care orprotection or odor to test next.

[1800] If appropriate, a questionnaire may be displayed to assistthe computer system in proposing a color or care or protection orodor in light of the tests carried out and the way in which theuser or a professional assisting the user has assessed thesetests.

[1801] For example, if the color is considered "unsuitable", thesystem may receive from the user additional information, forexample "too light", which will assist the system in proposing anew color better suited to the user's expectations.

[1802] It may be advantageous for the computer system to be able toreceive information comparing the result against the previoustests, for example "it's better" or "it's not as good" and, fromthere, for the system to be capable of deducing what new color orcare or protection or odor to propose.

[1803] Another option is for the computer system to be able toreceive comparison information regarding a comparison against atarget, for example "it's almost ideal" and, from there, for thesystem to be capable of automatically adjusting its color or careor protection or odor modifications.

[1804] In this particular instance, if it receives the informationthat the desired result has almost been achieved, the system canadopt small levels of color or care or protection or odor changeand revise the scale of adjustment accordingly.

[1805] If the dispensing system itself proposes the coloredmixtures to be tested, these may be based on preprogrammed testscenarios and the system may alter how the scenario is followedthrough according to the successes or failures of the assessment.Thus, for example if, from the third application of product, itreceives information that the color or care or protection or odoris almost ideal for the user, the dispensing system may exit theprogram and thereafter allow itself to be guided by instructionsfrom the operator.

[1806] In general, the user may be assisted by an expert system inthe choice of colors or cares or protections or odors to test.

[1807] This expert system is, for example, a program run on thedevice with which the dispenser communicates or on the dispenseritself, and which is based on the answers to a questionnaire and/oron measurements, for example of the color of the skin, taken by aspecific sensor or by a camera. The user can thus get assistancefrom an instrumented evaluation, for example a color, image or odorsensor. The expert system can even be implemented on a remoteserver with which the device or the dispenser exchangesinformation. The operator may even send an image of his or her faceto a specialist, who can preprogram the starting color or care orprotection or odor choice. In another exemplary embodiment, theuser presents the computer system with a photo of his or her face,and the computer system is designed to analyze this and create aprogram defining the areas to be tested and the first products tobe delivered, both in terms of color, care, protection and odor andin terms of quantity. For example, the computer system may bedesigned to automatically select the colors, cares, protection orodor to propose to the user by capturing a photograph in step 1070,as illustrated in FIG. 42. For example, the device whichcommunicates with the dispenser 11 is equipped with a camera, andthe user takes a photograph of his or her face. The image is thenanalyzed in step 1071, and colors color or care or protection orodor are proposed for each area of the face in step 1072, forexample in accordance with predefined color combination rules.

[1808] The dispensing system may be oriented by the user to decideon the color color or care or protection or odor and also on thequantity of product to be delivered. For example, the user mayindicate "nose" or "blemish" and the dispensing system is designedto adapt the dose dispensed according to a memorized map of dosesto be dispensed depending on the areas to be treated.

[1809] The computer system may guide the user in the choice ofcolors or care or protection or odor of the mixture to be tested,so as to limit the number of tests needed until the user obtains aresult that pleases him or her.

[1810] It is thus possible, as illustrated in FIG. 41, that after amixture dispensed by the dispenser has been applied to a given areaof the face in step 1060, the computer system will ask the userwhether or not the result is satisfactory and will, of its ownaccord, if the result is considered to be unsatisfactory, make achange 1061 to the dispenser parameters in order to modify themixture dispensed.

[1811] The user then only has to perform a new test with themodified mixture.

[1812] When a mixture is indicated as being satisfactory, thecomputer system can memorize the corresponding parameters so as toallow the mixture to be recreated at a later date.

[1813] The system can then begin the above steps afresh for a newapplication area.

[1814] During the successive tests, the operator does not need totreat the entire face. He or she may for example choose between 3and 8, for example 5, small areas. The dispensing system is thenadvantageously designed to interpolate and/or extrapolate the dataregarding the colors or cares or protections or odors considered tobe suitable, so as to calculate the colors that ought to beconsidered suitable for areas for which the exercise has not beenconducted.

[1815] At the end of the learning stage, the system may generate adisplay of the suitable colors or cares or protections or odors onthe various areas, tested or calculated.

[1816] The dispensing system may be designed to indicate whethercertain colors or cares or protections or odors appear to beincorrect, doing so on the strength of a comparison againststandard maps it has in memory. Thus, it may propose that the userrepeat all or some of the mapping exercise.

[1817] Once the computer system has completed its learning, i.e.once the colors or cares or protections or odors of mixtures havebeen identified as being agreeable to the user for making-upcertain areas, the user wishing to apply makeup or to care for orprotect or perfume themselves only has to call up the area that isto be treated, in step 1080 of FIG. 43, and the system will be ableto automatically propose a suitable mixture color or care orprotection or odor to the user in step 1081.

[1818] In the variant illustrated in FIG. 44, the user selects acolor or care or protection or odor in step 1090 and the computersystem proposes, in step 1091, an area in which to apply a mixtureof this color or care or protection or odor, on the basis ofinformation previously collected on the basis of the testsperformed.

[1819] The area proposed is, for example, the area in which anidentical or very similar color or care or protection or odor hasalready been applied and the result considered acceptable by theuser.

[1820] FIG. 46 illustrates an example of an implementation of theinvention in which, having carried out tests on various zones instep 2010, the user informs the system of the mixture(s) he or sheconsiders to afford the best result, this allowing the system toknow the corresponding parameters in step 2012. Next, in step 2014,the system may propose to the user references of commercialproducts that have the same properties or very similarproperties.

[1821] In one variant, the system sends the parameters to a remotemanufacturing center so that a composition that has the sameformulation or the same properties as that of the mixture that theuser has tested and found to be satisfactory can be produced.

[1822] FIG. 45 illustrates the possibility of using the dispenserto dispense several doses 2020a to 2020d of different mixtures,next to one another on a support 2021, so as to allow these to beapplied to adjacent distinct regions of the same area.

[1823] The user can, in a single hit, apply a series of colors orcares or protections or odors in order rapidly to home in on theappropriate color or care or protection or odor. The substancespresent on the support 2021 may have been chosen by the operatorhim- or herself or proposed by the dispensing system.

[1824] The support 2021 is, for example, able to move with respectto the housing of the dispenser and is moved sequentially todeposit the corresponding mixtures in the various zones 2020a to2020d, being for example similar to the supports described withreference to FIG. 29 or 29A. The user can thus easily compare theresults between the various regions and inform the system of whichmixture produces the best effect.

[1825] FIG. 47 illustrates a system that assists the user intreating his or her face, notably in choosing the correct color orcare or protection or odor.

[1826] This system makes it possible to establish a video link, forexample over the Internet, between a camera 2060 at a first site2061 and a second site 2062.

[1827] The camera 2060 is, for example, built into a tablet or asmartphone that constitutes the computer system 100.

[1828] The second site 2062 is allowed to operate the dispenser 11present at the first site 2061 either directly or indirectly.

[1829] Thus, the person present at the first site can apply themixture dispensed and send to the second site 2062 a correspondingimage, and in return receive information relating to theresult.

[1830] The second site 2062 may have a display screen 2064 thatallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the result orunderstand, via the comments, the result with the mixture dispensedby the dispenser and advise the person. This adviser may in returninfluence the dispenser 11 to alter the color, care, protection orodor of the mixture and adapt it to best suit the face of theperson present at the first site. The protocol for the exchange ofdata between the two sites thus allows command instructions to besent to the dispenser 11, either directly or via the computersystem 100 present at the first site. Thus, the person present atthe second site controls the mixture delivered by the dispenser 11.The first person may make herself up, or care for or protect orperfume herself under the gaze of the second. The second personsees the result of the test on their screen and can thus correctthe mixture that this second person will control remotely until theideal treatment is obtained.

[1831] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link, such that the user present at the first site can seean image of the adviser on the screen of the computer system. Thisadviser can send the user present at the first site a tutorial ifneed be.

[1832] The memorizing of the setting parameters of the dispenser11, once a given mixture has been considered satisfactory, may becommanded from the second site.

[1833] The interface may be used to define makeup or care orprotection or odor programs in which the order of the areas to betreated or the order of the products to propose is defined.

EXAMPLES

[1834] A dispenser 11 of the kind illustrated in FIG. 3 anddescribed above in connection with the three first aspects of theinvention is created.

[1835] In order to illustrate the fourth aspect of the invention,several materials were investigated for the body part and themoving parts.

[1836] MDPE (Dow)

[1837] HDPE (Dow)

[1838] Polyacetal (POM)

[1839] PET

[1840] Apart from the polyacetal, created by machining, the othersare created by injection.

Example 1 (Fourth Aspect of the Invention)

[1841] A set of three base products are created (the proportionsare by mass)

TABLE-US-00007 F1: Anethole 6% (aniseed odor) Water 5% Absoluteethanol qs 100 F2: Phenylethyl ethanol 6% (rose odor) Water 5%Absolute ethanol qs 100: F3: Jaguar HP 60 2% Water qs 100%

[1842] Test 1

[1843] The three base products were placed in three cartridgeswith:

[1844] F1 in a cartridge made of HDPE

[1845] F2 in a cartridge made of HDPE

[1846] F3 in a cartridge made of PET

[1847] The three cartridges were placed in the three compartmentsC1, C2 and C3.

[1848] Next, at t=0, a first mixture M0 with the followingvolumetric proportions was created: C1 30%, C2 30%, C3 40%.

[1849] Next, at t=1j, a second mixture M1 with the same ratios wascreated.

[1850] Next, at t=30j, a third mixture M30 with the same ratios wascreated.

[1851] Finally, a mixture M with the same compositions and the sameratios was created by hand (balance of precision).

[1852] Next, the mixtures were presented to experts.

[1853] The mixtures created M0, M1 and M30 were satisfactory sincethey were similar in olfactory terms to the mixture M (a mixture ofrose and aniseed).

[1854] The result obtained with POM was still acceptable at t=1j.The result obtained with PS was unacceptable since virtually noperfume (compared with M) could be smelled.

[1855] Test 2

[1856] The compositions F1 and F3 were reversed by changingcartridge.

[1857] Thus, the three formulations were placed in three cartridgeswith:

[1858] F1 in a cartridge made of PET

[1859] F2 in a cartridge made of HDPE

[1860] F3 in a cartridge made of HDPE

[1861] The three cartridges were placed in the three compartmentsC1, C2 and C3.

[1862] Next, as before, a first mixture M0 was created at t=0: C130%, C2 30%, C3 40%.

[1863] Next, at t=1j, a second mixture M1 with the same ratios wascreated.

[1864] Next, at t=30j, a third mixture M30 with the same ratios wascreated.

[1865] Finally, a mixture M with the same compositions and the sameratios was created by hand (balance of precision).

[1866] Next, the mixtures were presented to experts.

[1867] The mixture created M0 was satisfactory since it was similarin olfactory terms to the mixture M (a mixture of rose andaniseed). The others (M1 and M30) were not satisfactory since theywere different in olfactory terms (the results did not contain theaniseed aspect).

[1868] Test 3

[1869] F1 was introduced into a cartridge made of POM.

[1870] Thus, the three formulations were placed in three cartridgeswith:

[1871] F1 in a cartridge made of POM

[1872] F2 in a cartridge made of HDPE

[1873] F3 in a cartridge made of PET

[1874] The three cartridges were placed in the three compartmentsC1, C2 and C3.

[1875] Next, as before, a first mixture M0 was created at t=0: C130%, C2 30%, C3 40%.

[1876] Next, at t=1j, a second mixture M1 with the same ratios wascreated.

[1877] Next, at t=30j, a third mixture M30 with the same ratios wascreated.

[1878] Finally, a mixture M with the same compositions and the sameratios was created by hand (balance of precision).

[1879] Next, the mixtures were presented to experts.

[1880] The mixtures created M0 and M1 were satisfactory since theywere similar in olfactory terms to the mixture M (a mixture of roseand aniseed). The last (M30) was not satisfactory since it wasdifferent in olfactory terms (the results did not contain theaniseed aspect).

Example 2 (Fourth Aspect of the Invention)

[1881] The configuration in example 1, test 1 was recreated.

[1882] Perfume experts were asked to choose their idealmixture.

[1883] For that, each attempted several mixtures, varying thecontents of C1, C2 and C3, in order to change the odor and thestrength of the perfume. Each time, they produced 100 mg ofcomposition, which they tested by olfactory assessment as per theirtaste.

[1884] They selected three mixtures which they stored in thesystem.

[1885] Each day, they could use these three mixtures as desired atthe particular time. For that, they chose the quantities to bedelivered. The system was sufficiently precise to be able torelease particularly small doses while respecting the odor of themixture created. (to 20 mg)

Example 3 (Fourth Aspect of the Invention)

[1886] A set of three compositions was created:

TABLE-US-00008 F1: Curcumin 0.5% (orange color) Sunflower plant oilqs 100 F2: Solvent red 27 0.5% (brick red color) Sunflower plantoil qs 100: F3: Sunflower plant oil

[1887] Test 1

[1888] The three formulations were placed in three cartridgeswith:

[1889] F1 in a cartridge made of MDPE

[1890] F2 in a cartridge made of MDPE

[1891] F3 in a cartridge made of MDPE

[1892] The three cartridges were placed in the three compartmentsC1, C2 and C3.

[1893] At t=0, an expert used a first mixture M0: C1 20%, C2 0%, C380%.

[1894] Next, he applied this mixture, by touches of 100 mg, to theface of a person with dark skin.

[1895] This was followed by completion by delivering a secondmixture P0: C1 20%, C2 20%, C3 60% to be applied to the cheeks.

[1896] This was followed by completion by delivering a thirdmixture Q0: C1 20%, C2 60%, C3 20% to be applied to theeyelids.

[1897] Once having left the expert with the system and theinstructions, the person reproduced at her home the sameapplications once a month. A matching result was obtained.

[1898] Test 2

[1899] This consisted in carrying out the same operation usingother cartridges:

[1900] F1 in a cartridge made of MDPE

[1901] F2 in a cartridge made of PET

[1902] F3 in a cartridge made of MDPE

[1903] The test was the same as in example 3, test 1.

[1904] After 1 month, the result matched, but after 2 months, theresult did not match (orange color in the three areas).

Example 4 (Fourth Aspect of the Invention)

[1905] The configuration in example 2, test 1 was recreated.

[1906] A person was asked to find the color that suited her bestfor making up her lips.

[1907] For that, she attempted several mixtures, varying thecontents of C1, C2 and C3, in order to change the color and thestrength of the color. Each time, 100 mg of composition werecreated, and were tested by color assessment on the back of thehand.

[1908] They selected a mixture which they stored in the system.

[1909] They were able to use their mixture each day.

Example 5 (Fourth Aspect of the Invention)

[1910] A set of three compositions was created:

TABLE-US-00009 F1: Curcumin 2% (orange color) Isopropyl myristateqs 100% F2: Ethanol 100% F3: Isopropyl myristate 100%

[1911] The three formulations were placed in three cartridgeswith:

[1912] F1 in a cartridge made of HDPE

[1913] F2 in a cartridge made of HDPE

[1914] F3 in a cartridge made of HDPE

[1915] The three cartridges were placed in the three compartmentsC1, C2 and C3.

[1916] At t=0, an expert used a first mixture M0: C1 10%, C2 0%, C390%.

[1917] Next, it was applied to the face of a person.

[1918] The next day, the expert asked the person about the comfortshe had felt.

[1919] She raised the content of C2 by 10 points at the expense ofC3 and so on until the mixture that produced the best comfort fromarea to area was found.

[1920] Next, she varied the content of C1 until the best colorintensity was found.

[1921] She finished by finding the most suitable mixture for eacharea.

[1922] The person was able to start with the system and apply hermixtures area by area.

[1923] E) System for Adjusting the Level of Coverage of aFoundation without Affecting the Level of Mattness/Shine

[1924] In the case of marked skin, most of the time, the areas ofskin that are marked make up only a small proportion of the surfaceof the face. In order to treat these areas of skin, it is usual touse either a product that covers highly (but entails concealingeffect defects) or a product that covers little (but has thedrawback of leaving the marks visible). It is possible to useseveral products with different covering effects, but thesegenerally have different levels of shine/mattness, making themakeup highly visible. (and can make the marked areas standout).

[1925] A solution is required for giving access to an entire rangeof covering levels, which can be applied to one and the same facewithout the differences being detectable.

[1926] There are very few solutions for solving these problems.

[1927] A first approach is to buy numerous products and try themall out. This approach is costly and often gives rise to wasteinsofar as only a small number of the colored substances tried aregenerally kept.

[1928] A second approach is to test out various products in store.That is not always suitable, because it is very difficult to get afeeling for the results in just a few moments and at a locationmissing the usual landmarks. In particular, in order to fullyassess the makeup effect in store, it would be necessary to be ableto have the same lighting as will be found in future conditions ofuse, and this is something that is rarely possible. In general, itis only by testing out makeup over the course of a day that one candetermine whether or not it is suitable. In addition, while certainstores have advisers and allow testing, this is not the case for alarge number of other sales outlets and Internet sales.

[1929] Another approach has been tested but not developed. Thisconsists in creating one's products by hand by mixing severalcolored products. This may prove relatively difficult to do becauseit is not very easy to reproduce the same mixture exactly a numberof times over, and it is awkward to quickly create the mixtures oneneeds at the moment of applying the makeup.

[1930] Of the tests that have been able to be attempted forautomating the manufacture of a customized cosmetic composition,many are those in which the proposed solutions allow mixtures to becreated in quantities of around 100 g or sometimes less, but not inthe very small proportions generally needed by a person applyingmakeup, namely in the region of one gram or much less.

[1931] In order to illustrate this problem, consider the case ofsomebody wishing to hide two imperfections in the region of one cm2on her face. For the first area, she needs to find thecorresponding mixture, then deliver a very small quantity, forexample around 10 mg, thereof. For the second, she needs to changethe setting of the dispenser, then, once again, deliver a verysmall quantity.

[1932] Therefore, for a great many people, choosing the coloredsubstances that will yield the best results remains a difficultmatter.

[1933] There is therefore a need to make searching for a makeupproduct that meets the expectations of a consumer and that allowsthis consumer to create mixtures under reliable conditions and invarious quantities easier.

[1934] There is also a need to apply several products withdifferent concealing capacities to the same face. In particular,people can have areas of the face that are marked to a greater orlesser extent and thus require different concealing strengths. Itis therefore advantageous to be able to have a means for producingconcealing formulations with different concealing strengths.

[1935] The production of concealing products by mixing presents asignificant problem. Since they are based on particulateingredients (pigments, nacres), mixtures are thus obtained which,depending on the level of concealing chosen (and thus the quantityof particulate ingredients) confer different mattness/shine aspectson the skin.

[1936] There is therefore a need to improve the dispensing systemsfor delivering products of variable color while retaining the samelevel of mattness/shine, in order notably to make these easier touse and improve the quality of the makeup.

[1937] According to its fifth aspect, the invention is based upon adispensing system that allows mixtures to be generated from baseproducts. These base products may be of different colors, such thatthe color of the mixture can be varied. The base products may evenmake it possible to vary the coverage of the mixture, such that thecolor resulting from applying the mixture to human keratinmaterials varies, being fairly close to that of said materials. Thebase products may also vary the color and the coverage. Thus, theidea of color is to be understood in a broad sense and encompassesmixtures of which the color varies after application as a result ofvariations in their level of coverage and in the color of theunderlying skin.

[1938] According to a fifth of its aspects, the subject of thepresent invention is a system for dispensing a product, comprisinga dispenser that receives at least two cartridges that each have areservoir containing first and second base products, respectively,the first base product comprising a pigment, the second baseproduct comprising a filler distinct from the pigment of the firstbase product, the dispenser making it possible to deliver at leastthese two base products in adjustable proportions.

[1939] The invention according to this fifth aspect may also haveone or more of the following features: [1940] the particle size D50by volume of the filler is between 100 nm and 1 mm, better stillbetween 1 micron and 100 microns, even better still between 2microns and 50 microns, [1941] the particle size D50 by volume ofthe pigment is between 100 nm and 25 microns, better still between200 nm and 10 microns, [1942] the pigment may be chosen frommineral pigments, and preferably hydrophobic modified mineralpigments, notably those of iron oxide or titanium oxide, [1943] thepigment may have a coating comprising at least one lipophilic orhydrophobic compound, [1944] the filler may be chosen from talc,mica, silica, kaolin, poly-.beta.-alanine powder and polyethylenepowder, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders, nylon powders,polymethyl methacrylate powders, lauroyllysine, starch, boronnitride, hollow polymer microspheres such as those ofpolyvinylidene chloride/acrylonitrile, acrylic acid copolymermicrospheres, silicone resin microbeads, polyorganosiloxaneelastomer particles, precipitated calcium carbonate, magnesiumcarbonate, magnesium hydrogen carbonate, hydroxyapatite, bariumsulfate, aluminum oxides, polyurethane powders, composite fillers,hollow silica microspheres, and glass or ceramic microcapsules, theparticles that are in the form of hollow sphere portions, andmixtures thereof, preferably being talc or mica, [1945] the fillermay have a coating comprising at least one lipophilic orhydrophobic compound, [1946] the first base product and the secondbase product may comprise an inverse emulsion, [1947] the masscontent of pigment in the first base product may be greater than orequal to 5% and preferably greater than 10% [1948] the mass contentof filler in the second base product may be greater than or equalto 0.5%, preferably greater than 1% [1949] the system may comprisea third cartridge with a third base product, [1950] the cartridgesmay be received in a removable manner in the dispenser, eachproduct may leave the cartridge through an outlet passage of thecartridge, the outlet passage being defined by a dispensing endpiece of the cartridge, said end piece being driven in rotationrelative to a body of the cartridge by a drive mechanism of thedispenser in order to dispense the base product contained in thecartridge.

[1951] According to this fifth aspect of the invention, a subjectthereof is also a method for applying a cosmetic, makeup and/orcare, product to human keratin materials, comprising the setting ofthe dispenser depending on the area to be treated, and thedispensing of the product by base products being picked up from thecartridges in the proportions corresponding to the setting of thedispenser.

[1952] Therefore, according to this fifth aspect, the invention isbased on a dispensing system, compartments containing at least twodifferent base products which contain (the two) particulateingredients chosen to create a concealing effect. Theseformulations preferably contain an inverse emulsion that has apigment concentration for the one part and a filler concentrationfor the other. Thus, by creating mixtures, the shine and mattnessdo not change. It is thus possible to vary the level of coveragewhile retaining the same appearance. The system may be programmedto deliver, for each location on the face, the best coveringmixture (neither too much nor too little). The overall appearancewill not make it possible to tell that the face has been treatedwith different levels of coverage. The system may also be used tovary the level of coverage as desired and depending on the time,for example more covering for an evening, lighter for thedaytime.

[1953] Dispensing System

[1954] The dispensing system may consist of a single deviceoperating autonomously, preferably able to be manipulated in onehand, or of a device that operates in interaction with othercomponents or devices. It may for example entail various outletinterfaces which are mounted on the dispenser depending on the typeof makeup to be created, as will be specified below. It may alsoentail a computer system which exchanges information with thedispenser in order to operate the latter, this computer systemcomprising, for example, a portable terminal such as a smartphone,a camera phone, a tablet, a laptop computer or a dedicatedterminal.

[1955] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[1956] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[1957] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[1958] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[1959] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[1960] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[1961] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[1962] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[1963] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[1964] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[1965] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[1966] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[1967] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s. Preferably, thedrive mechanism delivers flow rates of between 20 and 100 .mu.L/s,better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60 .mu.L/s. It is thus possibleto easily create a mixture of around 10 mg. Such a dispensingsystem is therefore ideal for achieving small touches of makeup,for covering an area of 1 cm.sup.2, better still an area of 0.5cm.sup.2, for example.

[1968] It is also possible to create larger quantities of mixturesuch as the quantities needed to make up a cheek or a face. Thesequantities remain relatively low, however, for example a quantityof between 100 and 500 mg, better still between 150 and 250 mg.

[1969] Thus, one subject of the invention, according to one aspectthereof, is a dispensing system comprising a dispenser having ahousing, and at least one cartridge received in the housing of thedispenser, this cartridge having a body and a piston capable ofmoving in the body, the housing comprising a motorized drivemechanism for moving the piston of the cartridge.

[1970] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[1971] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[1972] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[1973] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[1974] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[1975] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[1976] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[1977] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[1978] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[1979] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[1980] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[1981] In order to adjust the shade, the dispensing systemaccording to the invention has to allow the user to vary the volumedelivered from each compartment.

[1982] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[1983] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the shadeto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several base products of different colors.

[1984] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[1985] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[1986] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time or, as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted from one another so that one product isdispensed while the other products are paused.

[1987] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the mixtureis delivered into a cavity of a container which may closehermetically or not, for example in the form of a cup, into whichan applicator, particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped.Such a dispensing system is especially suited to liners, glossesand other formulations applied without direct contact with thehands. This container may be removable.

[1988] For example, it is used as a lip-color dispenser and has adispensing system, for example using a screw. When it is notremovable, the container may be produced with the body of thedispenser. When it is removable, it may constitute one outputinterface among others that can be mounted on the dispenser.

[1989] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[1990] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for graduations to be achieved simply. An"alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture

[1991] A to a mixture B several times in succession. In the case ofapplication by spraying, a multilayer application can thus beachieved, with different formulations for two superposed adjacentcoats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offer severalpreprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system each timeindicating to the user how these should be used, for example bydisplay on a screen.

[1992] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the makeup tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person is fully made up.

[1993] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[1994] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[1995] Particulate Ingredients

[1996] The particulate ingredients are typically particles with asize of between 100 nm and 1 mm, better still between 200 nm and100 microns, even better still between 200 nm and 50 microns.

[1997] Within the meaning of the invention, the "size" of aparticle is understood to be the D50 volume average size, whichcorresponds to the particle size defined such that 50% by volume ofthe particles have a size less than D50.

[1998] The volume average size may be assessed by light diffractionusing a Malvern MasterSizer laser particle size analyzer, saidparticles to be evaluated being dispersed in a liquid medium, forinstance octyldodecyl neopentanoate.

[1999] The particulate ingredients are pigments and fillers:

[2000] Pigments

[2001] The term "pigments" is understood to mean white or colored,mineral or organic particles, which are insoluble in an aqueousmedium, and which are intended to color and/or opacify theresulting composition and/or film. These pigments may be white orcolored, and mineral and/or organic.

[2002] According to one embodiment, the size of the pigmentparticles according to the invention is between 100 nm and 25.mu.m, preferably between 200 nm and 10 .mu.m.

[2003] The pigments used according to the invention are chosenpreferably from mineral pigments, and preferably from hydrophobicmodified mineral pigments.

[2004] The hydrophobic modified mineral pigments are moreparticularly hydrophobic modified pigments of iron oxide and/ortitanium dioxide.

[2005] The composition according to the invention comprisesadvantageously at least one pigment coated with at least onelipophilic or hydrophobic compound.

[2006] The coating may also comprise at least one additionalnon-lipophilic compound.

[2007] Within the meaning of the invention, the "coating" of apigment according to the invention generally denotes the total orpartial surface treatment of the pigment with a surface agent,absorbed, adsorbed or grafted onto said pigment.

[2008] The surface-treated pigments may be prepared according tosurface treatment techniques of chemical, electronic,mechanochemical or mechanical nature that are well known to aperson skilled in the art. Commercial products may also beused.

[2009] The surface agent may be absorbed, adsorbed or grafted ontothe pigments by evaporation of solvent, chemical reaction andcreation of a covalent bond.

[2010] According to one variant, the surface treatment isconstituted of a coating of the pigments.

[2011] The coating may be realized, for example, by adsorption of aliquid surface agent onto the surface of the solid particles bysimple mixing with stirring of the particles and of said surfaceagent, optionally with heating, prior to the incorporation of theparticles into the other ingredients of the makeup or carecomposition.

[2012] The coating may be realized, for example, by chemicalreaction of a surface agent with the surface of the solid pigmentparticles and creation of a covalent bond between the surface agentand the particles. This method is notably described in the U.S.Pat. No. 4,578,266.

[2013] The chemical surface treatment may consist in diluting thesurface agent in a volatile solvent, dispersing the pigments inthis mixture and then slowly evaporating off the volatile solvent,so that the surface agent is deposited at the surface of thepigments.

[2014] According to a particular embodiment of the invention, thepigments may be coated according to the invention with at least onecompound chosen from silicone surface agents; fluoro surfaceagents; fluorosilicone surface agents; metal soaps; N-acylaminoacids or salts thereof; lecithin and derivatives thereof; isopropyltriisostearyl titanate; isostearyl sebacate; natural plant oranimal waxes; polar synthetic waxes; fatty esters; phospholipids;and mixtures thereof.

[2015] According to one particular embodiment, the pigments may becoated with at least one compound chosen from N-acylamino acids orsalts thereof, isopropyl triisostearyl titanate; silicone surfaceagents; natural plant or animal waxes; hydrogenated lecithin, fattyesters; and mixtures thereof.

[2016] According to a more particularly preferred embodiment, thepigments may be coated with an N-acylamino acid and/or a saltthereof, in particular with a glutamic acid derivative and/or asalt thereof, especially a stearoyl glutamate, for instancealuminum stearoyl glutamate.

[2017] According to one more particularly preferred embodiment, usewill be made of hydrophobic coated pigments chosen from titaniumdioxides and iron oxides coated with aluminum stearoyl glutamate,sold, for example, under the reference NAT.RTM. by MiyoshiKasei.

[2018] Fillers

[2019] These fillers are colorless or white solid particles of anyform, which are in a form that is insoluble and dispersed in themedium of the composition.

[2020] As illustrations of these fillers, mention may be made oftalc, mica, silica, kaolin, poly-.beta.-alanine powder andpolyethylene powder, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders(Teflon.RTM.), nylon powders, polymethyl methacrylate powders,lauroyllysine, starch, boron nitride, hollow polymer microspheressuch as those of polyvinylidene chloride/acrylonitrile, forinstance Expancel.RTM. (Nobel Industrie), acrylic acid copolymermicrospheres, silicone resin microbeads (for example Tospearls.RTM.from Toshiba), polyorganosiloxane elastomer particles, precipitatedcalcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydrogencarbonate, hydroxyapatite, barium sulfate, aluminum oxides,polyurethane powders, composite fillers, hollow silicamicrospheres, and glass or ceramic microcapsules. Use may also bemade of particles that are in the form of hollow sphere portions,as described in the patent applications JP-2003 128 788 and JP-2000191 789.

[2021] The fillers may have a coating comprising at least onelipophilic or hydrophobic compound.

[2022] The coating may be realized, for example, by adsorption of aliquid surface agent onto the surface of the solid particles bysimple mixing with stirring of the particles and of said surfaceagent, optionally with heating, prior to the incorporation of theparticles into the other ingredients of the makeup or carecomposition.

[2023] The coating may be realized, for example, by chemicalreaction of a surface agent with the surface of the solid fillerparticles and creation of a covalent bond between the surface agentand the particles.

[2024] The chemical surface treatment may consist in diluting thesurface agent in a volatile solvent, dispersing the pigments inthis mixture and then slowly evaporating off the volatile solvent,so that the surface agent is deposited at the surface of thefillers.

[2025] According to one particular embodiment of the invention, thefillers may be coated according to the invention with at least onecompound chosen from silicone surface agents; fluoro surfaceagents; fluorosilicone surface agents; metal soaps; N-acylaminoacids or salts thereof; lecithin and derivatives thereof; isopropyltriisostearyl titanate; isostearyl sebacate; natural plant oranimal waxes; polar synthetic waxes; fatty esters; phospholipids;and mixtures thereof.

[2026] According to one particular embodiment, the fillers may becoated with at least one compound chosen from N-acylamino acids orsalts thereof, isopropyl triisostearyl titanate;

[2027] silicone surface agents; natural plant or animal waxes;hydrogenated lecithin, fatty esters; and mixtures thereof.

[2028] According to a more particularly preferred embodiment, thefillers may be coated with an N-acylamino acid and/or a saltthereof, in particular with a glutamic acid derivative and/or asalt thereof, especially a stearoyl glutamate, for instancealuminum stearoyl glutamate.

[2029] According to one more particularly preferred embodiment, usewill be made of hydrophobic coated fillers chosen from talc andmica coated with aluminum stearoyl glutamate, sold, for example,under the reference NAT.RTM. by Miyoshi Kasei.

[2030] Inverse Emulsions/Anhydrous Compositions

[2031] According to the invention, when a composition is said to bein the form of an inverse emulsion, it will be understood that itcan also alternately be in another form depending on thecomposition in question.

[2032] A base product may be in the form of an emulsion, forexample an O/W, W/O, O/W/O or W/O/W emulsion, and preferably a W/Oinverse emulsion, or in the form of an anhydrous composition,comprising notably carbon-based compounds and/or siliconecompounds, such as hydrocarbon-based oils and/or silicone oils.

[2033] The emulsions according to the invention are preferablywater-in-oil (W/O) emulsions, also known as inverse emulsions,namely constituted of an oily continuous phase in which the aqueousphase is dispersed in the form of droplets so as to observe amixture that is macroscopically hom*ogeneous to the naked eye.

[2034] Use for Making Up One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[2035] The dispensing system allows makeup to be applied, day afterday, with only the areas that need to be hidden being treated. Tothis end, small doses of makeup are delivered, and are appliedspecifically and sequentially to the corresponding areas. Eachsmall dose is created using the mixture suited to the area.

[2036] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below. As analternative, the dispensing system informs the person, whendelivering a mixture, of the area to which the person is to applythe mixture. Thus, the dispensing system may follow an applicationprogram in which it delivers, in a given order, the variousmixtures that are to be applied.

[2037] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the color, the areaof the face and the quantity needed, thereby making it possible toreduce costs and wastage of product, and to cover the skin onlylightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. In so doing, it ispossible to use products that have a high covering capability andprovide too much cover to be applied to the whole of the face.Thus, it is possible to obtain makeup of natural or evenundetectable appearance.

[2038] The system thus makes it possible to carry out localizedapplications, specifically making it possible to obtain the samelevel of mattness/shine.

[2039] The dispensing system may also make it possible, byfacilitating the dispensing of small quantities and rapid usethereof, to reduce the time for which the products are kept, thusmaking it possible to reduce the risks of the products changingand/or to reduce the amounts of preservative to be used.

[2040] The dispensing system is suited to treating the areas thatare to be concealed, without having to conceal the entire face.

[2041] It may also be used to conceal one or more marks, with asingle level of mattness/shine.

[2042] In an especially advantageous variant, the system may beused to apply to the base of the face a formulation that is lessconcealing and then one or two applications to precise areas of theface of formulations that are more concealing. It is also possibleto start with applications to the precise areas of the face ofconcealing formulations and then to apply to the base of the facean application of a formulation that is less concealing.

[2043] In the second case, time is taken, before applying thesecond layer, to wait for the film produced by the application tothe precise areas to become sufficiently cohesive so that thesecond layer does not remove the first layer.

[2044] Alternatively, the second layer is applied without rubbing(spray for example, or sponge).

[2045] When the user is looking for the color to apply to an areaof the face, it is advantageous to memorize the color best suitedto each area, and the dispensing system is thus advantageouslydesigned to memorize this color and the corresponding area. Thus,by using the memorized information, on each use, the same mixturecan be delivered for each area or, if several areas are beingtreated, the same series of mixtures can be delivered for the sameseries of areas.

[2046] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the colors application after application.Thus, the person may make up her lips using different colors thatshe chooses on a day-by-day basis to suit her tastes. This approachis also suitable for the eyelids or eyelashes, and for face makeupbecause the person may fancy a change of foundation color. Forexample, on weekdays, the person applies a pale colored foundation,with a more tanned foundation color at the weekends, or may haveeye makeup in one color one day and another color another day. Idemfor variations in coverage.

[2047] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange color to suit her tastes according to the day, the time,what she is wearing, and the weather. Thus, a system to assist withdecision making is advantageously provided to guide the user in herchoices of color (broadly speaking).

[2048] An assistance system may also be provided for balancing thecolors on the same face and to contribute toward a successfuloverall makeup look.

[2049] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[2050] Continuous Use for Graduated Makeup

[2051] In this application, the dispensing system changes theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product. Inaddition, the outlet for the base products or for the mixture ismoved relative to a container or a support defining an applicationsurface. In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the color C1 of one area to betreated and of the color C2 of another area to be treated. Forexample, with the knowledge that the chin requires a color C1 andthat the cheek requires a color C2, the dispensing system may varythe formulation of the mixture while it is delivering it in orderto graduate the color between these two colors. This makes itpossible for example to better conceal imperfections of the facewhile ensuring that the end result is realistic, or allows color tobe graduated for beautifying purposes. The dispensing system mayalso be designed such that the user can command a variation incolor of the mixture dispensed without the start and/or end colorshaving been set beforehand. To do that, the dispensing system maypossess a location or auto-location system and deduce from alook-up table the colors C1 and C2 that it has to create andtherefore the changes in the mixture that it has to make.

[2052] These different effects could be created with a constantmattness/shine effect.

[2053] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to make the center of the cheek redder than theperiphery thereof, with a graduation between the two.

[2054] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[2055] It is also possible to produce solid or semi-solidproducts.

[2056] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[2057] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[2058] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or are provided in the compartments of the dispenserwith the other constituents of the base products, or are containedin the dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[2059] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[2060] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [2061] set solid, [2062] yield a materialthat can crumble if rubbed, and are preferably colored.

[2063] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition, betterstill more than 20% by mass of solid particles relative to thetotal mass of the composition, even better still more than 30% bymass of solid particles relative to the total mass of thecomposition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition. Thesecompositions may contain absorbent particles or reactive compounds,such as those that react in contact with the air, for examplecyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those which react to light,notably UV.

[2064] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[2065] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system incorporates a heating means, for example with anelectrical resistor, to create lipsticks or other waxy products. Inthat case, the base products are heated before being delivered.

[2066] The dispensing system may also comprise a means forsupplying heat and/or light energy, after the mixture has beendispensed into a container, for example an electrical resistor oran LED, notably UV. This energy may accelerate the setting-solid ofthe dispensed mixture.

[2067] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it setssolid.

[2068] The products, with different coverage, will have equivalentmattness/shine effects.

[2069] Creation of Color Palettes

[2070] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures deposited in said regions, for example a series of colorssuited to various parts of the face.

[2071] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[2072] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[2073] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[2074] The products in the palette may have different coveragewhile having equivalent mattness/shine effects.

[2075] Cup-Type Dispenser

[2076] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[2077] A further subject of the invention is a system fordispensing at least one makeup product, having a cup and adispenser for filling the cup with at least one product, the cupbeing secured to the dispenser at least while it is beingfilled.

[2078] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[2079] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[2080] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[2081] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[2082] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[2083] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to the making upto be performed, as described in detail below.

[2084] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[2085] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[2086] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up and the base products easier to mix.

[2087] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[2088] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. This may facilitate the testing ofcolored substances and/or allow the preparation of severaldifferent color mixtures intended for making up respective areas ofthe face. The cups may be associated with identifiers that remindthe user of the area of the face for which a mixture contained in agiven cup is intended.

[2089] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[2090] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the color of the mixture contained inside.

[2091] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[2092] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[2093] The base product(s) delivered into the cup are preferablyfoundations, but as an alternative may be makeup products for thelips or eyelids.

[2094] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Preferably, the size and shape of the cup either allow directapplication of the mixture to the skin or allow the mixture to bepicked up on a finger or using an applicator. The cup may be madeof an elastically deformable material, making it possible forexample to turn the concavity of the bottom of the cup inside outand empty it more easily or use it to apply the product.

[2095] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[2096] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[2097] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga makeup product, comprising the step of filling a cup of adispensing system as defined above with at least one base productfrom the dispenser.

[2098] The products, with different coverage, will have equivalentmattness/shine effects.

[2099] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[2100] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[2101] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[2102] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[2103] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[2104] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a dispensing system having a dispenserhaving outlet passages for base products and an outlet interfacethat is separable from the dispenser, this interface having astatic blender that preferably delivers the mixture into a cavitywhere it can be picked up.

[2105] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[2106] According to this aspect of the invention, it is possible touse several outlet interfaces and to fill them with differentrespective mixtures, without the need to purge the blender, therebyreducing losses of product. The outlet interface may be asingle-use interface, if necessary.

[2107] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[2108] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[2109] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[2110] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[2111] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[2112] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[2113] Reduced Dead Volume

[2114] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing thecolor of the mixture to be varied as quickly as possible duringapplication, particularly when the dispenser is coupled to anairbrush.

[2115] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a system for dispensing a makeupproduct, having a dispenser that receives at least two cartridgesthat each have a reservoir containing a base product, the latterleaving the cartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge,this outlet passage opening to outside of the dispenser or near theexternal surface thereof.

[2116] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[2117] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[2118] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[2119] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the outside of the housing of the dispenser in theabsence of an outlet interface. The mounting area may besubstantially planar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis ofthe dispenser housing.

[2120] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[2121] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[2122] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[2123] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[2124] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[2125] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different makeup looks easily and be able, if sodesired, to make up areas as different as the skin, the lips, theeyelashes or eyebrows.

[2126] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a dispensing system comprising anassembly comprising a dispenser of at least one cosmetic, notablymakeup, product and at least two outlet interfaces, each of whichcan be mounted removably on the dispenser, these outlet interfaceswhich are able to receive the product or products delivered by thedispenser preferably being chosen from among the following: [2127]an outlet interface having a container, notably a cup, allowing theproduct to be picked up using a finger or using an applicator,[2128] an outlet interface allowing the product to be delivered toa spray system, notably an airbrush, [2129] an outlet interfacehaving several regions for receiving the product, which can moverelative to the dispenser, [2130] an outlet interface that allowsthe product to be delivered to a dispensing end piece.

[2131] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[2132] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[2133] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[2134] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[2135] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[2136] A further subject of the invention is a makeup methodinvolving the step of selecting an outlet interface, mounting it onthe dispenser, and delivering the product(s) contained in thedispenser to the interface.

[2137] Mapping and Learning

[2138] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing a color with an area, with recording.

[2139] It may be the case that a person requires several levels ofcoverage with a single mattness/shine for all areas.

[2140] It may also be the case that she requires several levels ofcoverage with one level of mattness/shine on one part of the faceand another level of mattness/shine for another area. For example,she has several marks on the forehead and several marks on thecheeks. Thus, she may want to create several levels of coverage forthe forehead with one level of mattness/shine for this surface. Shemay want to create several levels of coverage for the cheeks withone level of mattness/shine for this surface.

[2141] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofcolored substance may be applied with a finger, using conventionaltools such as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[2142] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everydaymakeup.

[2143] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[2144] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate color.

[2145] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same color is appropriate.

[2146] To create the map, the operator applies a color, then makesan assessment.

[2147] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the cheek, thenon the nose, etc.

[2148] Another option is to create a given mixture and apply thissame mixture to several areas. The operator then needs to look forthe area of the face to which the color is suited. The mixture isthen indexed in the computer system which attributes it to thearea(s) of the face for which it is suitable.

[2149] A subject of the invention is also a learning process for adispensing system, comprising a dispenser for dispensing a mixtureof variable color, and a computer system for selecting a color andfor storing data, comprising the steps of:

[2150] a) selecting at least one color with the aid of an interfaceof the computer system,

[2151] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture of the selected color,

[2152] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face,

[2153] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[2154] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for making up said area.

[2155] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[2156] It is also possible to create a given mixture and to lookfor the area of the face for which it is suitable. The mixture isthen recorded, being attributed to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable, in a look-up table that will be usedsubsequently in order to deduce which mixture to use on the basisof an area of the skin.

[2157] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[2158] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[2159] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to apply makeup. Thus, the dispensing system canbe used at sales outlets to advise people wishing to apply makeupor at home in order to define correctly which products toorder.

[2160] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying the color of the mixture when it is selected.

[2161] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[2162] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[2163] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[2164] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[2165] The computer system may be designed to search a database fora reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[2166] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[2167] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture color at least on the basis of the imageanalyzed.

[2168] Step a) may be preceded by the computer system proposing tothe user a color and an area to be tested with a mixture of thiscolor.

[2169] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[2170] The computer system may be designed to propose at least onecolor of mixture in step a) depending on an application area ofwhich it has been informed by the user.

[2171] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneapplication area in step a), on the basis of a color of which ithas been informed by the user.

[2172] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least two mixturesof different colors, preferably separate, so that they can beapplied simultaneously to the test area.

[2173] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[2174] A further subject of the invention is a method of making upusing a dispensing system according to this aspect of theinvention, in which:

[2175] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed for makeup,

[2176] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposed colorfor making up an associated zone, on the basis of the learningperformed beforehand, and

[2177] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce themixture of the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[2178] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[2179] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [2180] allow theuser to select at least one color and/or one application area,notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [2181] operate adispenser in such a way as to deliver a mixture of the colorselected by the user, [2182] allow the user to trigger thememorizing of the color of the mixture and of an associatedapplication area, notably with a view to subsequently dispensingthe same mixture, notably on the same area.

[2183] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [2184] receive a request from the user regarding a needfor makeup, notably using an interface such as a touch screen,[2185] propose, on the basis at least of data generated by thelearning process as defined above, at least one color and/or oneapplication area, [2186] operate a dispenser to produce the mixtureof the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[2187] The person may incorporate into the map the level ofmattness/shine that she desires for each area of the face, area byarea or set of areas by set of areas. The system will theninterpret the mixtures it needs to create to ensure the colors andcoverage desired and the wanted mattness/shine.

[2188] The map may subsequently be modified. Thus, it is possibleto create the map in terms of the colors/coverage in the firstinstance, and then refine the map by subsequently defining thelevels of mattness/shine.

[2189] Remote Assistance

[2190] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in applyingmakeup, notably in choosing the correct colorings.

[2191] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is thus a method of applying makeupinvolving the steps of: [2192] allowing a video link to beestablished, for example over the Internet, between a camera on afirst site and a second site, [2193] allowing the second site todirectly or indirectly operate a dispenser present at the firstsite, this dispenser making it possible to vary the color of amixture dispensed, [2194] allowing a person present at the firstsite to apply the mixture dispensed and to send a correspondingimage to the second site, so as to receive in return informationrelating to the makeup result.

[2195] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the makeup resultwith the product dispensed by the dispenser and advise the personwho has applied the makeup. This adviser may in return influencethe dispenser to alter the color of the mixture and adapt it tobest suit the face of the person present at the first site. Thus,this person controls the mixture delivered by the dispenser. Thefirst person may make herself up under the gaze of the second. Thesecond person sees the result of the test on their screen and canthus correct the mixture that this second person will controlremotely until the ideal makeup is obtained.

[2196] If appropriate, the video acquisition can be calibratedusing a test pattern or with the mixture dispensed by the dispenseronto a reference surface. That then allows a more faithful displayof the makeup applied at the first site.

[2197] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[2198] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[2199] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine thecolor of each of the base products.

[2200] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[2201] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral apply makeup. This embodiment makes it possible to developmakeup artists and their work, either within an institute or overthe Internet. It also allows people with limited capabilities, suchas people with poor eyesight, or people who have difficultydiscerning colors, or the elderly, or those lacking inself-confidence to apply makeup.

[2202] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[2203] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the color of the mixturedispensed.

[2204] A further subject of the invention is a dispensing systemhaving a dispenser and a computer system for operating thedispenser, this computer system having a touch screen on which thecolor of the mixture can be displayed, and a selection meansmovable on the screen, in order to vary the color of the dispensedmixture.

[2205] Preferably, the screen displays end-point colors betweenwhich the color of the mixture can be selected by moving theselection means between these end-point colors.

[2206] The screen may display a scale of colors between at leasttwo colors, or an area, notably of triangular outline, within whichthe selection means can be moved. This area may locally show thecolor of the mixture depending for example on the distance fromeach of the vertices, each one embodying a pure base product.

[2207] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired color.

[2208] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[2209] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[2210] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[2211] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[2212] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[2213] Another of the aspects of the invention is to improve stillfurther the dispensing systems that comprise a spray system,preferably an airbrush, and according to one of its aspects,independently of or in combination with the other aspects, andnotably the foregoing, one subject of the invention is an assemblycomprising: [2214] a spray means, preferably an airbrush having apickup chamber subjected to a stream of entrainment air, [2215] adispenser having at least two compartments containing differentbase products, the products being delivered to the spray meanspreferably via distinct distribution orifices.

[2216] The dispenser may have three cartridges containing makeupproducts of different colors.

[2217] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[2218] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[2219] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[2220] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[2221] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the color depending on the position, if appropriate.

[2222] A further subject of the invention is a method for applyingmakeup using an assembly as defined above, in which a mixture issprayed onto the skin using the spray means, notably theairbrush.

[2223] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated effect can beachieved.

[2224] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in the color of themixture dispensed while the face is being made up, notably as thearea to be made up changes.

[2225] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[2226] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[2227] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[2228] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[2229] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[2230] The viscosity of the base products as measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar is, for example, between0.05 Pas and 50 Pas.

[2231] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[2232] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[2233] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and an oily gel, simultaneously,and these will be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelatedmanner, producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones, orcolorants that react with one another. The ratios of base productscan be adjusted depending on the particular result desired. Forexample, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels, the ratiocorresponding to the volume of the first base product to the volumeof the second base product could be varied between 10/1 and 1/10,better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[2234] Location or Auto-Location System

[2235] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[2236] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[2237] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[2238] The invention may be implemented according to this fifthaspect with the aid of the examples illustrated in the figures,which are described above and the description of which will not berepeated here.

[2239] Example (Fifth Aspect of the Invention)

[2240] Several base products having particulate ingredients arecreated.

[2241] Base products F1 and F2 are rich in pigment (and aredifferent colors). Base product F3 is rich in filler.

TABLE-US-00010 F1 F2 F3 mass % mass % mass % Dimethicone copolyolsold under the 2 2 2 reference KF 6017 by the company Shin-EtsuEtsu Bis PEG/PPG-14/14 1 1 1 dimethicone + Cyclopentasiloxane soldunder the reference Abil EM 97 by the company GoldschmidtCyclopentasiloxane 17.65 17.65 17.65 Phenyl trimethicone sold underthe 2 2 2 reference DC556 by the company Dow Corning Ethyl hexylmethoxycinnamate 3 3 3 Squalane 1 1 1 Cyclopentasiloxane 7 7 7Yellow iron oxide coated with 2 1.1 1.33 aluminum stearoylglutamate NAI- C33-9001-10 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Red ironoxide coated with aluminum 0.2 0.6 0.13 stearoyl glutamateNAI-C33-8001-10 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Black iron oxidecoated with 0.15 0.15 0.1 aluminum stearoyl glutamate NAI-C33-7001-10 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Titanium dioxide(anatase) coated 9.65 10.15 6.44 with aluminum stearoyl glutamateNAI-TAO-77891 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Talc coated with 0 01.5 aluminum stearoyl glutamate NAI- TA-13R from the companyMiyoshi Kasei Talc sold under the 0.5 0.5 0.5 reference Micro AceP3 by the company Nippion Talc Nylon 12 powder sold 0.5 0.5 0.5under the reference SP 500 by the company Toray IndustriesDemineralized water 36.15 36.15 38.65 1,3-Butylene glycol 3 3 3Magnesium sulfate 0.7 0.7 0.7 Hydrogenated maltose 0.5 0.5 0.5solution Denatured 96.degree. ethyl 13 13 13 alcohol TOTAL 100 100100

[2242] Procedure

[2243] The constituents of phase A are weighed out in the mainbeaker and are stirred with a Moritz blender (1000 rpm) whilemaintaining at room temperature. Phase B is prepared separately bymilling three times in a three-roll mill the mixture of pigmentsand of cyclopentasiloxane. This phase B is then added, withcontinued stirring, along with the fillers (phase C).

[2244] The aqueous phase D is also prepared separately, by weighingout in a beaker the butylene glycol, the magnesium sulfate, thehydrogenated maltose solution, and water at room temperature. Theaqueous phase D is stirred using a magnetic bar until hom*ogenized.C D E The emulsion is made at room temperature: the aqueous phase Dis poured into the fatty phase while gradually increasing thestirring speed (Moritz blender) up to 4000 rpm. Stirring iscontinued for 7 minutes. Finally, phase E (ethyl alcohol) is addedfor the last 3 minutes of 5 the emulsification.

[2245] Test

[2246] The dispensing system is used to create several mixtures(the proportions within the mixture are volumetric):

[2247] M1: A 50%, B 20%, C 30%

[2248] M2: A 50%, B 0%, C 50%

[2249] M3: A 50%, B 40%, C 10%

[2250] Mixtures M1, M2, M3 are applied to different areas of theface. Different coverages and different colors (more or less pink)but with equivalent levels of mattness are obtained.

[2251] F) Dispensing System for Customizing the Level ofPhotoprotection of a Foundation without Modifying its Level ofMattness and Shine

[2252] Women need to be able to make themselves up and protectthemselves from the sun. Since the UV level can vary from one dayto another and thus also the need for photoprotection, it isnecessary to be able to provide access to an entire range ofphotoprotection levels, while at the same time providing access toa range of color and coverage.

[2253] In the case of marked skin, most of the time, the areas ofskin that are marked make up only a small proportion of the surfaceof the face. They require especially high protection since theseareas are known to be able to change under solar irradiation and inparticular create more marks.

[2254] Other areas, such as scars, also require a high level ofprotection.

[2255] By contrast, the base of the skin requires less protection,it being understood that people tan it for esthetic reasons. It istherefore necessary to be able to provide makeup products thatcontain little or no screening agent.

[2256] A solution is required for giving access to an entire rangeof photoprotection levels, which can be applied to one and the sameface without the differences being detectable.

[2257] There are very few solutions for solving these problems.

[2258] A first approach is to buy numerous makeup products withscreening agents and try them all out. This approach is costly andoften gives rise to waste insofar as only a small number of theproducts tested are generally kept.

[2259] A second approach is to test out various products in store.That is not always suitable, because it is very difficult to get afeeling for the results in just a few moments and at a locationmissing the usual landmarks. In particular, in order to fullyassess the makeup effect in store, it would be necessary to be ableto have the same lighting as will be found in future conditions ofuse, and this is something that is rarely possible. In general, itis only by testing out makeup over the course of a day that one candetermine whether or not it is suitable. In addition, while certainstores have advisers and allow testing, this is not the case for alarge number of other sales outlets and Internet sales.

[2260] Another approach has been tested but not developed. Thisconsists in creating one's products by hand by mixing severalcolored products. This may prove relatively difficult to do becauseit is not very easy to reproduce the same mixture exactly a numberof times over, and it is awkward to quickly create the mixtures oneneeds at the moment of applying the makeup.

[2261] Dispensers for dispensing a cosmetic composition of variablecolor are also known.

[2262] Of the tests that have been able to be attempted forautomating the manufacture of a customized cosmetic composition,many are those in which the proposed solutions allow mixtures to becreated in quantities of around 100 g or sometimes less, but not inthe very small proportions generally needed by a person applyingmakeup, namely in the region of one gram or much less.

[2263] In order to illustrate this problem, consider the case ofsomebody wishing to hide two imperfections in the region of one cm2on her face. For the first area, she needs to find thecorresponding mixture, then deliver a very small quantity, forexample around 10 mg, thereof. For the second, she needs to changethe setting of the dispenser, then, once again, deliver a verysmall quantity.

[2264] Therefore, for a great many people, choosing the coloredsubstances that will yield the best results remains a difficultmatter.

[2265] There is therefore a need to make searching for a screeningmakeup product that meets the expectations of a consumer and thatallows this consumer to create mixtures under reliable conditionsand in various quantities easier.

[2266] Therefore, according to certain aspects, the invention seeksto make it easier to make up the face with photoprotection, andnotably to find the products best suited to the various areasthereof.

[2267] There is also a need to improve the dispensing systems fordelivering products of variable color, in order notably to makethese easier to use and improve the quality of the makeup.

[2268] There is also a need to apply several products withdifferent photoprotective capacities to the same face. Inparticular, people can have areas of the face that are marked to agreater or lesser extent and thus require different photoprotectionstrengths. It is therefore advantageous to be able to have a meansfor producing photoprotective formulations with differentphotoprotection strengths.

[2269] The production of concealing and photoprotective products bymixing presents a significant problem. Since they are based on oilyingredients (organic screening agents), mixtures are thus obtainedwhich, depending on the level of photoprotection chosen (and thusthe quantity of oily ingredients) confer different mattness/shineaspects on the skin.

[2270] There is therefore a need to improve the dispensing systemsfor delivering products of variable photoprotection while retainingthe same level of mattness/shine, in order notably to make theseeasier to use and improve the quality of the makeup andphotoprotection.

[2271] Thus, one subject of the invention, according to a sixth ofits aspects, is a system for dispensing a product, comprising adispenser that receives at least two cartridges containing firstand second base products, respectively, the first base productcomprising, notably in the form of an inverse emulsion, an organicsunscreen and an oil, the second base product comprising an oil,the dispenser making it possible to deliver at least these two baseproducts in adjustable proportions, the concentration of sunscreenin the first base product being greater than that of the secondbase product, and the concentration of oil in the second baseproduct being greater than that of the first base product.

[2272] According to this sixth aspect, the invention may have oneor more of the following features: [2273] the mass content of theorganic sunscreen in the first base product is greater than orequal to 2% of the mass of the first base product, better stillgreater than or equal to 4% of the mass of the first base product,for example between 4% and 30%, [2274] the mass content of oil(s)in the second base product is greater than or equal to 10% of themass of the second base product, preferably greater than 15% of themass of the second base product, preferably greater than or equalto 20%, for example between 20% and 60%, the second base productnot containing any organic sunscreen, [2275] the second baseproduct comprises an organic sunscreen, [2276] at least one of thefirst and second base products contains a coloring agent, [2277]the coloring agent is chosen from pigments, notably iron oxides,[2278] each of the first and second base products comprises acoloring agent, [2279] at least one of the first and second baseproducts contains a colorless filler, [2280] each of the first andsecond base products comprises a colorless filler, [2281] thedispensing system comprises a third cartridge with a third baseproduct, [2282] the cartridges are received in a removable mannerin the dispenser, [2283] each product leaves the cartridge throughan outlet passage of the cartridge, the outlet passage beingdefined by a dispensing end piece of the cartridge, said end piecebeing driven in rotation relative to a body of the cartridge by adrive mechanism of the dispenser in order to dispense the baseproduct contained in the cartridge.

[2284] A further subject of the invention according to this sixthaspect is a process for adjusting a system as described above,comprising the adjustment of the dispenser depending on the area tobe treated with the product and/or the intensity of the UVradiation.

[2285] According to this sixth aspect, the invention is based on adispensing system that allows mixtures to be generated from baseproducts. These base products may be of different colors, such thatthe color of the mixture can be varied. The base products make itpossible to vary the level of photoprotection of the mixture. Thebase products may also vary the color and the coverage. Thus, theidea of color is to be understood in a broad sense and encompassesmixtures of which the color varies after application as a result ofvariations in their level of coverage and in the color of theunderlying skin.

[2286] According to its sixth aspect, the invention is based on adispensing system, compartments containing at least two differentformulations which contain organic screening ingredients chosen tocreate a screening effect. These formulations preferably contain aninverse emulsion that has an organic screening agent concentrationfor the one part and an oil concentration for the other. Thus, bycreating mixtures, the shine and mattness do not change. It is thuspossible to vary the level of screening while retaining the sameappearance.

[2287] The dispensing system may be programmed to deliver, for eachlocation on the face, the best screening mixture (neither too muchnor too little). The overall appearance will not make it possibleto tell that the face has been treated with different levels ofscreening. The system can also be used to vary the level ofscreening as desired and depending on the time. (for example, morescreening at lunchtime, less for the afternoon).

[2288] Dispensing System

[2289] The dispensing system may consist of a single deviceoperating autonomously, preferably able to be manipulated in onehand, or of a device that operates in interaction with othercomponents or devices. It may for example entail various outletinterfaces which are mounted on the dispenser depending on the typeof makeup to be created, as will be specified below. It may alsoentail a computer system which exchanges information with thedispenser in order to operate the latter, this computer systemcomprising, for example, a portable terminal such as a smartphone,a camera phone, a tablet, a laptop computer or a dedicatedterminal.

[2290] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[2291] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[2292] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[2293] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[2294] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[2295] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[2296] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[2297] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[2298] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[2299] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[2300] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[2301] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[2302] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s. Preferably, thedrive mechanism delivers flow rates of between 20 and 100 .mu.L/s,better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60 .mu.L/s. It is thus possibleto easily create a mixture of around 10 mg. Such a dispensingsystem is therefore ideal for achieving small touches of makeup,for covering an area of 1 cm.sup.2, better still an area of 0.5cm.sup.2, for example. It is also possible to create largerquantities of mixture such as the quantities needed to make up acheek or a face. These quantities remain relatively low, however,for example a quantity of between 100 and 500 mg, better stillbetween 150 and 250 mg.

[2303] Thus, one subject of the invention, according to one aspectthereof, is a dispensing system comprising a dispenser having ahousing, and at least one cartridge received in the housing of thedispenser, this cartridge having a body and a piston capable ofmoving in the body, the housing comprising a motorized drivemechanism for moving the piston of the cartridge.

[2304] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[2305] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[2306] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[2307] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[2308] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[2309] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[2310] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[2311] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[2312] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[2313] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[2314] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[2315] In order to adjust the shade, the dispensing systemaccording to the invention has to allow the user to vary the volumedelivered from each compartment.

[2316] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[2317] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the shadeto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several base products of different colors.

[2318] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[2319] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[2320] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time or, as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted from one another so that one product isdispensed while the other products are paused.

[2321] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the mixtureis delivered into a cavity of a container which may closehermetically or not, for example in the form of a cup, into whichan applicator, particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped.Such a dispensing system is especially suited to liners, glossesand other formulations applied without direct contact with thehands. This container may be removable.

[2322] For example, it is used as a lip-color dispenser and has adispensing system, for example using a screw. When it is notremovable, the container may be produced with the body of thedispenser. When it is removable, it may constitute one outputinterface among others that can be mounted on the dispenser.

[2323] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[2324] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for graduations to be achieved simply. An"alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture

[2325] A to a mixture B several times in succession. In the case ofapplication by spraying, a multilayer application can thus beachieved, with different formulations for two superposed adjacentcoats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offer severalpreprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system each timeindicating to the user how these should be used, for example bydisplay on a screen.

[2326] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the makeup tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person is fully made up.

[2327] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[2328] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[2329] Screening Ingredients

[2330] The screening ingredients are chosen from liquid lipophilicorganic UV screening agents. The term "liquid lipophilic organic UVscreening agent" is understood to mean any organic chemicalmolecule that is capable of absorbing at least UV radiation in thewavelength range between 280 and 400 nm, said molecule being inliquid form at ambient temperature (20-25.degree. C.) and atatmospheric pressure (760 mmHg) and capable of being miscible in anoily phase.

[2331] The liquid organic UV screening agents that are usableaccording to the invention may be chosen from [2332] liquidlipophilic .beta.,.beta.-diphenylacrylate compounds [2333] liquidlipophilic salicylate compounds [2334] liquid lipophilic cinnamatecompounds [2335] and mixtures thereof.

[2336] i) .beta.,.beta.-Diphenylacrylate Compounds

[2337] Among the liquid lipophilic organic UVB screening agentsthat are usable according to the invention, mention may be made ofthe liquid lipophilic alkyl .beta.,.beta.-diphenylacrylate or.alpha.-cyano-.beta.,.beta.-diphenylacrylate compounds of formula(I) below:

##STR00001##

[2338] in which R.sub.1 to R.sub.3 can have the following meanings:[2339] R.sub.1 and R'.sub.1, which may be identical or different,represent a hydrogen atom, a straight-chain or branched-chainC.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy radical or a straight-chain orbranched-chain C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl radical; [2340] R.sub.1 andR'.sub.1 being in the para meta position; [2341] R.sub.2 representsa straight-chain or branched-chain C.sub.1-C.sub.12 alkyl radical;[2342] R.sub.3 represents a hydrogen atom or the CN radical.

[2343] Among the straight-chain or branched-chain C.sub.1-C.sub.8alkoxy radicals, mention may be made, for example, of methoxy,ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy,n-amyloxy, isoamyloxy, neopentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy,n-octyloxy and 2-ethylhexyloxy radicals.

[2344] Among the straight-chain or branched-chain C.sub.1-C.sub.4alkyl radicals, mention may more particularly be made of methyl,ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert-butylradicals. For the C.sub.1-C.sub.12 alkyl radicals, mention may bemade, by way of example, in addition to those mentioned above, ofn-amyl, isoamyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl,2-ethylhexyl, decyl and lauryl radicals.

[2345] Among the compounds of general formula (I), the followingcompounds are more particularly preferred: [2346] 2-ethylhexyl.alpha.-cyano-.beta.,.beta.-diphenylacrylate or Octocrylene, soldnotably under the trade name Uvinul N539.RTM. by BASF; [2347] ethyl.alpha.-cyano-.beta.,.beta.-diphenylacrylate such as Etocrylene,sold notably under the trade name Uvinul N35.RTM. by BASF; [2348]2-ethylhexyl .beta.,.beta.-diphenylacrylate; [2349] ethyl.beta.,.beta.-di(4'-methoxyphenyl)acrylate.

[2350] Among the compounds of general formula (I), the compound2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate or Octocrylene is evenmore particularly preferred.

[2351] ii) Salicylate Compounds

[2352] Among the liquid lipophilic salicylate compounds that areusable according to the invention, mention may be made of: [2353]hom*osalate, sold under the name Eusolex HMS.RTM. by Rona/EMIndustries, [2354] Ethylhexyl salicylate, sold under the name NeoHeliopan OS.RTM. by Symrise.

[2355] iii) Cinnamate Compounds

[2356] Among the liquid lipophilic cinnamate compounds that areusable according to the invention, mention may be made of: [2357]Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate, sold notably under the trade nameParsol MCX.RTM. by DSM Nutritional Products, [2358] IsopropylMethoxycinnamate, [2359] Isoamyl Methoxycinnamate, sold under thetrade name Neo Heliopan E 1000 by Symrise.

[2360] Among the liquid lipophilic screening agents according tothe invention, use will more particularly be made of the compoundEthylhexyl Methoxycinnamate.

[2361] Among the nonvolatile fluoro and/or silicone oils, mentionmay be made of: [2362] optionally partially hydrocarbon-basedand/or silicone fluoro oils, for instance fluorosilicone oils,fluoropolyethers and fluorosilicones as described in EP-A-847 752;[2363] silicone oils such as nonvolatile polydimethylsiloxanes(PDMSs); phenylated silicones, for instance phenyl trimethicones,phenyl dimethicones, phenyltrimethylsiloxydiphenylsiloxanes,diphenyl dimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltrisiloxanes and2-phenylethyl trimethyl-siloxysilicates.

[2364] According to one particular mode of the invention, the oilyphase comprises at least one silicone oil as defined above and atleast one liquid lipophilic organic UV-screening agent as definedabove.

[2365] According to one particular mode of the invention, the oilyphase comprises at least Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate.

[2366] Oils

[2367] The term "oils" is understood to mean an oil that remains onthe skin at room temperature and atmospheric pressure for at leastseveral hours, and that notably has a vapor pressure of less than0.13 Pa (0.01 mmHg).

[2368] These nonvolatile oils may be hydrocarbon-based oils,notably of animal or plant origin, silicone oils, or mixturesthereof. A "hydrocarbon-based oil" is understood to be an oilmainly containing hydrogen and carbon atoms and possibly oxygen,nitrogen, sulfur and/or phosphorus atoms.

[2369] Nonvolatile hydrocarbon-based oils that may especially bementioned include: [2370] hydrocarbon-based oils of animal origin,[2371] hydrocarbon-based oils of plant origin such as triglyceridesconstituted by fatty acid esters of glycerol, the fatty acids ofwhich may have chain lengths varying from C4 to C24, these chainspossibly being linear or branched, and saturated or unsaturated;these oils are in particular heptanoic or octanoic acidtriglycerides, or alternatively wheatgerm oil, sunflower oil,grapeseed oil, sesame seed oil, corn oil, apricot oil, castor oil,shea oil, avocado oil, olive oil, soybean oil, sweet almond oil,palm oil, rapeseed oil, cottonseed oil, hazelnut oil, macadamiaoil, jojoba oil, alfalfa oil, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, marrow oil,blackcurrant oil, evening primrose oil, millet oil, barley oil,quinoa oil, rye oil, safflower oil, candlenut oil, passion-floweroil and musk rose oil; shea butter; or else caprylic/capric acidtriglycerides, [2372] synthetic ethers containing from 10 to 40carbon atoms, [2373] linear or branched hydrocarbons of mineral orsynthetic origin, such as petroleum jelly, polydecenes,hydrogenated polyisobutene, squalane and liquid paraffins, andmixtures thereof, [2374] synthetic esters such as oils of formulaR1COOR2 in which R1 represents a linear or branched fatty acidresidue containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and R2 represents anotably branched hydrocarbon-based chain containing from 1 to 40carbon atoms, on the condition that R1+R2.gtoreq.10, for instancepurcellin oil (cetostearyl octanoate), isopropyl myristate,isopropyl palmitate, C12 to C15 alkyl benzoates, hexyl laurate,diisopropyl adipate, isononyl isononanoate, isodecyl neopentanoate,2-ethylhexyl palmitate, isostearyl isostearate, 2-hexyldecyllaurate, 2-octyldecyl palmitate, 2-octyldodecyl myristate, alkyl orpolyalkyl heptanoates, octanoates, decanoates or ricinoleates suchas propylene glycol dioctanoate; hydroxylated esters such asisostearyl lactate, diisostearyl malate and 2-octyldodecyl lactate;polyol esters and pentaerythritol esters, [2375] fatty alcoholsthat are liquid at room temperature, with a branched and/orunsaturated carbon-based chain containing from 12 to 26 carbonatoms, for instance octyldodecanol, isostearyl alcohol, oleylalcohol, 2-hexyldecanol, 2-butyloctanol and 2-undecylpentadecanol,[2376] higher fatty acids such as oleic acid, linoleic acid orlinolenic acid, and mixtures thereof.

[2377] The nonvolatile silicone oils that may be used in thecomposition according to the invention may be nonvolatilepolydimethylsiloxanes (PDMSs), polydimethylsiloxanes comprisingalkyl or alkoxy groups, that are pendent and/or at the end of asilicone chain, the groups each containing from 2 to 24 carbonatoms, phenyl silicones, for instance phenyl trimethicones, phenyldimethicones, phenyltrimethylsiloxydiphenylsiloxanes, diphenyldimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltrisiloxanes, and mixturesthereof.

[2378] Preferably, the oily phase comprises at least one siliconeoil, even more preferably chosen from: [2379] volatile cyclicsilicone oils having a viscosity at room temperature of less than 8cSt and containing notably from 4 to 7 silicon atoms, thesesilicones optionally comprising alkyl or alkoxy groups containingfrom 1 to 10 carbon atoms, in particular chosen fromhexamethylcyclotrisiloxane, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane,decamethylcyclopentasiloxane and dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane(cyclohexasiloxane), and mixtures thereof; [2380] volatile ornonvolatile polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMSs) (INCI name: Dimethicone);[2381] phenylated silicones; [2382] polydimethylsiloxanescomprising aliphatic groups, in particular alkyl groups, or alkoxygroups, which are pendent and/or at the end of the silicone chain;these groups each comprising from 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and moreparticularly caprylyl methicone, such as the commercial product DowCorning FZ-3196.RTM. from the company Dow Corning; [2383] mixturesthereof.

[2384] Inverse Emulsions/Anhydrous Compositions

[2385] According to the invention, when a composition is said to bein the form of an inverse emulsion, it will be understood that itcan also alternately be in another form depending on thecomposition in question.

[2386] A base product may be in the form of an emulsion, forexample an O/W, W/O, O/W/O or W/O/W emulsion, and preferably a W/Oinverse emulsion, or in the form of an anhydrous composition,comprising notably carbon-based compounds and/or siliconecompounds, such as hydrocarbon-based oils and/or silicone oils.

[2387] The emulsions according to the sixth aspect of the inventionare preferably water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions, al so known as inverseemulsions, namely constituted of an oily continuous phase in whichthe aqueous phase is dispersed in the form of droplets so as toobserve a mixture that is macroscopically hom*ogeneous to the nakedeye.

[2388] Use for Making Up One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[2389] The dispensing system allows makeup to be applied, day afterday, with only the areas that need to be hidden being treated. Tothis end, small doses of makeup with a greater or lesser screeningaction are delivered, and are applied specifically and sequentiallyto the corresponding areas. Each small dose is created using themixture suited to the area.

[2390] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below. As analternative, the dispensing system informs the person, whendelivering a mixture, of the area to which the person is to applythe mixture. Thus, the dispensing system may follow an applicationprogram in which it delivers, in a given order, the variousmixtures that are to be applied.

[2391] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the necessaryscreening, the area of the face and the quantity needed, therebymaking it possible to reduce costs and wastage of product, and tocover the skin only lightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. In sodoing, it is possible to use products that have a high screeningaction and provide too much screening to be applied to the whole ofthe face. Thus, it is possible to obtain makeup results of naturalor even undetectable appearance, but with an especially effectivelevel of screening.

[2392] The system thus makes it possible to carry out localizedapplications of a variety of screening capacities, specificallymaking it possible to obtain the same level of mattness/shine.

[2393] The dispensing system may also make it possible, byfacilitating the dispensing of small quantities and rapid usethereof, to reduce the time for which the products are kept, thusmaking it possible to reduce the risks of the products changingand/or to reduce the amounts of preservative to be used.

[2394] The dispensing system is suited to treating the areas thatare to be protected, without having to screen out UV for the entireface.

[2395] It may also be used to conceal and/or protect one or moremarks, with a single level of mattness/shine.

[2396] In an especially advantageous variant, the system may beused to apply to the base of the face a formulation with littlescreening action and then one or two applications to precise areasof the face of formulations that have more of a screening action.It is also possible to start with applications to the precise areasof the face of screening formulations and then to apply to the baseof the face an application of a formulation with little screeningaction.

[2397] In the second case, time is taken, before applying thesecond layer, to wait for the film produced by the application tothe precise areas to become sufficiently cohesive so that thesecond layer does not remove the first layer.

[2398] Alternatively, the second layer is applied without rubbing(spray for example, or sponge).

[2399] When the user is looking for the screening action to applyto an area of the face, it is advantageous to memorize thescreening action best suited to each area, and the dispensingsystem is thus advantageously designed to memorize this screeningaction and the corresponding area. Thus, by using the memorizedinformation, on each use, the same mixture can be delivered foreach area or, if several areas are being treated, the same seriesof mixtures can be delivered for the same series of areas.

[2400] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the screening action application afterapplication. For example, on weekdays, the person applies a palecolored foundation with a low screening action, and at the weekenda foundation with a more tanned color and a high screeningaction.

[2401] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange color and/or screening action to suit her tastes accordingto the day, the time, what she is wearing, and the weather. Thus, asystem to assist with decision making is advantageously provided toguide the user in her choices of color and screening action.

[2402] An assistance system may also be provided for balancing thecolors on the same face and to contribute toward a successfuloverall makeup look.

[2403] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[2404] Continuous Use for Graduated Screening

[2405] In this application, the dispensing system changes theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product. Inaddition, the outlet for the base products or for the mixture ismoved relative to a container or a support defining an applicationsurface. In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the screening F 1 of one area tobe treated and of the screening F2 of another area to betreated.

[2406] These different effects could be created with a constantmattness/shine effect.

[2407] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to make the center of the cheek redder than theperiphery thereof, with a graduation between the two.

[2408] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[2409] It is also possible to produce solid or semi-solidproducts.

[2410] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[2411] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[2412] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or provided in the compartments of the dispenser withthe other constituents of the base products, or are contained inthe dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[2413] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[2414] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [2415] set solid, [2416] yield a materialthat can crumble if rubbed, and are preferably colored.

[2417] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total weight of the composition, betterstill more than 20% by mass of solid particles relative to thetotal mass of the composition, even better still more than 30% bymass of solid particles relative to the total mass of thecomposition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition.

[2418] These compositions may contain absorbent particles orreactive compounds, such as those that react in contact with theair, for example cyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those whichreact to light, notably UV.

[2419] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[2420] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it setssolid.

[2421] The products, with different screening actions, will haveequivalent mattness/shine effects.

[2422] Creation of Screening Palettes

[2423] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures deposited in said regions, for example a series of colorssuited to various parts of the face.

[2424] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[2425] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[2426] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[2427] The products in the palette may have different coveragewhile having equivalent mattness/shine effects.

[2428] Cup-Type Dispenser

[2429] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[2430] A further subject of the invention is a system fordispensing at least one makeup product, having a cup and adispenser for filling the cup with at least one product, the cupbeing secured to the dispenser at least while it is beingfilled.

[2431] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[2432] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[2433] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[2434] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[2435] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[2436] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to the making upto be performed, as described in detail below.

[2437] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[2438] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[2439] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up and the base products easier to mix.

[2440] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[2441] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. The cups may be associated withidentifiers that remind the user of the area of the face for whicha mixture contained in a given cup is intended.

[2442] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[2443] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the color of the mixture contained inside.

[2444] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[2445] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[2446] The base product(s) delivered into the cup are preferablyfoundations, but as an alternative may be makeup products for thelips or eyelids.

[2447] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Its depth is preferably between 1 and 10 mm. Preferably, the sizeand shape of the cup either allow direct application of the mixtureto the skin or allow the mixture to be picked up on a finger or anapplicator. The cup may be made of an elastically deformablematerial, making it possible for example to turn the concavity ofthe bottom of the cup inside out and empty it more easily or use itto apply the product.

[2448] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[2449] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[2450] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga screening makeup product, comprising the step of filling a cup ofa dispensing system as defined above with at least one base productfrom the dispenser.

[2451] The products, with different coverage, will have equivalentmattness/shine effects.

[2452] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[2453] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[2454] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[2455] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[2456] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[2457] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a dispensing system having a dispenserhaving outlet passages for base products and an outlet interfacethat is separable from the dispenser, this interface having astatic blender that preferably delivers the mixture into a cavitywhere it can be picked up.

[2458] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[2459] According to this aspect of the invention, it is possible touse several outlet interfaces and to fill them with differentrespective mixtures, without the need to purge the blender, therebyreducing losses of product. The outlet interface may be asingle-use interface, if necessary.

[2460] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[2461] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[2462] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[2463] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[2464] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[2465] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[2466] Reduced Dead Volume

[2467] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing thecolor of the mixture to be varied as quickly as possible duringapplication, particularly when the dispenser is coupled to anairbrush.

[2468] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a system for dispensing a makeupproduct, having a dispenser that receives at least two cartridgesthat each have a reservoir containing a base product, the latterleaving the cartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge,this outlet passage opening to outside of the dispenser or near theexternal surface thereof.

[2469] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[2470] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[2471] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[2472] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the outside of the housing of the dispenser in theabsence of an outlet interface. The mounting area may besubstantially planar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis ofthe dispenser housing.

[2473] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[2474] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[2475] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[2476] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[2477] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[2478] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different makeup looks easily and be able, if sodesired, to make up and/or protect areas as different as the skin,the lips, the neck, etc.

[2479] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a dispensing system comprising anassembly comprising a dispenser of at least one cosmetic, notablymakeup and/or photoprotective, product and at least two outletinterfaces, each of which can be mounted removably on thedispenser, these outlet interfaces which are able to receive theproduct or products delivered by the dispenser preferably beingchosen from among the following: [2480] an outlet interface havinga container, notably a cup, allowing the product to be picked upusing a finger or using an applicator, [2481] an outlet interfaceallowing the product to be delivered to a spray system, notably anairbrush, [2482] an outlet interface having several regions forreceiving the product, which can move relative to the dispenser,[2483] an outlet interface that allows the product to be deliveredto a dispensing end piece.

[2484] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[2485] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[2486] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[2487] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[2488] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[2489] A further subject of the invention is a makeup methodinvolving the step of selecting an outlet interface, mounting it onthe dispenser, and delivering the product(s) contained in thedispenser to the interface.

[2490] Mapping and Learning

[2491] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing a color with an area, with recording.

[2492] It may be the case that a person requires several levels ofscreening with a single mattness/shine for all areas.

[2493] It may also be the case that she requires several levels ofscreening with one level of mattness/shine on one part of the faceand another level of mattness/shine for another area. For example,she has several marks on the forehead and several marks on thecheeks. Thus, she may want to create several levels of screeningfor the forehead with one level of mattness/shine for this surface.She may want to create several levels of screening for the cheekswith one level of mattness/shine for this surface.

[2494] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofcolored substance may be applied with a finger, using conventionaltools such as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[2495] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everydaymakeup.

[2496] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[2497] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate color.

[2498] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same color is appropriate.

[2499] To create the map, the operator applies a color, then makesan assessment.

[2500] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the cheek, thenon the nose, etc.

[2501] Another option is to create a given mixture and apply thissame mixture to several areas. The operator then needs to look forthe area of the face to which the color is suited. The mixture isthen indexed in the computer system which attributes it to thearea(s) of the face for which it is suitable.

[2502] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a learning process for a dispensingsystem comprising a dispenser for dispensing a mixture of variablecolor, and a computer system for selecting a color and for storingdata, comprising the steps of:

[2503] a) selecting at least one color with the aid of an interfaceof the computer system,

[2504] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture of the selected color,

[2505] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face,

[2506] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[2507] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for making up said area.

[2508] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[2509] It is also possible to create a given mixture and to lookfor the area of the face for which it is suitable. The mixture isthen recorded, being attributed to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable, in a look-up table that will be usedsubsequently in order to deduce which mixture to use on the basisof an area of the skin.

[2510] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[2511] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[2512] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to apply makeup. Thus, the dispensing system canbe used at sales outlets to advise people wishing to apply makeupor at home in order to define correctly which products toorder.

[2513] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying the color of the mixture when it is selected.

[2514] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[2515] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[2516] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[2517] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[2518] The computer system may be designed to search a database forthe reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[2519] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[2520] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture color at least on the basis of the imageanalyzed.

[2521] Step a) may be preceded by the computer system proposing tothe user a color and an area to be tested with a mixture of thiscolor.

[2522] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[2523] The computer system may be designed to propose at least onecolor of mixture in step a) depending on an application area ofwhich it has been informed by the user.

[2524] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneapplication area in step a), on the basis of a color of which ithas been informed by the user.

[2525] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least two mixturesof different colors, preferably separate, so that they can beapplied simultaneously to the test area.

[2526] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[2527] A further subject of the invention is a method of making upusing a dispensing system according to this aspect of theinvention, in which:

[2528] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed for makeup,

[2529] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposed colorfor making up an associated zone, on the basis of the learningperformed beforehand, and

[2530] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce themixture of the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[2531] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[2532] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [2533] allow theuser to select at least one color and/or one application area,notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [2534] operate adispenser in such a way as to deliver a mixture of the colorselected by the user, [2535] allow the user to trigger thememorizing of the color of the mixture and of an associatedapplication area, notably with a view to subsequently dispensingthe same mixture, notably on the same area.

[2536] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [2537] receive a request from the user regarding a needfor makeup, notably using an interface such as a touch screen,[2538] propose, on the basis at least of data generated by thelearning process as defined above, at least one color and/or oneapplication area, [2539] operate a dispenser to produce the mixtureof the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[2540] The person may incorporate into the map the level ofmattness/shine that she desires for each area of the face, area byarea or set of areas by set of areas. The system will theninterpret the mixtures it needs to create to ensure the colors andcoverage desired and the wanted mattness/shine.

[2541] The map may subsequently be modified. Thus, it is possibleto create the map in terms of the colors/coverage/screening in thefirst instance, and then refine the map by subsequently definingthe levels of mattness/shine.

[2542] Remote Assistance

[2543] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in applyingmakeup and/or protecting themselves, notably in choosing thecorrect colorings.

[2544] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is thus a method of applying screeningmakeup involving the steps of: [2545] allowing a video link to beestablished, for example over the Internet, between a camera on afirst site and a second site, [2546] allowing the second site todirectly or indirectly operate a dispenser present at the firstsite, this dispenser making it possible to vary the color of amixture dispensed, [2547] allowing a person present at the firstsite to apply the mixture dispensed and to send a correspondingimage to the second site, so as to receive in return informationrelating to the makeup result.

[2548] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the makeup resultwith the product dispensed by the dispenser and advise the personwho has applied the makeup and/or protected themselves. Thisadviser may in return influence the dispenser to alter the color ofthe mixture and adapt it to best suit the face of the personpresent at the first site. Thus, this person controls the mixturedelivered by the dispenser. The first person may make herself upunder the gaze of the second. The second person sees the result ofthe test on their screen and can thus correct the mixture that thissecond person will control remotely until the ideal makeup isobtained. They can provide advice as to the level of screening.

[2549] If appropriate, the video acquisition can be calibratedusing a test pattern or with the mixture dispensed by the dispenseronto a reference surface. That then allows a more faithful displayof the makeup applied at the first site.

[2550] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[2551] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[2552] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine thecolor of each of the base products.

[2553] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[2554] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral apply makeup. This embodiment makes it possible to developmakeup artists and their work, either within an institute or overthe Internet. It also allows people with limited capabilities, suchas people with poor eyesight, or people who have difficultydiscerning colors, or the elderly, or those lacking inself-confidence to apply makeup.

[2555] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[2556] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the color of the mixturedispensed.

[2557] A further subject of the invention is a dispensing systemhaving a dispenser and a computer system for operating thedispenser, this computer system having a touch screen on which thecolor of the mixture can be displayed, and a selection meansmovable on the screen, in order to vary the color of the dispensedmixture.

[2558] Preferably, the screen displays end-point colors betweenwhich the color of the mixture can be selected by moving theselection means between these end-point colors.

[2559] The screen may display a scale of colors between at leasttwo colors, or an area, notably of triangular outline, within whichthe selection means can be moved. This area may locally show thecolor of the mixture depending for example on the distance fromeach of the vertices, each one embodying a pure base product.

[2560] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired color.

[2561] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[2562] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[2563] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[2564] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[2565] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[2566] A subject of the invention is also an assembly comprising:[2567] a spray means, preferably an airbrush having a pickupchamber subjected to a stream of entrainment air, [2568] adispenser having at least two compartments containing differentbase products, the products being delivered to the spray meanspreferably via distinct distribution orifices.

[2569] The dispenser may have three cartridges containing makeupproducts of different colors.

[2570] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[2571] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[2572] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[2573] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[2574] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the color depending on the position, if appropriate.

[2575] A further subject of the invention is a method for applyingmakeup using an assembly as defined above, in which a mixture issprayed onto the skin using the spray means, notably theairbrush.

[2576] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated effect can beachieved.

[2577] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in the color of themixture dispensed while the face is being made up, notably as thearea to be made up changes.

[2578] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[2579] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[2580] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[2581] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[2582] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[2583] The viscosity of the base products as measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar is, for example, between0.05 Pas and 50 Pas.

[2584] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[2585] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[2586] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and an oily gel, simultaneously,and these will be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelatedmanner, producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones, orcolorants that react with one another. The ratios of base productscan be adjusted depending on the particular result desired. Forexample, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels, the ratiocorresponding to the volume of the first base product to the volumeof the second base product could be varied between 10/1 and 1/10,better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[2587] Location or Auto-Location System

[2588] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[2589] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[2590] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[2591] The invention according to this sixth aspect can beimplemented with a dispensing system as described above withreference to the figures, which will not be described again.

Example (Sixth Aspect of the Invention)

[2592] Several base products having screening and oily ingredientsare created.

[2593] The formulation F1 is rich in UV screening agent. Theformulation F2 is rich in oil.

TABLE-US-00011 F1 F2 mass % mass % Dimethicone copolyol sold underthe reference 2 2 KF 6017 by the company Shin-Etsu Etsu BisPEG/PPG-14/14 dimethicone + 1 1 Cyclopentasiloxane sold under thereference Abil EM 97 by the company Goldschmidt Cyclopentasiloxane17.65 17.65 Phenyl trimethicone sold under the reference 0 5 DC556by the company Dow Corning Ethyl hexyl methoxycinnamate 5 0Squalane 1 1 Cyclopentasiloxane 7 7 Yellow iron oxide coated withaluminum 1.45 1.45 stearoyl glutamate NAI-C33-9001-10 from thecompany Miyoshi Kasei Red iron oxide coated with aluminum stearoyl0.4 0.4 glutamate NAI-C33-8001-10 from the company Miyoshi KaseiBlack iron oxide coated with aluminum 0.15 0.15 stearoyl glutamateNAI-C33-7001-10 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Titanium dioxide(anatase) coated with 10 10 aluminum stearoyl glutamate NAI-TAO-77891 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Talc sold under the referenceMicro Ace P3 by 0.5 0.5 the company Nippion Talc Nylon 12 powdersold under the reference SP 0.5 0.5 500 by the company TorayIndustries Demineralized water 36.15 36.15 1,3-Butylene glycol 3 3Magnesium sulfate 0.7 0.7 Hydrogenated maltose solution 0.5 0.5Denatured 96.degree. ethyl alcohol 13 13 TOTAL 100 100

[2594] Procedure

[2595] The constituents of phase A are weighed out in the mainbeaker and are stirred with a Moritz blender (1000 rpm) whilemaintaining at room temperature. Phase B is prepared separately bymilling three times in a three-roll mill the mixture of pigmentsand of cyclopentasiloxane. This phase B is then added, withcontinued stirring, along with the fillers (phase C).

[2596] The aqueous phase D is also prepared separately, by weighingout in a beaker the butylene glycol, the magnesium sulfate, thehydrogenated maltose solution, and water at room temperature. Theaqueous phase D is stirred using a magnetic bar until hom*ogenized.C D E The emulsion is made at room temperature: the aqueous phase Dis poured into the fatty phase while gradually increasing thestirring speed (Moritz blender) up to 4000 rpm. Stirring iscontinued for 7 minutes. Finally, phase E (ethyl alcohol) is addedfor the last 3 minutes of 5 the emulsification.

[2597] Test

[2598] The dispensing system was tested with: [2599] F1 incompartment A [2600] F2 in compartment B

[2601] The system was used to create several mixtures (volumetricproportions):

[2602] M1: A 30%, B 70%

[2603] M2: A 70%, B 30%

[2604] M1 and M2 were applied to different areas of the face.Different filtering actions but with equivalent levels of mattnesswere obtained.

[2605] G) Dispensing System for Customizing Foundations and theirMatting Power Depending on the Areas of the Face

[2606] In the case of overall makeup or the making up of markedskin, there is a desire to have the most attractive appearance aspossible. However, in order to perfect the esthetics of the face,it is not enough to apply the best color at the right location.Thus, it is apparent that the ideal level of mattness/shine may bedifferent depending on the area in question. Some people preferareas such as the cheeks to be shiny. By contrast, they preferother areas such as the forehead to be matt.

[2607] There are very few solutions for solving this problem.

[2608] A first approach is to buy numerous products and try themall out. This approach is costly and often gives rise to wasteinsofar as only a small number of the colored substances tried aregenerally kept.

[2609] A second approach is to test out various products in store.That is not always suitable, because it is very difficult to get afeeling for the results in just a few moments and at a locationmissing the usual landmarks. In particular, in order to fullyassess the makeup effect in store, it would be necessary to be ableto have the same lighting as will be found in future conditions ofuse, and this is something that is rarely possible. In general, itis only by testing out makeup over the course of a day that one candetermine whether or not it is suitable. In addition, while certainstores have advisers and allow testing, this is not the case for alarge number of other sales outlets and Internet sales.

[2610] Another approach has been tested but not developed. This isto create one's products by hand by mixing several coloredproducts. This may prove relatively difficult to do because it isnot very easy to reproduce the same mixture exactly a number oftimes over, and it is awkward to quickly create the mixtures oneneeds at the moment of applying the makeup.

[2611] Dispensers for dispensing a cosmetic composition of variablecolor are also known.

[2612] Of the tests that have been able to be attempted forautomating the manufacture of a customized cosmetic composition,many are those in which the proposed solutions allow mixtures to becreated in quantities of around 100 g or sometimes less, but not inthe very small proportions generally needed by a person applyingmakeup, namely in the region of one gram or much less.

[2613] In order to illustrate this problem, consider the case ofsomebody wishing to make up their face with a graduation ofmattness/shine that goes from matt to shiny from the nose (matt) tothe cheeks (shiny) and then to the edge of the face (matt). Tocreate this effect, it is necessary for the person to be able toapply several touches of product, of the same color but withdifferent and controllable levels of mattness/shine. Two productsare not enough since they result in demarcations between the areas.Thus, there is a need to rapidly and reliably have small quantitiesof product with variable mattness/shine. The touches may be forexample in the region of 10-50 mg per touch and serve to cover onlyareas of a few cm2. The same exercise is even more difficult if, toavoid a kind of uniformity, the person may wish to vary the color(color and coverage) while varying the level of mattness/shine.

[2614] Therefore, according to certain aspects, the invention seeksto make it easier to make up the face and notably to find the mostsuitable products in terms of mattness/shine for the differentareas thereof and to rapidly obtain a result with levels ofmattness/shine suited to the different areas.

[2615] The invention also seeks to obtain a given color withdifferent levels of mattness/shine.

[2616] According to its seventh aspect, the invention is based upona dispensing system that allows mixtures to be generated from baseproducts. These base products may be of different colors (orcolorless), such that the mattness/shine of the mixture can bevaried. The base products may even make it possible to vary thecoverage and/or color of the mixture, such that the color resultingfrom applying the mixture to human keratin materials varies, beingfairly close to that of said materials. Thus, according to thisseventh aspect, the invention makes it possible to fix a colorand/or shine and vary the mattness/shine or vary them all. The ideaof color is to be understood in a broad sense and encompassesmixtures of which the color varies after application as a result ofvariations in their level of coverage and in the color of theunderlying skin.

[2617] Thus, according to a seventh of its aspects, the subject ofthe invention is a system for dispensing a product, comprising adispenser that receives at least two cartridges that each have areservoir containing first and second base products, respectively,the first base product comprising at least one of an oil, aninterference pigment or a pigment with a metallic tint, the secondbase product comprising a matting filler, the dispenser making itpossible to deliver at least these two base products in adjustableproportions.

[2618] According to this seventh aspect, the invention may have oneor more of the following preferred features: [2619] the first baseproduct contains an oil, [2620] the first base product contains aninterference pigment, [2621] the first base product contains apigment with a metallic tint, [2622] the particle size D50 byvolume of the pigment and of the filler is between 100 nm and 1 mm,better still between 200 nm and 100 microns, even better stillbetween 200 nm and 50 microns, [2623] the filler is chosen fromtalc, mica, silica, kaolin, poly-.beta.-alanine powder andpolyethylene powder, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders, nylonpowders, polymethyl methacrylate powders, lauroyllysine, starch,boron nitride, hollow polymer microspheres such as those ofpolyvinylidene chloride/acrylonitrile, acrylic acid copolymermicrospheres, silicone resin microbeads, polyorganosiloxane elastomer particles, precipitated calcium carbonate, magnesiumcarbonate, magnesium hydrogen carbonate, hydroxyapatite, bariumsulfate, aluminum oxides, polyurethane powders, composite fillers,hollow silica microspheres, and glass or ceramic microcapsules, theparticles that are in the form of hollow sphere portions, andmixtures thereof, and is preferably chosen from talc, mica, silica,nylon powders, polymethyl methacrylate powders, and mixturesthereof, and is even more preferably talc, [2624] the filler mayhave a coating comprising at least one lipophilic or hydrophobiccompound, [2625] the first base product and the second base productcomprise an inverse emulsion, [2626] the mass content of filler inthe second base product is greater than or equal to 0.5% of themass of the first base product, preferably greater than 1% of themass of the first base product, even more preferably between 1% and5% of the mass of the first base product, [2627] the dispensingsystem comprises a third cartridge with a third base product,[2628] the cartridges are received in a removable manner in thedispenser, [2629] each base product leaves the cartridge through anoutlet passage of the cartridge, the outlet passage being definedby a dispensing end piece of the cartridge, said end piece beingdriven in rotation relative to a body of the cartridge by a drivemechanism of the dispenser in order to dispense the base productcontained in the cartridge.

[2630] According to its seventh aspect, a subject of the inventionis also a method for applying a cosmetic, makeup and/or care,product to human keratin materials, comprising the setting of thedispenser depending on the area to be treated, and the dispensingof the product by base products being picked up from the cartridgesin the proportions corresponding to the setting of thedispenser.

[2631] Thus, according to its seventh aspect, the invention isbased on a dispensing system having compartments containing atleast two different formulations which preferably contain inverseemulsions that have a concentration of oils, nacres, or particleswith a metallic tint, for the one part, and a concentration of(matting) fillers for the other.

[2632] It is thus possible to vary the level of mattness/shinewhile retaining the same color appearance.

[2633] The system may be programmed to deliver, for each locationon the face, the best matting or shiny mixture (neither too muchnor too little). The overall appearance will not make it possibleto tell that the face has been treated, since it comes close to theappearance of a natural face.

[2634] Dispensing System

[2635] The dispensing system may consist of a single deviceoperating autonomously, preferably able to be manipulated in onehand, or of a device that operates in interaction with othercomponents or devices. It may for example entail various outletinterfaces which are mounted on the dispenser depending on the typeof makeup to be created, as will be specified below. It may alsoentail a computer system which exchanges information with thedispenser in order to operate the latter, this computer systemcomprising, for example, a portable terminal such as a smartphone,a camera phone, a tablet, a laptop computer or a dedicatedterminal.

[2636] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[2637] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[2638] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[2639] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[2640] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[2641] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[2642] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[2643] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[2644] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[2645] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[2646] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[2647] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[2648] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s. Preferably, thedrive mechanism delivers flow rates of between 20 and 100 .mu.L/s,better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60 .mu.L/s. It is thus possibleto easily create a mixture of around 10 mg. Such a dispensingsystem is therefore ideal for achieving small touches of makeup,for covering an area of 1 cm.sup.2, better still an area of 0.5cm.sup.2, for example.

[2649] It is also possible to create larger quantities of mixturesuch as the quantities needed to make up a cheek or a face. Thesequantities remain relatively low, however, for example a quantityof between 100 and 500 mg, better still between 150 and 250 mg.

[2650] The dispenser preferably has a housing, and at least onecartridge received in the housing of the dispenser, this cartridgehaving a body and a piston that is able to move in the body, thehousing having a motorized drive mechanism for moving the piston ofthe cartridge.

[2651] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[2652] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[2653] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[2654] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[2655] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[2656] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[2657] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[2658] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[2659] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[2660] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[2661] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[2662] In order to adjust the shade, the dispensing systemaccording to the invention has to allow the user to vary the volumedelivered from each compartment.

[2663] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[2664] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the shadeto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several base products of different colors.

[2665] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[2666] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[2667] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time or, as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted from one another so that one product isdispensed while the other products are paused.

[2668] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the mixtureis delivered into a cavity of a container which may closehermetically or not, for example in the form of a cup, into whichan applicator, particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped.[2669] When it is not removable, the container may be produced withthe body of the dispenser. When it is removable, it may constituteone output interface among others that can be mounted on thedispenser.

[2670] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[2671] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for graduations to be achieved simply. An"alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture

[2672] A to a mixture B several times in succession. In the case ofapplication by spraying, a multilayer application can thus beachieved, with different formulations for two superposed adjacentcoats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offer severalpreprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system each timeindicating to the user how these should be used, for example bydisplay on a screen.

[2673] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the makeup tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person is fully made up.

[2674] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[2675] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[2676] According to its seventh aspect, the invention is based on adispensing system, compartments containing at least two differentformulations which may contain inverse emulsions that have aconcentration of oils, nacres, or particles with a metallic tint,for the one part, and a concentration of (matting) fillers for theother.

[2677] Oils

[2678] The term "oils" is understood to mean an oil that remains onthe skin at room temperature and atmospheric pressure for at leastseveral hours, and that notably has a vapor pressure of less than0.13 Pa (0.01 mmHg).

[2679] These nonvolatile oils may be hydrocarbon-based oils,notably of animal or plant origin, silicone oils, or mixturesthereof. A "hydrocarbon-based oil" is understood to be an oilmainly containing hydrogen and carbon atoms and possibly oxygen,nitrogen, sulfur and/or phosphorus atoms.

[2680] Nonvolatile hydrocarbon-based oils that may especially bementioned include: [2681] hydrocarbon-based oils of animal origin,[2682] hydrocarbon-based oils of plant origin such as triglyceridesconstituted by fatty acid esters of glycerol, the fatty acids ofwhich may have chain lengths varying from C4 to C24, these chainspossibly being linear or branched, and saturated or unsaturated;these oils are in particular heptanoic or octanoic acidtriglycerides, or alternatively wheatgerm oil, sunflower oil,grapeseed oil, sesame seed oil, corn oil, apricot oil, castor oil,shea oil, avocado oil, olive oil, soybean oil, sweet almond oil,palm oil, rapeseed oil, cottonseed oil, hazelnut oil, macadamiaoil, jojoba oil, alfalfa oil, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, marrow oil,blackcurrant oil, evening primrose oil, millet oil, barley oil,quinoa oil, rye oil, safflower oil, candlenut oil, passion-floweroil and musk rose oil; shea butter; or else caprylic/capric acidtriglycerides, [2683] synthetic ethers containing from 10 to 40carbon atoms, [2684] linear or branched hydrocarbons of mineral orsynthetic origin, such as petroleum jelly, polydecenes,hydrogenated polyisobutene, squalane and liquid paraffins, andmixtures thereof, [2685] synthetic esters such as oils of formulaR1COOR2 in which R1 represents a linear or branched fatty acidresidue containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and R2 represents anotably branched hydrocarbon-based chain containing from 1 to 40carbon atoms, on the condition that R1+R2.gtoreq.10, for instancepurcellin oil (cetostearyl octanoate), isopropyl myristate,isopropyl palmitate, C12 to C15 alkyl benzoates, hexyl laurate,diisopropyl adipate, isononyl isononanoate, isodecyl neopentanoate,2-ethylhexyl palmitate, isostearyl isostearate, 2-hexyldecyllaurate, 2-octyldecyl palmitate, 2-octyldodecyl myristate, alkyl orpolyalkyl heptanoates, octanoates, decanoates or ricinoleates suchas propylene glycol dioctanoate; hydroxylated esters such asisostearyl lactate, diisostearyl malate and 2-octyldodecyl lactate;polyol esters and pentaerythritol esters, [2686] fatty alcoholsthat are liquid at room temperature, with a branched and/orunsaturated carbon-based chain containing from 12 to 26 carbonatoms, for instance octyldodecanol, isostearyl alcohol, oleylalcohol, 2-hexyldecanol, 2-butyloctanol and 2-undecylpentadecanol,[2687] higher fatty acids such as oleic acid, linoleic acid orlinolenic acid, and mixtures thereof.

[2688] The nonvolatile silicone oils that may be used in thecomposition according to the invention may be nonvolatilepolydimethylsiloxanes (PDMSs), polydimethylsiloxanes comprisingalkyl or alkoxy groups, that are pendent and/or at the end of asilicone chain, the groups each containing from 2 to 24 carbonatoms, phenyl silicones, for instance phenyl trimethicones, phenyldimethicones, phenyltrimethylsiloxydiphenylsiloxanes, diphenyldimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltrisiloxanes, and mixturesthereof.

[2689] Preferably, the oily phase comprises at least one siliconeoil, even more preferably chosen from: [2690] volatile cyclicsilicone oils having a viscosity at room temperature of less than 8cSt and containing notably from 4 to 7 silicon atoms, thesesilicones optionally comprising alkyl or alkoxy groups containingfrom 1 to 10 carbon atoms, in particular chosen fromhexamethylcyclotrisiloxane, octamethylcy clotetrasiloxane,decamethylcy clopentasiloxane and dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane(cyclohexasiloxane), and mixtures thereof [2691] volatile ornonvolatile polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMSs) (INCI name: Dimethicone);[2692] phenylated silicones; [2693] polydimethylsiloxanescomprising aliphatic groups, in particular alkyl groups, or alkoxygroups, which are pendent and/or at the end of the silicone chain;these groups each comprising from 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and moreparticularly caprylyl methicone, such as the commercial product DowCorning FZ-3196.RTM. from the company Dow Corning; [2694] mixturesthereof.

[2695] Interference Pigment (Nacres)

[2696] An "interference pigment", also known as "nacres", should beunderstood as meaning iridescent or non-iridescent coloredparticles of any shape, especially produced by certain molluscs intheir shell or alternatively synthesized, which have a color effectvia optical interference.

[2697] The nacres may be chosen from nacreous pigments such astitanium mica coated with an iron oxide, titanium mica coated withbismuth oxychloride, titanium mica coated with chromium oxide,titanium mica coated with an organic dye and also nacreous pigmentsbased on bismuth oxychloride. They may also be mica particles, atthe surface of which are superposed at least two successive layersof metal oxides and/or of organic dyestuffs.

[2698] Examples of nacres that may also be mentioned includenatural mica covered with titanium oxide, with iron oxide, withnatural pigment or with bismuth oxychloride.

[2699] The nacres may more particularly have a yellow, pink, red,bronze, orange, brown, gold and/or coppery color or tint.

[2700] Advantageously, the nacres according to the invention aremicas covered with titanium dioxide or with iron oxide, and alsobismuth oxychloride.

[2701] Particles with a Metallic Tint

[2702] Within the meaning of the present invention, the term"particles with a metallic glint" is understood to mean anycompound of which the nature, size, structure and surface finishallow it to reflect the incident light, notably in a non-iridescentmanner.

[2703] The particles with a metallic tint that are usable in theinvention are in particular chosen from: [2704] particles of atleast one metal and/or of at least one metal derivative; [2705]particles comprising a monomaterial or multimaterial organic orinorganic substrate, at least partially coated with at least onelayer with a metallic tint comprising at least one metal and/or atleast one metal derivative; and [2706] mixtures of saidparticles.

[2707] Among the metals that may be present in said particles,mention may for example be made of Ag, Au, Cu, Al, Ni, Sn, Mg, Cr,Mo, Ti, Zr, Pt, Va, Rb, W, Zn, Ge, Te and Se, and mixtures oralloys thereof. Ag, Au, Cu, Al, Zn, Ni, Mo and Cr, and mixtures oralloys thereof (for example bronzes and brasses) are preferredmetals.

[2708] The term "metal derivatives" denotes compounds derived frommetals, especially oxides, fluorides, chlorides and sulfides.

[2709] Fillers

[2710] These fillers are colorless or white solid particles of anyform, which are in a form that is insoluble and dispersed in themedium of the composition.

[2711] As illustrations of these fillers, mention may be made oftalc, mica, silica, kaolin, poly-.beta.-alanine powder andpolyethylene powder, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders(Teflon.RTM.), nylon powders, polymethyl methacrylate powders,lauroyllysine, starch, boron nitride, hollow polymer microspheressuch as those of polyvinylidene chloride/acrylonitrile, forinstance Expancel.RTM. (Nobel Industrie), acrylic acid copolymermicrospheres, silicone resin microbeads (for example Tospearls.RTM.from Toshiba), polyorganosiloxane elastomer particles, precipitatedcalcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydrogencarbonate, hydroxyapatite, barium sulfate, aluminum oxides,polyurethane powders, composite fillers, hollow silicamicrospheres, and glass or ceramic microcapsules. Use may also bemade of particles that are in the form of hollow sphere portions,as described in the patent applications JP-2003 128 788 and JP-2000191 789.

[2712] The fillers may have a coating comprising at least onelipophilic or hydrophobic compound.

[2713] Inverse Emulsions/Anhydrous Compositions

[2714] According to the invention, when a composition is said to bein the form of an inverse emulsion, it will be understood that itcan also alternately be in another form depending on thecomposition in question.

[2715] A base product may be in the form of an emulsion, forexample an O/W, W/O, O/W/O or W/O/W emulsion, and preferably a W/Oinverse emulsion, or in the form of an anhydrous composition,comprising notably carbon-based compounds and/or siliconecompounds, such as hydrocarbon-based oils and/or silicone oils.

[2716] The emulsions according to the seventh aspect of theinvention are preferably water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions, also knownas inverse emulsions, namely constituted of an oily continuousphase in which the aqueous phase is dispersed in the form ofdroplets so as to observe a mixture that is macroscopicallyhom*ogeneous to the naked eye.

[2717] Use for Making Up One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[2718] The dispensing system allows makeup to be applied, day afterday, with only the areas that need to be hidden being treated. Tothis end, small doses of makeup are delivered, and are appliedspecifically and sequentially to the corresponding areas. Eachsmall dose is created using the mixture suited to the area.

[2719] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below. As analternative, the dispensing system informs the person, whendelivering a mixture, of the area to which the person is to applythe mixture. Thus, the dispensing system may follow an applicationprogram in which it delivers, in a given order, the variousmixtures that are to be applied.

[2720] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the mattness/shine,the area of the face and the quantity needed, thereby making itpossible to reduce costs and wastage of product, and to cover theskin only lightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. In so doing, itis possible to use products that have a high matting action andprovide too much matting or are very shiny or too shiny to beapplied to the whole of the face. Thus, it is possible to obtainmakeup of natural or even undetectable appearance.

[2721] The dispensing system may also make it possible, byfacilitating the dispensing of small quantities and rapid usethereof, to reduce the time for which the products are kept, thusmaking it possible to reduce the risks of the products changingand/or to reduce the amounts of preservative to be used.

[2722] The dispensing system is suited to treating the areas thatare to be concealed, without having to conceal the entire face.

[2723] In an especially advantageous variant, the system may beused to apply to the base of the face a matt formulation and thenone or two applications to precise areas of the face of more shinyformulations. It is also possible to start with applications to theprecise areas of the face of shiny formulations and then to applyto the base of the face an application of a more mattformulation.

[2724] In the second case, time is taken, before applying thesecond layer, to wait for the film produced by the application tothe precise areas to become sufficiently cohesive so that thesecond layer does not remove the first layer.

[2725] Alternatively, the second layer is applied without rubbing(spray for example, or sponge).

[2726] When the user is looking for the mattness/shine to apply toan area of the face, it is advantageous to memorize themattness/shine best suited to each area, and the dispensing systemis thus advantageously designed to memorize this mattness/shine andthe corresponding area. Thus, by using the memorized information,on each use, the same mixture can be delivered for each area or, ifseveral areas are being treated, the same series of mixtures can bedelivered for the same series of areas.

[2727] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the mattness/shine application afterapplication. Thus, the person may make up her lips using differentcolors that she chooses on a day-by-day basis to suit her tastes.This approach is also suitable for the eyelids, and for face makeupbecause the person may fancy a change of foundation color. Forexample, on weekdays, the person applies a colored foundation thatis more matt, and at the weekend a foundation that is moreshiny.

[2728] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange mattness/shine in addition to color/coverage parameters tosuit her tastes according to the day, the time, what she iswearing, and the weather. Thus, a system to assist with decisionmaking is advantageously provided to guide the user in her choicesof mattness/shine and/or color (broadly speaking).

[2729] An assistance system may also be provided for balancing themattness/shine on the same face and contribute toward a successfuloverall makeup look.

[2730] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[2731] Continuous Use for Makeup with Graduated Mattness/Shine

[2732] In this application, the dispensing system changes theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product. Inaddition, the outlet for the base products or for the mixture ismoved relative to a container or a support defining an applicationsurface. In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the mattness/shine C1 of one areato be treated and of the mattness/shine C2 of another area to betreated. For example, with the knowledge that the chin requires amattness/shine C1 and that the cheek requires a mattness/shine C2,the dispensing system may vary the formulation of the mixture whileit is delivering it in order to graduate the mattness/shine betweenthese two points. This makes it possible for example to betterconceal imperfections of the face while ensuring that the endresult is realistic, or allows mattness/shine to be graduated forbeautifying purposes. The dispensing system may also be designedsuch that the user can command a variation in mattness/shine of themixture dispensed without the start and/or end mattness/shinehaving been set beforehand. To do that, the dispensing system maypossess a location or auto-location system and deduce from alook-up table the mattness/shine C1 and C2 that it has to createand therefore the changes in the mixture that it has to make.

[2733] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to make the center of the cheek redder than theperiphery thereof, with a graduation between the two.

[2734] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[2735] It is also possible to produce solid or semi-solidproducts.

[2736] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[2737] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[2738] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or are provided in the compartments of the dispenserwith the other constituents of the base products, or are containedin the dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[2739] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[2740] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [2741] set solid, [2742] yield a materialthat can crumble if rubbed, and are preferably colored.

[2743] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total weight of the composition, betterstill more than 20% by mass of solid particles relative to thetotal mass of the composition, even better still more than 30% bymass of solid particles relative to the total mass of thecomposition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition.

[2744] These compositions may contain absorbent particles orreactive compounds, such as those that react in contact with theair, for example cyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those whichreact to light, notably UV.

[2745] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[2746] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system incorporates a heating means, for example with anelectrical resistor, to create lipsticks or other waxy products. Inthat case, the base products are heated before being delivered.

[2747] The dispensing system may also comprise a means forsupplying heat and/or light energy, after the mixture has beendispensed into a container, for example an electrical resistor oran LED, notably UV. This energy may accelerate the setting-solid ofthe dispensed mixture.

[2748] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it setssolid.

[2749] Creation of Mattness/Shine Palettes

[2750] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures deposited in said regions, for example a series ofmattness/shine suited to various parts of the face.

[2751] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[2752] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[2753] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[2754] The products in the palette may have different colors whilehaving different mattness/shine effects.

[2755] Cup-Type Dispenser

[2756] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[2757] A further subject of the invention is a system fordispensing at least one makeup product, having a cup and adispenser for filling the cup with at least one product, the cupbeing secured to the dispenser at least while it is beingfilled.

[2758] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[2759] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[2760] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[2761] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[2762] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[2763] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to the making upto be performed, as described in detail below.

[2764] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[2765] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[2766] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up and the base products easier to mix.

[2767] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[2768] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. This may facilitate the testing ofcolored substances and/or allow the preparation of several mixturesof different colors and mattness/shine intended for making uprespective areas of the face. The cups may be associated withidentifiers that remind the user of the area of the face for whicha mixture contained in a given cup is intended.

[2769] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[2770] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the appearance of the mixture contained inside.

[2771] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[2772] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[2773] The base product(s) delivered into the cup are preferablyfoundations, but as an alternative may be makeup products for thelips or eyelids.

[2774] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Its depth is preferably between 1 and 10 mm. Preferably, the sizeand shape of the cup either allow direct application of the mixtureto the skin or allow the mixture to be picked up on a finger orusing an applicator. The cup may be made of an elasticallydeformable material, making it possible for example to turn theconcavity of the bottom of the cup inside out and empty it moreeasily or use it to apply the product.

[2775] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[2776] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[2777] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga makeup product, comprising the step of filling a cup of adispensing system as defined above with at least one base productfrom the dispenser.

[2778] The products will have different mattness/shine effects.

[2779] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[2780] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[2781] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[2782] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[2783] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[2784] A further subject of the invention is a dispensing systemhaving a dispenser having outlet passages for base products and anoutlet interface that is separable from the dispenser, thisinterface having a static blender that preferably delivers themixture into a cavity where it can be picked up.

[2785] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[2786] It is possible to use several outlet interfaces and to fillthem with different respective mixtures, without the need to purgethe blender, thereby reducing losses of product. The outletinterface may be a single-use interface, if necessary.

[2787] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[2788] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[2789] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[2790] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[2791] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[2792] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[2793] Reduced Dead Volume

[2794] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing theproduct of the mixture to be varied as quickly as possible duringapplication, particularly when the dispenser is coupled to anairbrush.

[2795] The base product can leave the cartridge through an outletpassage of the cartridge, this outlet passage opening out at theoutside of the dispenser or near the external surface thereof.

[2796] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[2797] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[2798] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[2799] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the outside of the housing of the dispenser in theabsence of an outlet interface. The mounting area may besubstantially planar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis ofthe dispenser housing.

[2800] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[2801] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[2802] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[2803] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[2804] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[2805] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different makeup looks easily and be able, if sodesired, to make up areas as different as the skin, the lips, theeyelashes or eyebrows.

[2806] The dispensing system may comprise an assembly having adispenser of at least one cosmetic product, in particular makeup,and at least two outlet interfaces, each of which can be mountedremovably on the dispenser, these outlet interfaces being able toreceive the product(s) delivered by the dispenser, preferably beingchosen from the following: [2807] an outlet interface having acontainer, notably a cup, allowing the product to be picked upusing a finger or using an applicator, [2808] an outlet interfaceallowing the product to be delivered to a spray system, notably anairbrush, [2809] an outlet interface having several regions forreceiving the product, which can move relative to the dispenser,[2810] an outlet interface that allows the product to be deliveredto a dispensing end piece.

[2811] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[2812] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[2813] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[2814] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[2815] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[2816] A further subject of the invention is a makeup methodinvolving the step of selecting an outlet interface, mounting it onthe dispenser, and delivering the product(s) contained in thedispenser to the interface.

[2817] Mapping and Learning

[2818] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing a mattness/shine with an area, withrecording.

[2819] It may be the case that a person requires several levels ofmattness/shine with a single color and/or coverage for allareas.

[2820] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofcolored substance may be applied with a finger, using conventionaltools such as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[2821] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everydaymakeup.

[2822] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[2823] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate mattness/shine.

[2824] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same mattness/shine is appropriate.

[2825] To create the map, the operator applies a color (of givenmattness/shine), then makes an assessment.

[2826] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the cheek, thenon the nose, etc.

[2827] Another option is to create a mixture of givenmattness/shine and apply this same mixture to several areas. Theoperator then needs to look for the area of the face to which themattness/shine is suited. The mixture is then indexed in thecomputer system which attributes it to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable.

[2828] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a learning process for a dispensingsystem comprising a dispenser for dispensing a mixture of variablemattness/shine, and a computer system for selecting amattness/shine and for storing data, comprising the steps of:

[2829] a) selecting at least one mattness/shine with the aid of aninterface of the computer system,

[2830] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture of the selected mattness/shine,

[2831] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face,

[2832] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[2833] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for making up said area.

[2834] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[2835] It is also possible to create a mixture of givenmattness/shine and to look for the area of the face for which it issuitable. The mixture is then recorded, being attributed to thearea(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-up tablethat will be used subsequently in order to deduce which mixture touse on the basis of an area of the skin.

[2836] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[2837] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[2838] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to apply makeup. Thus, the dispensing system canbe used at sales outlets to advise people wishing to apply makeupor at home in order to define correctly which products toorder.

[2839] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying the mattness/shine of the mixture when it isselected.

[2840] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[2841] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[2842] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[2843] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[2844] The computer system may be designed to search a database forthe reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[2845] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[2846] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture mattness/shine at least on the basis of theimage analyzed.

[2847] Step a) may be preceded by the computer system proposing tothe user a mattness/shine and an area to be tested with a mixtureof this mattness/shine.

[2848] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[2849] The computer system may be designed to propose at least onemattness/shine of mixture in step a) depending on an applicationarea of which it has been informed by the user.

[2850] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneapplication area in step a), on the basis of a mattness/shine ofwhich it has been informed by the user.

[2851] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least two mixturesof different mattness/shine, preferably separate, so that they canbe applied simultaneously to the test area.

[2852] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[2853] A further subject of the invention is a method of making upusing a dispensing system according to this aspect of theinvention, in which:

[2854] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed for makeup,

[2855] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposedmattness/shine for making up an associated zone, on the basis ofthe learning performed beforehand, and

[2856] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce themixture of the proposed mattness/shine, notably if this isvalidated by the user.

[2857] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[2858] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [2859] allow theuser to select at least one mattness/shine and/or one applicationarea, notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [2860]operate a dispenser in such a way as to deliver a mixture of themattness/shine selected by the user, [2861] allow the user totrigger the memorizing of the mattness/shine of the mixture and ofan associated application area, notably with a view to subsequentlydispensing the same mixture, notably on the same area.

[2862] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [2863] receive a request from the user regarding a needfor makeup, notably using an interface such as a touch screen,[2864] propose, on the basis at least of data generated by thelearning process as defined above, at least one mattness/shineand/or one application area, [2865] operate a dispenser to producethe mixture of the proposed mattness/shine, notably if this isvalidated by the user.

[2866] The person may incorporate into the map the level ofmattness/shine that she desires for each area of the face, area byarea or set of areas by set of areas. The system will theninterpret the mixtures it needs to create to ensure the colors andcoverage desired and the wanted mattness/shine.

[2867] The map may subsequently be modified. Thus, it is possibleto create the map in terms of the mattness/shine in the firstinstance, and then refine the map by subsequently defining thelevels of color and coverage.

[2868] Remote Assistance

[2869] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in applyingmakeup, notably in choosing the correct mattness/shine.

[2870] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is thus a method of applying makeupinvolving the steps of: [2871] allowing a video link to beestablished, for example over the Internet, between a camera on afirst site and a second site, [2872] allowing the second site todirectly or indirectly operate a dispenser present at the firstsite, this dispenser making it possible to vary the mattness/shineof a mixture dispensed, [2873] allowing a person present at thefirst site to apply the mixture dispensed and to send acorresponding image to the second site, so as to receive in returninformation relating to the makeup result.

[2874] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the makeup resultwith the product dispensed by the dispenser and advise the personwho has applied the makeup. This adviser may in return influencethe dispenser to alter the mattness/shine of the mixture and adaptit to best suit the face of the person present at the first site.Thus, this person controls the mixture delivered by the dispenser.The first person may make herself up under the gaze of the second.The second person sees the result of the test on their screen andcan thus correct the mixture that this second person will controlremotely until the ideal makeup is obtained.

[2875] If appropriate, the video acquisition can be calibratedusing a test pattern or with the mixture dispensed by the dispenseronto a reference surface. That then allows a more faithful displayof the makeup applied at the first site.

[2876] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[2877] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[2878] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine thecolor of each of the base products.

[2879] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[2880] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral apply makeup. This embodiment makes it possible to developmakeup artists and their work, either within an institute or overthe Internet. It also allows people with limited capabilities, suchas people with poor eyesight, or people who have difficultydiscerning colors, or the elderly, or those lacking inself-confidence to apply makeup.

[2881] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[2882] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the mattness/shine of the mixturedispensed.

[2883] In another of its aspects, independently of or incombination with the other aspects thereof, and notably with theforegoing, one subject of the invention is thus a dispensing systemcomprising a dispenser and a computer system for operating thedispenser, this computer system comprising a touch screen on whichthe mattness/shine of the mixture may be displayed and a selectionmeans that can be moved over the screen in order to vary themattness/shine of the mixture dispensed.

[2884] Preferably, the screen displays mattness/shine end pointsbetween which the mattness/shine of the mixture can be selected bymoving the selection means between these mattness/shine endpoints.

[2885] The screen may display a scale of mattness/shine between atleast two mattnesses/shines, or an area, notably of triangularoutline, within which the selection means can be moved. This areamay locally show the mattness/shine of the mixture depending forexample on the distance from each of the vertices, each oneembodying a pure base product.

[2886] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired mattness/shine.

[2887] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[2888] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[2889] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[2890] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[2891] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[2892] Another of the aspects of the invention is to improve stillfurther the dispensing systems that comprise a spray system,preferably an airbrush, and according to one of its aspects,independently of or in combination with the other aspects, andnotably the foregoing, one subject of the invention is an assemblycomprising: [2893] a spray means, preferably an airbrush having apickup chamber subjected to a stream of entrainment air, [2894] adispenser having at least two compartments containing differentbase products, the products being delivered to the spray meanspreferably via distinct distribution orifices.

[2895] The dispenser may have three cartridges containing makeupproducts of different mattness/shine.

[2896] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[2897] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[2898] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[2899] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[2900] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the mattness/shine depending on the position, ifappropriate.

[2901] A further subject of the invention is a method for applyingmakeup using an assembly as defined above, in which a mixture issprayed onto the skin using the spray means, notably theairbrush.

[2902] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated effect can beachieved.

[2903] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in the mattness/shine ofthe mixture dispensed while the face is being made up, notably asthe area to be made up changes.

[2904] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[2905] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[2906] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[2907] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[2908] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[2909] The viscosity of the base products as measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar is, for example, between0.05 Pas and 50 Pas.

[2910] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[2911] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[2912] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and an oily gel, simultaneously,and these will be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelatedmanner, producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones, orcolorants that react with one another. The ratios of base productscan be adjusted depending on the particular result desired. Forexample, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels, the ratiocorresponding to the volume of the first base product to the volumeof the second base product could be varied between 10/1 and 1/10,better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[2913] Location or Auto-Location System

[2914] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[2915] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[2916] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[2917] The dispensing system may be of the kind illustrated in theabove-described figures. Therefore, the figures will not all bedescribed again.

[2918] FIG. 29C illustrates a support having spaces disposedthereon substantially in the manner of the different areas of aface; each space may contain a mixture, the mattness/shine of whichis suited to the corresponding part of the face. Thus it is easyfor the user to know where to apply the mixture picked up from agiven space.

[2919] The dispenser 11 can be used to deliver a mixture, theformulation of which changes over time, and to collect the mixturein a container that is movable with respect to the dispenser, suchthat the mixture is deposited in a location of the container thatvaries over time, in order to achieve a graduated effect.

[2920] For example, as illustrated in FIGS. 29A and 29B, thedispensing system has an outlet interface 110 having a part that isfixed relative to the dispenser and a moving part 252 that has aspace 253 for receiving the mixture.

[2921] For example, the dispenser 11 is arranged in this case withthe outlet orifices of the cartridges downward and is equipped witha blender such that the mixture falls into the space 253 under itsown weight. A motor may move the moving part of the outletinterface relative to the dispenser, in a manner that issynchronized with the variation in characteristics of the mixture,such that a graduated effect is obtained all along the space 253,as illustrated in FIG. 29B.

[2922] As indicated above, the dispensing system 10 according tothe invention preferably has a man-machine interface that allowsthe user to easily and intuitively operate the dispenser 11. Thisinterface may form part of a computer system 100 which communicateswith the dispenser 11.

[2923] FIGS. 31 to 37 show various examples of touch-sensitiveinterfaces that may allow the user to select the mattness/shine ofthe mixture resulting from the metered dispensing of the variousbase products.

[2924] This interface may have, as illustrated in FIG. 31, amattness/shine selection area, for example in the form of atriangle, the vertices of which correspond to the mattness/shine ofeach of the base products contained in the cartridges.

[2925] The user can move a cursor 300, for example in the form of aball, relative to the vertices A, B and C of the triangle.

[2926] The closer he brings the cursor 300 to one of the vertices,the larger the fraction of the corresponding base product relativeto the total quantity of the various products dispensed.

[2927] The fraction of each product relative to the total quantitymay be indicated at 301 by a numerical value on the interface.

[2928] The interface may allow the user to increment or decreasethe quantity of each of the products, for example by operatingcontrol buttons 302, which allow precise adjustment of the quantityof each of the base products.

[2929] The surface of the triangle 310 may have a mattness/shinethat varies locally so as to be indicative at each point of themattness/shine of the mixture that results from the weighting ofthe various base products in the proportions corresponding to therelative coordinates at this point.

[2930] The interface may have a button 305 providing access to aspecific menu for adjusting the volume of product dispensed forpurging the dispenser.

[2931] The interface may also advantageously allow the flow rate ofproduct to be adjusted using buttons 304 and 306 returning to aspecific menu for adjusting the flow rate.

[2932] In the example in question, the interface affords the choicebetween a continuous dispensing mode, using the button 304, inwhich the products are dispensed for as long as the user ispressing the control button 12.

[2933] The corresponding dose can be transmitted to the interfaceand displayed.

[2934] The button 306 allows selection of a dose mode of operation,during which even a brief press of the button 12 triggers thedispensing of a predefined dose.

[2935] In order to vary the flow rate, the dispenser acts, forexample, on the operating duty cycle of the motors.

[2936] The interface may be designed to allow the user to programor memorize the settings he or she prefers, using a menu 307providing access to favorites.

[2937] The touch-sensitive interface illustrated in FIG. 32 showson the screen three colored areas 400, each one corresponding tothe mattness/shine of one of the base products contained in thedispenser 10, and a central area 410 which shows the mattness/shineof the resulting mixture.

[2938] The relative quantity of each of the base products can beadjusted using cursors 415 which move for example along linesjoining each of the areas 400 to the central area 410.

[2939] During use of the interface, the latter may memorize a givensetting and cause a button 420 of the mattness/shine of the mixtureto appear on the screen. The user can then, simply by pressing thisbutton 420, dispense a mixture of the correspondingmattness/shine.

[2940] In the example in FIG. 34, the interface displays, in anarea 500, a given shade and offers the user, by virtue of controlbuttons 510 that are each for the mattness/shine of thecorresponding base product, the opportunity to increase or decreasethe proportion of this base product in the final mixture. Themattness/shine of the area 500 is recalculated depending on theactions on the control buttons 510.

[2941] In the variant in FIG. 35, the interface shows a color charthaving several areas 530, each one corresponding to a particularproportion of the various base products.

[2942] The user may select one of these areas, for example bypressing it with his or her finger.

[2943] The interface may be designed to display the selectedmattness/shine to a larger scale in an area 535. The programming ofthe dispenser 11 to dispense this mattness/shine is triggered forexample by the pressing the area.

[2944] In the example in FIG. 36, the user may move a cursor 555over a continuous color chart 550, causing the selectedmattness/shine to be displayed in an area 558.

[2945] The user can then, for example by pressing the area 556,trigger the sending to the dispenser 11 of the necessaryinstructions for the dispenser to dispense a product in theselected mattness/shine.

[2946] It is apparent from FIG. 37 that the interface can memorizethe various shades selected and then display them on the screen soas to allow the user, by pressing corresponding buttons 560, veryeasily to again select a shade that has already been chosen.

[2947] FIG. 38 shows an example of a user interface 1000 of adispensing system comprising a dispenser, preferably as describedabove, and a computer system 100 to which the interfacebelongs.

[2948] The computer system comprises here, for example, a devicesuch as a laptop computer, a tablet or a smartphone, that operatesautonomously or is connected to a remote server.

[2949] In the example in question, the interface 1000 is defined bythe touch screen of such a device. In a variant that has not beenillustrated, the dispenser incorporates a touch screen or any othertype of man-machine interface, and can be used without connectionto another device.

[2950] The device runs an application, for example which has beendownloaded beforehand and which displays on the screen a face 1035and a series of buttons allowing the user to input information.

[2951] The face may comprise several areas Z1 to Z6 that can beselected by touch, for example the forehead, the nose, the cheeks,the eyelids, the chin, and the lips.

[2952] The buttons present on the screen may make it possible forexample to input the name of the makeup or of the user, to displaythe selected area, to choose the mattness/shine, and to inform thecomputer system as to whether or not the result of the test carriedout is acceptable, or even, as illustrated, to provide informationregarding the assessment of the result relative to a test carriedout previously, namely, for example, better or "not as good". Thescreen may also display a button allowing the choice of amattness/shine and an area to be memorized after a test has beencarried out with this mattness/shine on the area in question.

[2953] The choice of mattness/shine is made for example with amattness/shine scale similar to the one described with reference toFIG. 36.

[2954] The computer system is designed to memorize the data in theform of a look-up table for example, so as to associate an area ofthe face with the parameters that allow the mixture dispensedduring the test to be reproduced. These parameters include, forexample, the relative contents of each of the base products of thedispenser in the mixture, the quantity Q dispensed, and additionaldata such as, for example, the name of the area, the date themixture was dispensed and/or any other mixture identifier,identifiers of the base products, the period of the year, notablythe season, the age of the user, his or her sex, his or her givenor family name, the name of an event associated with the makeup,for example a birthday, amongst other data, and the quantity ofproduct suitable for the area. The ancillary data may allow theuser to reproduce more easily a makeup look considered suitable fora time of year or recalling a life event, or to give a rejuvenatingeffect.

[2955] These data may be memorized in the computer system 100, forexample in the abovementioned device and/or on a remote server withwhich the device is in communication, or alternatively in anelectronic memory incorporated into the dispenser 11.

[2956] Thus, according to the invention, the user may make thedispenser deliver a first colored substance, and apply it to afirst area of the face, then judge whether or not it is suitable.If the result is satisfactory, the user may record it, indexing itto the area; if the result is unsatisfactory, the user may commanda new mattness/shine in order to repeat the above operations.

[2957] The computer system can be used in this context in variousways.

[2958] For example, as illustrated in FIG. 40, in a step 1010, theuser has selected a mattness/shine to test, using for example themattness/shine scale 1011 displayed on the screen, by moving theadjusting button 1012.

[2959] Next, the choice of mattness/shine is transmitted to thedispenser 11, in step 1015.

[2960] For example, the device transmits the quantities of each ofthe base products to be dispensed and the electronic circuit 81takes charge of operating the motors accordingly.

[2961] In step 1016, the user presses the control button 12 of thedispenser 11, this causing, for example, a dose of the mixture,with the mattness/shine selected by the user, to be dispensed.

[2962] The mixture is, for example, dispensed into the cup 115,then picked up and applied by the user to the cheeks or any otherarea instructed on the interface, in step 1020.

[2963] In variants, the product is applied using an airbrush or byany other means as described above.

[2964] The user then, in step 1022, informs the computer system ofthe result using the buttons 1021.

[2965] If the user indicates that the result is satisfactory, thesystem suggests for example that he/she validate the parameters ofthe test using a button so as to memorize these parameters in step1031.

[2966] If the user does not consider the result to be satisfactoryand makes this known using the button 1032, the result cannevertheless be automatically saved in step 1034.

[2967] Thus, each area can be indexed not only with the suitablemattness(es)/shine(s), but also with the mattness(es)/shine(s) thatis/are not at all suited to this area.

[2968] The user can then perform a further test on the same area byreturning to step 1010.

[2969] If the user is satisfied with the result, he or she may alsowish to carry out a further test, for example on a different areaof the face.

[2970] If appropriate, if the user is not satisfied, the interfacemay suggest that the user indicate whether the result is consideredbetter than or not as good as the previous test, usingcorresponding buttons 1040 and 1041.

[2971] In that case, the computer system may be designed todetermine whether, in light of the information input by the user, aproposal can be automatically made as to what mattness/shine totest next.

[2972] If appropriate, a questionnaire may be displayed to assistthe computer system in proposing a mattness/shine in light of thetests carried out and the way in which the user or a professionalassisting the user has assessed these tests.

[2973] For example, if the mattness/shine is considered"unsuitable", the system may receive from the user additionalinformation, for example "too matt", "too shiny", which will assistthe system in proposing a new mattness/shine better suited to theuser's expectations.

[2974] It may be advantageous for the computer system to be able toreceive information comparing the result against the previoustests, for example "it's better" or "it's not as good" and, fromthere, for the system to be capable of deducing what newmattness/shine to propose.

[2975] Another option is for the computer system to be able toreceive comparison information regarding a comparison against atarget, for example "it's almost ideal" and, from there, for thesystem to be capable of automatically adjusting its mattness/shinemodifications.

[2976] In this particular instance, if it receives the informationthat the desired result has almost been achieved, the system canadopt small levels of mattness/shine change and revise thereflection scale of adjustment accordingly.

[2977] If the dispensing system itself proposes the coloredmixtures to be tested, these may be based on preprogrammed testscenarios and the system may alter how the scenario is followedthrough according to the successes or failures of the assessment.Thus, for example if, from the third application of product, itreceives information that the mattness/shine is almost ideal forthe user, the dispensing system may exit the program and thereafterallow itself to be guided by instructions from the operator.

[2978] In general, the user may be assisted by an expert system inthe choice of mattness(es)/shine(s) to test.

[2979] This expert system is, for example, a program run on thedevice with which the dispenser communicates or on the dispenseritself, and which is based on the answers to a questionnaire and/oron measurements, for example of the mattness/shine of the skin,taken by a specific sensor or by a camera. The user can thus getassistance from an instrumented evaluation, for example amattness/shine sensor. The expert system can even be implemented ona remote server with which the device or the dispenser exchangesinformation. The operator may even send an image of his or her faceto a specialist, who can preprogram the starting mattness/shinechoice. In another exemplary embodiment, the user presents thecomputer system with a photo of his or her face,

[2980] and the computer system is designed to analyze this andcreate a program defining the areas to be tested and the firstproducts to be delivered, both in terms of mattness/shine and interms of quantity. For example, the computer system may be designedto automatically select the mattness(es)/shine(s) of makeup topropose to the user by capturing a photograph in step 1070, asillustrated in FIG. 42. For example, the device which communicateswith the dispenser 11 is equipped with a camera, and the user takesa photograph of his or her face. The image is then analyzed in step1071, and mattness(es)/shine(s) are proposed for each area of theface in step 1072, for example in accordance with predefinedmattness/shine combination rules.

[2981] The dispensing system may be oriented by the user to decideon the mattness/shine and also on the quantity of product to bedelivered. For example, the user may indicate "nose" or "blemish"and the dispensing system is designed to adapt the dose dispensedaccording to a memorized map of doses to be dispensed depending onthe areas to be treated.

[2982] The computer system may guide the user in the choice ofmattnesses/shines in the mixture to be tested, so as to limit thenumber of tests needed until the user obtains a result that pleaseshim or her.

[2983] It is thus possible, as illustrated in FIG. 41, that after amixture dispensed by the dispenser has been applied to a given areaof the face in step 1060, the computer system will ask the userwhether or not the result is satisfactory and will, of its ownaccord, if the result is considered to be unsatisfactory, make achange 1061 to the dispenser parameters in order to modify themixture dispensed.

[2984] The user then only has to perform a new test with themodified mixture.

[2985] When a mixture is indicated as being satisfactory, thecomputer system can memorize the corresponding parameters so as toallow the mixture to be recreated at a later date.

[2986] The system can then begin the above steps afresh for a newapplication area.

[2987] During the successive tests, the operator does not need totreat the entire face. He or she may for example choose between 3and 8, for example 5, small areas. The dispensing system is thenadvantageously designed to interpolate and/or extrapolate the dataregarding the mattnesses/shines considered to be suitable, so as tocalculate the mattnesses/shines that ought to be consideredsuitable for areas for which the exercise has not beenconducted.

[2988] At the end of the learning stage, the system may generate adisplay of the suitable mattnesses/shines on the various areas,tested or calculated.

[2989] The dispensing system may be designed to indicate whethercertain mattnesses/shines appear to be incorrect, doing so on thestrength of a comparison against standard maps it has in memory.Thus, it may propose that the user repeat all or some of themapping exercise.

[2990] Once the computer system has completed its learning, i.e.once the mattnesses/shines of mixtures have been identified asbeing agreeable to the user for making-up certain areas, the userwishing to apply makeup only has to call up the area that is to bemade up, in step 1080 of FIG. 43, and the system will be able toautomatically propose a suitable mattness/shine of mixture to theuser in step 1081.

[2991] In the variant illustrated in FIG. 44, the user selects amattness/shine in step 1090 and the computer system proposes, instep 1091, an area in which to apply a mixture of thismattness/shine, on the basis of information previously collected onthe basis of the tests performed.

[2992] The area proposed is, for example, the area in which anidentical or very similar mattness/shine has already been appliedand the result considered acceptable by the user.

[2993] FIG. 46 illustrates an example of an implementation of theinvention in which, having carried out tests on various zones instep 2010, the user informs the system of the mixture(s) he or sheconsiders to afford the best result, this allowing the system toknow the corresponding parameters in step 2012. Next, in step 2014,the system may propose to the user references of commercialproducts that have the same properties or very similarproperties.

[2994] In one variant, the system sends the parameters to a remotemanufacturing center so that a composition that has the sameformulation or the same properties as that of the mixture that theuser has tested and found to be satisfactory can be produced.

[2995] FIG. 45 illustrates the possibility of using the dispenserto dispense several doses 2020a to 2020d of different mixtures,next to one another on a support 2021, so as to allow these to beapplied to adjacent distinct regions of the same area.

[2996] The user can, in a single hit, apply a series ofmattnesses/shines in order rapidly to home in on the appropriatemattness/shine. The colored substances present on the support 2021may have been chosen by the operator him- or herself or proposed bythe dispensing system.

[2997] The support 2021 is, for example, movable with respect tothe housing of the dispenser and is moved sequentially to depositthe corresponding mixtures in the various areas 2020a to 2020d,being for example similar to the supports described with referenceto FIG. 29 or 29A. The user can thus easily compare the resultsbetween the various regions and inform the system of which mixtureproduces the best effect.

[2998] FIG. 47 illustrates a system that assists the user inapplying makeup, notably in choosing the correct colorings.

[2999] This system makes it possible to establish a video link, forexample over the Internet, between a camera 2060 at a first site2061 and a second site 2062.

[3000] The camera 2060 is, for example, built into a tablet or asmartphone that constitutes the computer system 100.

[3001] The second site 2062 is allowed to operate the dispenser 11present at the first site 2061 either directly or indirectly.

[3002] Thus, the person present at the first site can apply themixture dispensed and send to the second site 2062 a correspondingimage, and in return receive information relating to the makeupresult.

[3003] The second site 2062 may have a display screen 2064 thatallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the result of themakeup with the mixture dispensed by the dispenser and advise theperson who has applied the makeup. This adviser may in returninfluence the dispenser 11 to alter the mattness/shine of themixture and adapt it to best suit the face of the person present atthe first site. The protocol for the exchange of data between thetwo sites thus allows command instructions to be sent to thedispenser 11, either directly or via the computer system 100present at the first site. Thus, the person present at the secondsite controls the mixture delivered by the dispenser 11. The firstperson may make herself up under the gaze of the second. The secondperson sees the result of the test on their screen and can thuscorrect the mixture that this second person will control remotelyuntil the ideal makeup is obtained.

[3004] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link, such that the user present at the first site can seean image of the adviser on the screen of the computer system. Thisadviser can send the user present at the first site a tutorial ifneed be.

[3005] The memorizing of the setting parameters of the dispenser11, once a given mixture has been considered satisfactory, may becommanded from the second site.

[3006] Advantageously, the dispensing system 10 is designed to beable to modify all the mattnesses/shines esthetically for each areaif the person wishes to change the mattness/shine of his or herface. The dispensing system may be designed in such a way that theuser only has to modify a single mattness/shine in one area for thesystem to modify all the others. To this end, the dispensing systemcan use translations, for example by recording the mattness/shinesaturation or shifting the shade.

[3007] The dispensing system may be designed to receive the map ofsomebody else, real or virtual. It may also combine the map of theperson with the map of another, in order to sublimate the makeupwithout losing the inherent characteristics.

[3008] The interface may be used to define makeup programs in whichthe order of the areas to make up or the order of themattnesses/shines to propose is defined.

EXAMPLES

[3009] A dispenser 11 like that illustrated in FIG. 3 and describedabove is created. The dispenser is designed to communicate with atablet 100 such as an iPad. This computer system runs anapplication known as ".mu.Mix" developed in the specific Appleenvironment (XCode 4 and iOS simulator) in the Objective Clanguage.

[3010] It uses Foundation, UTKit and CoreGraphics basic frameworkswhich supply the tools for manipulating the data structures,computation tools and functionalities associated with the usergraphics interface.

[3011] The application also uses the CoreBluetooth frameworkproviding access to the Bluetooth 4 Low Energy peripherals, withthe following main tasks: [3012] looking for Bluetooth 4.0 LowEnergy peripherals, [3013] connection/disconnection and managementof connection parameters, [3014] communication in read and/or writemode based on the GATT (Generic Attribute Profile)architecture.

[3015] The application proposes the following functionalities:[3016] definition of the fractions of base products, [3017] choiceof mode of operation when pressing the control button 12, namelycontinuous, purge or dose, [3018] display of a triangle ofvolumetric fraction as illustrated in FIG. 30 with management ofthe volumetric fraction by tactile touch on the triangle or usingthe +/- buttons associated with each product, [3019] Bluetoothconnection/disconnection and real-time transfer of instructions tothe dispenser, [3020] settings of flow rates in continuous mode,and of quantities in dose mode, [3021] calculation, display andtransfer to the dispenser of the volumetric fractions of productsin real time, depending on the instruction, with the sum of thefractions always equal to 100%, [3022] collection and display ofthe torques of the three motors in real time, and [3023] saving ofthe key parameters in a configuration file.

[3024] The continuous mode is a dispensing mode in which themixture of the three base products is dispensed for as long as theuser presses the dispensing button 12. The product is dispensed ata flow rate, an estimate of which is displayed above the"Continuous" button 304. The choice of flow rate is made in a"Settings" menu.

[3025] The "dose" mode is a mode of dispensing the mixture indoses, in which the dose is delivered after the user presses thedispensing button 12. One press is enough and the user can thenrelease the button. The overall dose of product dispensed is thatindicated above the "Dose" button 306, for example 0.1 ml. Thisvolume can be altered in the "Settings" menu.

[3026] The "purge" mode is a dispensing mode in which a dose ofmixture with equal volumetric fractions (33%) is delivered as soonas the user has pressed the dispensing button 12, as in the "dose"mode. One press is enough and the user can then release the button.When the dose has been dispensed in full, the button may bereleased. If the button is released before the end, dispensingstops, even if the specified volume has not been achieved. Theoverall dose of product dispensed is that indicated above a "Purge"button 305, for example 3 ml. This volume can be altered in theSettings menu.

[3027] The user determines the desired mattness/shine with theapplication which is run on the tablet and which calculates thefractions of the various products. The tablet communicates thisvalue to the dispenser by a Bluetooth connection.

[3028] The electronics built into the dispenser 11 collects theinformation and automatically adjusts the flow rates of the threecartridges so as to obtain a mixture of the desiredmattness/shine.

[3029] When the user wishes to use the product, he or she pressesthe button 12 of the dispenser in order to cause the product to beexpelled. He or she presses for as long as he or she wants product,in "continuous" mode. In "dose" mode, the user presses the button12 once and the predefined dose is delivered.

[3030] Dispensing may be performed continuously, namely with themotors operating continuously, the entire volume being dispensed inone hit, or iteratively, the motors then operating in a pulsedfashion; in that case, the time interval between two pulses makesit possible to vary the flow rate. Small volumes are delivered oneafter another in several stages.

[3031] The pulses may be separated for example by intervals of 50ms, 100 ms or 200 ms. The duration of a pulse during which themotor is turning will be from 50 to 150 ms, for example.

[3032] The main page of the ".mu.Mix" application comprises in thisexample the following elements, as can be seen notably in FIG. 31:[3033] status bar at the top of the screen: indicates the status ofthe Bluetooth connection or .mu.Mix if there is no Bluetoothconnection; [3034] thumbnails at the bottom of the screen: forselecting the active page: main page, Settings, Bluetooth, Productsand Favorites; [3035] Continuous button 304 for selecting the modein which products are dispensed continuously; [3036] Purge button305 for selecting the Purge mode; [3037] Dose button 306 forselecting the mode in which dispensing is in doses with the volumeof the dose associated with the Dose button; [3038] a blue ball 300that the user can move around inside the volumetric triangle eitherby dragging it or using a double tap; [3039] "-" buttons 302 foreach product A, B and C: reduces the fraction of product selectedwhen moving along the straight line connecting the point to thevertex of the product selected; [3040] "+" buttons 302 for eachproduct A, B and C: increases the fraction of product selected whenmoving along the straight line connecting the point to the vertexof the product selected; [3041] volumetric fraction of each productas a percentage: modifiable by the user and updated in real timeaccording to the instruction from the + and - buttons 302 and theposition of the ball 300.

[3042] While the volumetric fractions are being modified by movingthe ball or using the + and - buttons, the values of the volumetricfractions of the products A, B and C are updated automatically.When the volumetric fractions are modified using the + and -buttons, the ball 300 is moved automatically into the correspondingposition in the triangle.

[3043] When the application run on the tablet is started up, itautomatically connects to the dispenser 11 if it is detected. Whenthe dispenser is switched off or the Bluetooth connection isbroken, the tablet disconnects. When the user moves the cursorsthat adjust the proportions of the products A and B, the values aretransmitted in real time to the dispenser 11.

[3044] The Settings page of the application contains the followingelements: [3045] status bar at the top of the screen: indicates thestatus of the Bluetooth connection or .mu.Mix if there is noBluetooth connection; [3046] thumbnails at the bottom of thescreen: for selecting the active page:

[3047] main page, Settings, Bluetooth, or Info; [3048] "Volumes"part with a text field to be filled in by the user to define thevolume of the dose, in ml (2 ml for example), and a field for thepurge volume, in ml (3 ml for example). The minimum doses in thisexample are 0.023 ml and the maximum doses are 9.90 ml (3.times.3.3ml); [3049] "Flow rate" part with selection of the flow rate: fast(>>0.03 ml/s), medium (>>0.02 ml/s) or slow(>>0.01 ml/s); [3050] "Dose" part with iterative choice ofthe mixture, for dispensing a mixture of products with smallvolumes delivered one after another in several stages;

[3051] In the contrary case, the total volume of each product isdispensed in one hit; [3052] "Triangle image" part for selectingthe image of the triangle that will be displayed on the main pagein order to be able to display a triangle with themattnesses/shines delivered by the dispenser 11. By using a "Chooseimage" button on the "Settings" page, an album can be accessed.

[3053] The "Products" page of the application has, in the examplein question, the following elements: [3054] a choice of the valueof each product in code step units from 0 to 1414.

[3055] Each unit corresponds to a delivered product volume of 2.33which is the smallest quantity that the dispenser in this examplecan deliver; when this page is displayed, it is the values ofproducts on this page that are transmitted in real time to thedispenser. As soon as the page is no longer displayed, the valuessent to the dispenser are those of the main page with the triangle;[3056] display of the motor torques for A, B and C in real timerefreshed every 45 values.

[3057] The mode in which the products are delivered is theiterative or direct dose mode, according to the option chosen onthe Settings page.

[3058] The "Favorites" page allows configurations to be saved in afile. It provides access in the example in question to 10 files,namely "Configuration 1" to "Configuration 10" in addition to thedefault file. These files record for example the followingparameters: [3059] fractions of products A, B and C, [3060] Purgevolume, [3061] Dose volume, [3062] fast, medium or slow flow rate,[3063] Dose, Purge or Continuous mode, [3064] continuous oriterative dispensing.

Example (Seventh Aspect of the Invention)

[3065] Several base products are created (the proportions are bymass)

[3066] The formulations F1 and F2 are rich in fillers (and aredifferent colors). The formulation F3 is rich in nacre (bismuthoxychloride).

TABLE-US-00012 F1 F2 F3 mass % mass % mass % Dimethicone copolyolsold under the 2 2 1.8 reference KF 6017 by the company Shin-EtsuEtsu Bis PEG/PPG-14/14 dimethicone + 1 1 0.9 Cyclopentasiloxanesold under the reference Abil EM 97 by the company GoldschmidtCyclopentasiloxane 17.65 17.65 15.92 Phenyl trimethicone sold underthe 2 2 1.8 reference DC556 by the company Dow Corning Ethyl hexylmethoxycinnamate 3 3 2.7 Squalane 1 1 0.9 Dispersion of bismuthoxychloride in 0 0 10 2-ethylhexyl hydroxystearate (70:30) (TimironLiquid Silver .RTM. from Merck) Cyclopentasiloxane 7 7 6.29 Yellowiron oxide coated with 1.62 1.1 1.45 aluminum stearoyl glutamateNAI- C33-9001-10 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Red iron oxidecoated with aluminum 0.29 0.6 0.26 stearoyl glutamateNAI-C33-8001-10 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Black iron oxidecoated with aluminum 0.13 0.13 0.12 stearoyl glutamateNAI-C33-7001-10 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Titanium dioxide(anatase) coated with 9.96 10.17 8.95 aluminum stearoyl glutamateNAI- TAO-77891 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Talc sold under thereference Micro 0.5 0.5 0.45 Ace P3 by the company Nippon TalcNylon 12 powder sold under the 0.5 0.5 0.45 reference SP 500 by thecompany Toray Industries Demineralized water 36.15 36.15 32.531,3-Butylene glycol 3 3 2.7 Magnesium sulfate 0.7 0.7 0.63Hydrogenated maltose solution 0.5 0.5 0.45 Denatured 96.degree.ethyl alcohol 13 13 11.7 TOTAL 100 100 100

[3067] Procedure

[3068] The constituents of phase A are weighed out in the mainbeaker and are stirred with a Moritz blender (1000 rpm) whilemaintaining at room temperature. Phase B is prepared separately bymilling three times in a three-roll mill the mixture of pigmentsand of cyclopentasiloxane. This phase B is then added, withcontinued stirring, along with the fillers (phase C).

[3069] The aqueous phase D is also prepared separately, by weighingout in a beaker the butylene glycol, the magnesium sulfate, thehydrogenated maltose solution, and water at room temperature. Theaqueous phase D is stirred using a magnetic bar until hom*ogenized.C D E The emulsion is made at room temperature: the aqueous phase Dis poured into the fatty phase while gradually increasing thestirring speed (Moritz blender) up to 4000 rpm. Stirring iscontinued for 7 minutes. Finally, phase E (ethyl alcohol) is addedfor the last 3 minutes of 5 the emulsification.

[3070] Test

[3071] The system was tested with: [3072] F1 in compartment A[3073] F2 in compartment B [3074] F3 in compartment C

[3075] M1 (the proportions in the mixture dispensed arevolumetric): A 30%, B 20%, C 50%

[3076] M2: A 30%, B 50%, C 20%

[3077] M3: A 30%, B 30%, C 40%

[3078] M1, M2, M3 are applied to different areas of the face.Different colors are obtained, and different mattness/shineresults.

[3079] G) System for Customizing One's Foundation Depending on theState of One's Skin

[3080] The present invention relates to methods and systems fordispensing, notably a makeup product.

[3081] Many people wish to make themselves up in order to enhancetheir appearance, particularly their face.

[3082] There are two types of reason why these people may wish todo this: [3083] to conceal certain imperfections, such asblemishes, wrinkles or pores, [3084] to enhance the look of theface by changes of color.

[3085] In these different cases, the operation involves supplying acolored substance and covering the skin or an area of skintherewith.

[3086] In order to obtain an attractive effect, the person needs tomake the correct choice of colored substance.

[3087] In the first of the cases given above, the operation may becomplicated because the face comprises a whole range of colors.

[3088] Thus, if the person wishes to cover only a few areas of theface, by attempting to make the color added coincide with thenatural color of the surrounding skin, he or she needs to find thecolor suited to each area of the face, a task rendered all the moredifficult by the fact that the coverage of the product and thethickness of the layer applied, together with the color and surfacecondition of the underlying skin or the greasiness thereof mayinfluence the result.

[3089] Bearing these difficulties in mind, people seeking toconceal imperfections on their face adopt the habit of covering theentire face. This then gets around the problem of choosing thecolored substance depending on the area of the face.

[3090] However, because of the uniformity it brings, the resultdetracts from the natural appearance of the face.

[3091] In the second case, the operation is not simple eitherbecause it is difficult to find a colored substance which bestsuits the appearance of the face. In particular, it is difficult tofind the color of one's coloring, particularly if looking for abold color different from one's natural coloring. Some people wouldlike to choose sun-kissed colors or other shades of differentcoloring, but do not do so out of fear that the color will not suitthem. And if they do, they often give up, disappointed. When notdisappointed by the result, they no longer dare change color.

[3092] The same goes for makeup applied to the lips, cheeks andeyelids.

[3093] Users also need to be able to alter the quality, durabilityand comfort of their makeup depending on the time, the weather orseason, but also the location on the face. Usually, by using aproduct with a high filler content, the makeup is suited torelatively greasy areas in order to confer mattness thereonthroughout the day. However, this solution is not satisfactory,since it can lead to discomfort problems in other areas of theskin, and it tends to generate an unattractive makeup result in dryareas. The use of composition rich in mositurizing agent such asglycols, for example glycerol, makes it possible to make up theentire face, including the driest areas. However, this solution isnot very satisfactory for other areas of the face. The example ofthe area around the nose is a typical example. The area under thenose is often dry, thus requiring the application of a formulationcontaining a moisturizing agent. A few centimeters away, the sidesof the nose are often greasy and are poorly suited to theapplication of a moisturizing product, causing shininess anddiscomfort, thus requiring the application of a formulationcontaining fillers for conferring mattness throughout the day.

[3094] Changes in the weather (from day to day and during the year)complicate the problem.

[3095] The simplest possible solution is sought to solve thisproblem.

[3096] Moreover, there is a desire to be able to control the coloror the coverage of the products.

[3097] This complicates the situation.

[3098] It is possible to use several products of different colorsand/or coverage, but these generally have unsuitable levels ofcomfort and quality of the makeup. Thus, even if a single areabecomes uncomfortable, on account of the comfort being poorlyadapted to the area, the comfort as a whole becomes a source ofconcern, even resulting in the makeup being abandoned. Similarly,if a single area has a defect in the quality of the makeup, onaccount of being poorly adapted to the area, the quality of themakeup as a whole becomes a source of concern, even resulting inthe makeup being abandoned.

[3099] A solution is required for giving access to an entire rangeof colors and covering levels, which can be applied to one and thesame face without causing problems with comfort and quality of themakeup.

[3100] There are very few solutions for solving these problems.

[3101] A first approach is to buy numerous products and try themall out. This approach is costly and often gives rise to wasteinsofar as only a small number of the colored substances tried aregenerally kept.

[3102] A second approach is to test out various products in store.That is not always suitable, because it is very difficult to get afeeling for the results in just a few moments and at a locationmissing the usual landmarks. In particular, in order to fullyassess the makeup effect in store, it would be necessary to be ableto have the same lighting as will be found in future conditions ofuse, and this is something that is rarely possible. In general, itis only by testing out makeup over the course of a day that one candetermine whether or not it is suitable in terms of the result andcomfort. In addition, while certain stores have advisers and allowtesting, this is not the case for a large number of other salesoutlets and Internet sales.

[3103] Another approach has been tested but not developed. This isto create one's products by hand by mixing several colouredproducts. This may prove relatively difficult to do because it isnot very easy to reproduce the same mixture exactly a number oftimes over, and it is awkward to quickly create the mixtures oneneeds at the moment of applying the makeup.

[3104] Dispensers for dispensing a cosmetic composition of variablecolor are also known.

[3105] Of the tests that have been able to be attempted forautomating the manufacture of a customized cosmetic composition,many are those in which the proposed solutions allow mixtures to becreated in quantities of around 100 g or sometimes less, but not inthe very small proportions generally needed by a person applyingmakeup, namely in the region of one gram or much less.

[3106] In order to illustrate this problem, consider the case ofsomebody wishing to hide two imperfections in the region of one cm2on her face. For the first area, she needs to find thecorresponding mixture, then deliver a very small quantity, forexample around 10 mg, thereof. For the second, she needs to changethe setting of the dispenser, then, once again, deliver a verysmall quantity.

[3107] Therefore, for a great many people, choosing the coloredsubstances that will yield the best results remains a difficultmatter.

[3108] There is therefore a need to make searching for a makeupproduct that meets the expectations of a consumer and that allowsthis consumer to create mixtures under reliable conditions and invarious quantities easier.

[3109] Therefore, according to certain aspects, the invention seeksto make it easier to make up the face, and notably to find theproducts best suited to the various areas thereof in terms ofcomfort and quality of the makeup.

[3110] There is also a need to improve the dispensing systems fordelivering products of variable color, in order notably to makethese easier to use and improve the quality of the makeup.

[3111] There is also a need to apply to the same face severalproducts with ingredient contents chosen to suit the state of theskin.

[3112] In particular, people can have areas of the face that aremarked to a greater or lesser extent and thus require differentconcealing strengths. It is therefore advantageous to be able tohave a means for producing formulations with different types ofingredients in order to optimize the comfort and the quality of themakeup with regard to the characteristics of the area.

[3113] There is therefore a need to improve the dispensing systemsfor delivering products of variable color while regulating theingredients, in order notably to optimize the comfort and thequality of the makeup with regard to the characteristics of thearea.

[3114] According to its eighth aspect, the invention is based upona dispensing system that allows mixtures to be generated from baseproducts. These base products may be of different colors, such thatthe color of the mixture can be varied. The base products may evenmake it possible to vary the proportions of fillers andmoisturizing agent in the mixture, such that the comfort and thequality of the makeup resulting from applying the mixture to humankeratin materials varies, being fairly close to that of saidmaterials. The base products may also vary the color and thecoverage. Thus, the idea of color is to be understood in a broadsense and encompasses mixtures of which the color varies afterapplication as a result of variations in their level of coverageand in the color of the underlying skin.

[3115] According to an eighth of its aspects, the subject of theinvention is a system for dispensing a product, comprising adispenser that receives at least two cartridges that each have areservoir containing first and second base products, respectively,the first base product comprising a moisturizing agent, the secondbase product comprising a filler, the dispenser making it possibleto deliver at least these two base products in adjustableproportions.

[3116] According to this eighth aspect, the invention may have oneor more of the following features: [3117] the moisturizing agent ischosen from polyols, urea and derivatives thereof, such as notablyhydroxyalkyl urea, in particular hydroxyethylurea, hyaluronic acid,glycine, .beta.-alanine, taurine, trimethyl glycine, and mixturesthereof, preferably chosen from polyols such as ethylene glycol,pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, glycerol,polyglycerols, polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof, and morepreferably chosen from propylene glycol and glycerol, [3118] theparticle size D50 by volume of the particles of the filler isbetween 100 nm and 1 mm, better still between 1 micron and 100microns, even better still between 2 microns and 50 microns, [3119]the filler is chosen from talc, mica, silica, kaolin,poly-.beta.-alanine powder and polyethylene powder,tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders, nylon powders, polymethylmethacrylate powders, lauroyllysine, starch, boron nitride, hollowpolymer microspheres such as those of polyvinylidenechloride/acrylonitrile, acrylic acid copolymer microspheres,silicone resin microbeads, polyorganosiloxane elastomer particles,precipitated calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesiumhydrogen carbonate, hydroxyapatite, barium sulfate, aluminumoxides, polyurethane powders, composite fillers, hollow silicamicrospheres, and glass or ceramic microcapsules, the particlesthat are in the form of hollow sphere portions, and mixturesthereof, and is preferably chosen from talc, mica, silica, nylonpowders, polymethyl methacrylate powders, and mixtures thereof, andis even more preferably talc, [3120] the filler may have a coatingcomprising at least one lipophilic or hydrophobic compound, [3121]the first base product and the second base product comprise aninverse emulsion, [3122] the mass content of filler in the secondbase product is greater than or equal to 0.5% by mass relative tothe mass of the second product, and preferably greater than 1% bymass relative to the mass of the second product, [3123] thedispensing system comprises a third cartridge with a third baseproduct, [3124] the cartridges are received in a removable mannerin the dispenser, [3125] each product leaves the cartridge throughan outlet passage of the cartridge, the outlet passage beingdefined by a dispensing end piece of the cartridge, said end piecebeing driven in rotation relative to a body of the cartridge by adrive mechanism of the dispenser in order to dispense the baseproduct contained in the cartridge.

[3126] According to this eighth aspect, a subject of the inventionis also a method for applying a cosmetic, makeup and/or care,product to human keratin materials, comprising the setting of thedispenser depending on the area to be treated, and the dispensingof the product by base products being picked up from the cartridgesin the proportions corresponding to the setting of thedispenser.

[3127] According to its eighth aspect, the invention is based on adispensing system having compartments containing at least twodifferent formulations. They may contain different inverseemulsions, one with a concentration of fillers, the other with aconcentration of moisturizing agent such as glycols, for exampleglycerol.

[3128] The system may be programmed to deliver, for each locationon the face, the best mixture in terms of mattness, color, coverageand comfort (containing neither too much or too little in the wayof fillers, nor too much or tool little in the way of moisturizingagent). The system may also be used to vary the level of fillersand moisturizing agent depending on the state of the time or thestate of the present or future weather (for example moremoisturizing for winter, comprising more fillers for summer).

[3129] Dispensing System

[3130] The dispensing system may consist of a single deviceoperating autonomously, preferably able to be manipulated in onehand, or of a device that operates in interaction with othercomponents or devices. It may for example entail various outletinterfaces which are mounted on the dispenser depending on the typeof makeup to be created, as will be specified below. It may alsoentail a computer system which exchanges information with thedispenser in order to operate the latter, this computer systemcomprising, for example, a portable terminal such as a smartphone,a camera phone, a tablet, a laptop computer or a dedicatedterminal.

[3131] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[3132] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[3133] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[3134] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[3135] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[3136] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[3137] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[3138] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[3139] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[3140] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[3141] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[3142] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[3143] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s. Preferably, thedrive mechanism delivers flow rates of between 20 and 100 .mu.L/s,better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60 .mu.L/s. It is thus possibleto easily create a mixture of around 10 mg. Such a dispensingsystem is therefore ideal for achieving small touches of makeup,for covering an area of 1 cm.sup.2, better still an area of 0.5cm.sup.2, for example.

[3144] It is also possible to create larger quantities of mixturesuch as the quantities needed to make up a cheek or a face. Thesequantities remain relatively low, however, for example a quantityof between 100 and 500 mg, better still between 150 and 250 mg.

[3145] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[3146] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[3147] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[3148] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[3149] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[3150] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[3151] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[3152] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[3153] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[3154] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[3155] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[3156] In order to adjust the shade, the dispensing systemaccording to the invention has to allow the user to vary the volumedelivered from each compartment.

[3157] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[3158] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the shadeto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several base products with different proportions of fillers andmoisturizing agent.

[3159] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[3160] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[3161] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time or, as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted from one another so that one product isdispensed while the other products are paused.

[3162] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the mixtureis delivered into a cavity of a container which may closehermetically or not, for example in the form of a cup, into whichan applicator, particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped.Such a dispensing system is especially suited to liners, glossesand other formulations applied without direct contact with thehands. This container may be removable.

[3163] For example, it is used as a lip-color dispenser and has adispensing system, for example using a screw. When it is notremovable, the container may be produced with the body of thedispenser. When it is removable, it may constitute one outputinterface among others that can be mounted on the dispenser.

[3164] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[3165] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for graduations to be achieved simply. An"alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture

[3166] A to a mixture B several times in succession. In the case ofapplication by spraying, a multilayer application can thus beachieved, with different formulations for two superposed adjacentcoats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offer severalpreprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system each timeindicating to the user how these should be used, for example bydisplay on a screen.

[3167] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the makeup tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person is fully made up.

[3168] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[3169] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[3170] According to its eighth aspect, the invention is based on adispensing system having compartments containing at least twodifferent formulations. They may contain different inverseemulsions. One with a concentration of fillers. The other with aconcentration of moisturizing agent.

[3171] Fillers

[3172] These fillers are colorless or white solid particles of anyform, which are in a form that is insoluble and dispersed in themedium of the composition.

[3173] As illustrations of these fillers, mention may be made oftalc, mica, silica, kaolin, poly-.beta.-alanine powder andpolyethylene powder, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders (Teflon),nylon powders, polymethyl methacrylate powders, lauroyllysine,starch, boron nitride, hollow polymer microspheres such as those ofpolyvinylidene chloride/acrylonitrile, for instance Expancel.RTM.(Nobel Industrie), acrylic acid copolymer microspheres, siliconeresin microbeads (for example Tospearls.RTM. from Toshiba),polyorganosiloxane elastomer particles, precipitated calciumcarbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium hydrogen carbonate,hydroxyapatite, barium sulfate, aluminum oxides, polyurethanepowders, composite fillers, hollow silica microspheres, and glassor ceramic microcapsules. Use may also be made of particles thatare in the form of hollow sphere portions, as described in thepatent applications JP-2003 128 788 and JP-2000 191 789.

[3174] The fillers may have a coating comprising at least onelipophilic or hydrophobic compound.

[3175] The filler is other than a colored pigment conferring acolor on the composition, such as a nacre or an iron oxide.

[3176] Moisturizing Agent

[3177] A "moisturizing agent" is understood, according to thepresent invention, to be any compound capable of penetrating intothe stratum corneum and of keeping the latter moisturized.

[3178] The moisturizing agents that are usable according to theinvention are notably chosen from polyols, urea and itsderivatives, such as notably hydroxyalkyl urea, in particularhydroxyethylurea such as the product sold under the trade nameHydrovance.RTM. by the company Akzo Nobel, hyaluronic acid,glycine, .beta.-alanine, taurine, trimethyl glycine, and mixturesthereof.

[3179] Within the meaning of the present invention, a "polyol" isunderstood to be any organic molecule comprising at least two freehydroxyl groups.

[3180] According to one particular form, the polyol may be chosenfrom sugars such as trehalose, mannitol, xylitol, sorbitol, andmixtures thereof.

[3181] Preferably, a polyol according to the present invention ispresent in liquid form at room temperature.

[3182] A polyol that is suitable for use in the invention may be acompound of linear, branched or cyclic, saturated or unsaturatedalkyl type, bearing on the alkyl chain at least two --OH functions,in particular at least three --OH functions and more particularlyat least four --OH functions.

[3183] The polyols that are advantageously suitable for formulatinga composition according to the present invention are thoseespecially containing from 2 to 32 carbon atoms and preferably 3 to16 carbon atoms.

[3184] Advantageously, the polyol may be chosen, for example, fromethylene glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propyleneglycol, 1,3-propanediol, butylene glycol, isoprene glycol,pentylene glycol, hexylene glycol, glycerol, polyglycerols, such asglycerol oligomers, for instance diglycerol, and polyethyleneglycols, and mixtures thereof.

[3185] According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, saidpolyol is chosen from ethylene glycol, pentaerythritol,trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, glycerol, polyglycerols,polyethylene glycols and mixtures thereof.

[3186] According to a particular mode, the composition of theinvention may comprise at least propylene glycol and/orglycerol.

[3187] Inverse Emulsions/Anhydrous Compositions

[3188] According to the invention, when a composition is said to bein the form of an inverse emulsion, it will be understood that itcan also alternately be in another form depending on thecomposition in question.

[3189] A base product may be in the form of an emulsion, forexample an O/W, W/O, O/W/O or W/O/W emulsion, and preferably a W/Oinverse emulsion, or in the form of an anhydrous composition,comprising notably carbon-based compounds and/or siliconecompounds, such as hydrocarbon-based oils and/or silicone oils.

[3190] The emulsions according to the eighth aspect of theinvention are preferably water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions, also knownas inverse emulsions, namely constituted of an oily continuousphase in which the aqueous phase is dispersed in the form ofdroplets so as to observe a mixture that is macroscopicallyhom*ogeneous to the naked eye.

[3191] Use for Making Up One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[3192] The dispensing system allows makeup to be applied, day afterday, with only the areas that need to be hidden being treated. Tothis end, small doses of makeup are delivered, and are appliedspecifically and sequentially to the corresponding areas. Eachsmall dose is created using the mixture suited to the area.

[3193] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below. As analternative, the dispensing system informs the person, whendelivering a mixture, of the area to which the person is to applythe mixture. Thus, the dispensing system may follow an applicationprogram in which it delivers, in a given order, the variousmixtures that are to be applied.

[3194] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the color, the areaof the face and the quantity needed, thereby making it possible toreduce costs and wastage of product, and to cover the skin onlylightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. In so doing, it ispossible to use products that have a high covering capability andprovide too much cover to be applied to the whole of the face.Thus, it is possible to obtain makeup of natural or evenundetectable appearance.

[3195] The dispensing system may also make it possible, byfacilitating the dispensing of small quantities and rapid usethereof, to reduce the time for which the products are kept, thusmaking it possible to reduce the risks of the products changingand/or to reduce the amounts of preservative to be used.

[3196] The dispensing system is suited to treating the areas thatare to be concealed, without having to conceal the entire face.

[3197] It may also be used to conceal one or more marks, whileadapting the product for the best comfort and the best quality ofthe makeup with regard to the area.

[3198] In an especially advantageous variant, the system may beused to apply to the base of the face a formulation with littleconcealing effect and then one or two applications to precise areasof the face of formulations that are more concealing, all with thebest comfort and the best quality of the makeup with regard to eacharea. It is also possible to start with applications to the preciseareas of the face of concealing formulations and then to apply tothe base of the face an application of a formulation that is lessconcealing.

[3199] In the second case, time is taken, before applying thesecond layer, to wait for the film produced by the application tothe precise areas to become sufficiently cohesive so that thesecond layer does not remove the first layer.

[3200] Alternatively, the second layer is applied without rubbing(spray for example, or sponge).

[3201] When the user is looking for the color to apply to an areaof the face, it is advantageous to memorize the color best suitedto each area, and the dispensing system is thus advantageouslydesigned to memorize this color and the corresponding area. Thus,by using the memorized information, on each use, the same mixturecan be delivered for each area or, if several areas are beingtreated, the same series of mixtures can be delivered for the sameseries of areas.

[3202] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the colors application after application.Thus, the person may make up her lips using different colors thatshe chooses on a day-by-day basis to suit her tastes. This approachis also suitable for the eyelids or eyelashes, and for face makeupbecause the person may fancy a change of foundation color. Forexample, on weekdays, the person applies a pale colored foundation,with a more tanned foundation color at the weekends, or may haveeye makeup in one color one day and another color another day. Idemfor variations in the proportions of fillers and moisturizing agentin order to have the best comfort and the best quality of themakeup for each area.

[3203] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange color to suit her tastes according to the day, the time,what she is wearing, and the weather. Thus, a system to assist withdecision making is advantageously provided to guide the user in herchoices of color (broadly speaking) and the proportions of fillersand moisturizing agent.

[3204] An assistance system may also be provided for balancing thecolors on the same face and contribute toward a successful overallmakeup look, all with an ideal makeup result and comfort for eacharea and thus an optimal makeup result and comfort over the entireface.

[3205] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[3206] Continuous Use for Makeup with GraduatedMoisturizing/Matting

[3207] In this application, the dispensing system changes theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product. Inaddition, the outlet for the base products or for the mixture ismoved relative to a container or a support defining an applicationsurface. In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the moisturizing/matting C1 of onearea to be treated and of the moisturizing/matting C2 of anotherarea to be treated. For example, with the knowledge that the chinrequires a moisturizing/matting C1 and that the cheek requires amoisturizing/matting C2, the dispensing system may vary theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering it in order tocarry out a treatment between these two points. This makes itpossible for example to better conceal imperfections of the facewhile ensuring that the end result is comfortable and that themakeup is of quality, even if areas of skin with different statesare covered. The dispensing system may also be designed such thatthe user can command a variation in moisturizing/matting of themixture dispensed without the start and/or end moisturizing/mattinghaving been set beforehand. To do that, the dispensing system maypossess a location or auto-location system and deduce from alook-up table the moisturizing/matting C1 and themoisturizing/matting C2 that it is to create and therefore thechanges in the mixture that it has to make.

[3208] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to make the center of the cheek redder than theperiphery thereof, with a graduation between the two.

[3209] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[3210] It is also possible to produce solid or semi-solidproducts.

[3211] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[3212] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[3213] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or are provided in the compartments of the dispenserwith the other constituents of the base products, or are containedin the dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[3214] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[3215] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [3216] set solid, [3217] yield a materialthat can crumble if rubbed, and are preferably colored.

[3218] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition, betterstill more than 20% by mass of solid particles relative to thetotal mass of the composition, even better still more than 30% bymass of solid particles relative to the total mass of thecomposition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition.

[3219] These compositions may contain absorbent particles orreactive compounds, such as those that react in contact with theair, for example cyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those whichreact to light, notably UV.

[3220] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[3221] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system incorporates a heating means, for example with anelectrical resistor, to create lipsticks or other waxy products. Inthat case, the base products are heated before being delivered.

[3222] The dispensing system may also comprise a means forsupplying heat and/or light energy, after the mixture has beendispensed into a container, for example an electrical resistor oran LED, notably UV. This energy may accelerate the setting-solid ofthe dispensed mixture.

[3223] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it setssolid.

[3224] The products, of different coverage, will exhibit differentmoisturizing/matting, suitable for the different states of theskin.

[3225] Creation of Color Palettes

[3226] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures deposited in said regions, for example a series of colorssuited to various parts of the face.

[3227] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[3228] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[3229] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[3230] The products in the palette may exhibit differentmoisturizing/matting.

[3231] Cup-Type Dispenser

[3232] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[3233] Preferably, the dispensing system has a cup and a dispenserfor filling the cup with at least one product, the cup beingsecured to the dispenser at least while it is being filled.

[3234] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[3235] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[3236] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[3237] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[3238] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[3239] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to the making upto be performed, as described in detail below.

[3240] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[3241] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[3242] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up and the base products easier to mix.

[3243] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[3244] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. This may facilitate the testing ofcolored substances and/or allow the preparation of severaldifferent moisturizing/matting mixtures intended for making uprespective areas of the face. The cups may be associated withidentifiers that remind the user of the area of the face for whicha mixture contained in a given cup is intended.

[3245] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[3246] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the color of the mixture contained inside.

[3247] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[3248] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[3249] The base product(s) delivered into the cup are preferablyfoundations, but as an alternative may be makeup products for thelips or eyelids.

[3250] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Preferably, the size and shape of the cup either allow directapplication of the mixture to the skin or allow the mixture to bepicked up on a finger or using an applicator. The cup may be madeof an elastically deformable material, making it possible forexample to turn the concavity of the bottom of the cup inside outand empty it more easily or use it to apply the product.

[3251] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[3252] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[3253] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga makeup product, comprising the step of filling a cup of adispensing system as defined above with at least one base productfrom the dispenser.

[3254] The products, with different coverage, will have equivalentmattness/shine effects.

[3255] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[3256] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[3257] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[3258] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[3259] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[3260] One subject of the invention is a dispensing system having adispenser having outlet passages for base products and an outletinterface that is separable from the dispenser, this interfacehaving a static blender that preferably delivers the mixture into acavity where it can be picked up.

[3261] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[3262] According to this aspect of the invention, it is possible touse several outlet interfaces and to fill them with differentrespective mixtures, without the need to purge the blender, therebyreducing losses of product. The outlet interface may be asingle-use interface, if necessary.

[3263] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[3264] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[3265] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[3266] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[3267] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[3268] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[3269] Reduced Dead Volume

[3270] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing thecolor or moisturizing/matting of the mixture to be varied asquickly as possible during application, particularly when thedispenser is coupled to an airbrush.

[3271] A further subject of the invention is a system fordispensing a makeup product, having a dispenser that receives atleast two cartridges that each have a reservoir containing a baseproduct, the latter leaving the cartridge through an outlet passageof the cartridge, this outlet passage opening to outside of thedispenser or near the external surface thereof.

[3272] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[3273] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[3274] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[3275] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the outside of the housing of the dispenser in theabsence of an outlet interface. The mounting area may besubstantially planar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis ofthe dispenser housing.

[3276] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[3277] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[3278] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[3279] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[3280] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[3281] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different makeup looks easily and be able, if sodesired, to make up areas as different as the skin, the lips, theeyelashes or eyebrows.

[3282] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a dispensing system comprising anassembly comprising a dispenser of at least one cosmetic, notablymakeup, product and at least two outlet interfaces, each of whichcan be mounted removably on the dispenser, these outlet interfaceswhich are able to receive the product or products delivered by thedispenser preferably being chosen from among the following: [3283]an outlet interface having a container, notably a cup, allowing theproduct to be picked up using a finger or using an applicator,[3284] an outlet interface allowing the product to be delivered toa spray system, notably an airbrush, [3285] an outlet interfacehaving several regions for receiving the product, which can moverelative to the dispenser, [3286] an outlet interface that allowsthe product to be delivered to a dispensing end piece.

[3287] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[3288] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[3289] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[3290] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[3291] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[3292] A further subject of the invention is a makeup methodinvolving the step of selecting an outlet interface, mounting it onthe dispenser, and delivering the product(s) contained in thedispenser to the interface.

[3293] Mapping and Learning

[3294] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing moisturizing/matting with an area, withrecording.

[3295] It may be the case that a person requires several levels ofmoisturizing/matting with a single color and/or coverage for allareas.

[3296] It may also be the case that she requires several levels ofcoverage with one level of moisturizing/matting on one part of theface and another level of moisturizing/matting for another area.For example, she has several marks on the forehead and severalmarks on the cheeks. Thus, she may want to create several levels ofcoverage for the forehead with a given level ofmoisturizing/matting for this surface. She may want to createseveral levels of coverage for the cheeks with one level ofmoisturizing/matting for this surface.

[3297] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofcolored substance may be applied with a finger, using conventionaltools such as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[3298] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everydaymakeup.

[3299] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[3300] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate moisturizing/matting.

[3301] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same moisturizing/matting isappropriate.

[3302] To create the map, the operator appliesmoisturizing/matting, then makes an assessment.

[3303] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the cheek, thenon the nose, etc.

[3304] Another option is to create a given mixture and apply thissame mixture to several areas. The operator then needs to look forthe area of the face to which the moisturizing/matting is suited.The mixture is then indexed in the computer system which attributesit to the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable.

[3305] A subject of the invention is also a learning process for adispensing system, comprising a dispenser for dispensing a mixtureof variable moisturizing/matting, and a computer system forselecting moisturizing/matting and for storing data, comprising thesteps of:

[3306] a) selecting at least one moisturizing/matting with the aidof an interface of the computer system,

[3307] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture with the selected moisturizing/matting,

[3308] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face,

[3309] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[3310] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for making up said area.

[3311] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[3312] It is also possible to create a given mixture and to lookfor the area of the face for which it is suitable. The mixture isthen recorded, being attributed to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable, in a look-up table that will be usedsubsequently in order to deduce which mixture to use on the basisof an area of the skin.

[3313] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[3314] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[3315] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to apply makeup. Thus, the dispensing system canbe used at sales outlets to advise people wishing to apply makeupor at home in order to define correctly which products toorder.

[3316] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying the moisturizing/matting of the mixture when itis selected.

[3317] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[3318] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[3319] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[3320] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[3321] The computer system may be designed to search a database fora reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[3322] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[3323] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture moisturizing/matting at least on the basis ofthe image analyzed.

[3324] Step a) may be preceded by the computer system proposing tothe user a moisturizing/matting and an area to be tested with amixture of this moi sturi zing/m atting

[3325] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[3326] The computer system may be designed to propose at least onemoisturizing/matting of mixture in step a) depending on anapplication area of which it has been informed by the user.

[3327] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneapplication area in step a), on the basis of a moisturizing/mattingof which it has been informed by the user.

[3328] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least two mixturesof different moisturizing/matting, preferably separate, so thatthey can be applied simultaneously to the test area.

[3329] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[3330] A further subject of the invention is a method of making upusing a dispensing system according to this aspect of theinvention, in which:

[3331] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed for makeup,

[3332] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposedmoisturizing/matting for making up an associated zone, on the basisof the learning performed beforehand, and

[3333] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce themixture of the proposed moisturizing/matting, notably if this isvalidated by the user.

[3334] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[3335] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [3336] allow theuser to select at least one moisturizing/matting and/or oneapplication area, notably using an interface such as a touchscreen, [3337] operate a dispenser in such a way as to deliver amixture of moisturizing/matting selected by the user, [3338] allowthe user to trigger the memorizing of the moisturizing/matting ofthe mixture and of an associated application area, notably with aview to subsequently dispensing the same mixture, notably on thesame area.

[3339] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [3340] receive a request from the user regarding a needfor makeup, notably using an interface such as a touch screen,[3341] propose, on the basis at least of data generated by thelearning process as defined above, at least onemoisturizing/matting and/or one application area, [3342] operate adispenser to produce the mixture of the proposedmoisturizing/matting, notably if this is validated by the user.

[3343] The person may incorporate into the map the level ofmattness/shine that she desires for each area of the face, area byarea or set of areas by set of areas. The system will theninterpret the mixtures it needs to create to ensure themoisturizing/matting and coverage desired and the wantedmattness/shine.

[3344] The map may subsequently be modified. Thus, it is possibleto create the map in terms of the colors in the first instance, andthen refine the map by subsequently defining the levels ofmoisturizing/matting.

[3345] Remote Assistance

[3346] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in applyingmakeup, notably in choosing the correct colorings.

[3347] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is thus a method of applying makeupinvolving the steps of: [3348] allowing a video link to beestablished, for example over the Internet, between a camera on afirst site and a second site, [3349] allowing the second site todirectly or indirectly operate a dispenser present at the firstsite, this dispenser making it possible to vary themoisturizing/matting of a mixture dispensed, [3350] allowing aperson present at the first site to apply the mixture dispensed andto send a corresponding image to the second site, so as to receivein return information relating to the makeup result.

[3351] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the makeup resultwith the product dispensed by the dispenser and advise the personwho has applied the makeup. This adviser may in return influencethe dispenser to alter the moisturizing/matting of the mixture andadapt it to best suit the face of the person present at the firstsite. Thus, this person controls the mixture delivered by thedispenser. The first person may make herself up under the gaze ofthe second. The second person sees the result of the test on theirscreen and can thus correct the mixture that this second personwill control remotely until the ideal makeup is obtained.

[3352] If appropriate, the video acquisition can be calibratedusing a test pattern or with the mixture dispensed by the dispenseronto a reference surface. That then allows a more faithful displayof the makeup applied at the first site.

[3353] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[3354] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[3355] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine themoisturizing/matting of each of the base products.

[3356] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[3357] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral apply makeup. This embodiment makes it possible to developmakeup artists and their work, either within an institute or overthe Internet. It also allows people with limited capabilities, suchas people with poor eyesight, or people who have difficultydiscerning moisturizing/matting, or the elderly, or those lackingin self-confidence to apply makeup.

[3358] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[3359] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the moisturizing/matting of themixture dispensed.

[3360] A further subject of the invention is a dispensing systemhaving a dispenser and a computer system for operating thedispenser, this computer system having a touch screen on which themoisturizing/matting of the mixture can be displayed, and aselection means movable on the screen, in order to vary themoisturizing/matting of the dispensed mixture.

[3361] Preferably, the screen displays moisturizing/matting endpoints between which the moisturizing/matting of the mixture can beselected by moving the selection means between thesemoisturizing/matting end points.

[3362] The screen may display a scale of moisturizing/mattingbetween at least two levels, or an area, notably of triangularoutline, within which the selection means can be moved. This areamay locally show the moisturizing/matting of the mixture dependingfor example on the distance from each of the vertices, each oneembodying a pure base product.

[3363] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired moisturizing/matting.

[3364] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[3365] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[3366] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[3367] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[3368] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[3369] A subject of the invention is also an assembly comprising:[3370] a spray means, preferably an airbrush having a pickupchamber subjected to a stream of entrainment air, [3371] adispenser having at least two compartments containing differentbase products, the products being delivered to the spray meanspreferably via distinct distribution orifices.

[3372] The dispenser may have three cartridges containing makeupproducts of different moisturizing/matting.

[3373] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[3374] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[3375] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[3376] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[3377] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the moisturizing/matting depending on the position, ifappropriate.

[3378] A further subject of the invention is a method for applyingmakeup using an assembly as defined above, in which a mixture issprayed onto the skin using the spray means, notably theairbrush.

[3379] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated effect can beachieved.

[3380] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in themoisturizing/matting of the mixture dispensed while the face isbeing made up, notably as the area to be made up changes.

[3381] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[3382] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[3383] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[3384] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[3385] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[3386] The viscosity of the base products as measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar is, for example, between0.05 Pas and 50 Pas.

[3387] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[3388] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[3389] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and an oily gel, simultaneously,and these will be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelatedmanner, producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones, orcolorants that react with one another. The ratios of base productscan be adjusted depending on the particular result desired. Forexample, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels, the ratiocorresponding to the volume of the first base product to the volumeof the second base product could be varied between 10/1 and 1/10,better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[3390] Location or Auto-Location System

[3391] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[3392] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[3393] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[3394] Examples of dispensing systems suitable for implementing theinvention according to its eighth aspect are shown in theabove-described figures, which therefore will not all be describedin detail again.

[3395] FIG. 29C illustrates a support having spaces disposedthereon substantially in the manner of the different areas of aface; each space may contain a mixture, the moisturizing/matting ofwhich is suited to the corresponding part of the face. Thus it iseasy for the user to know where to apply the mixture picked up froma given space.

[3396] The dispenser 11 can be used to deliver a mixture, theformulation of which changes over time, and to collect the mixturein a container that is movable with respect to the dispenser, suchthat the mixture is deposited in a location of the container thatvaries over time, in order to achieve a graduated effect.

[3397] For example, as illustrated in FIGS. 29A and 29B, thedispensing system has an outlet interface 110 having a part that isfixed relative to the dispenser and a moving part 252 that has aspace 253 for receiving the mixture.

[3398] For example, the dispenser 11 is arranged in this case withthe outlet orifices of the cartridges downward and is equipped witha blender such that the mixture falls into the space 253 under itsown weight. A motor may move the moving part of the outletinterface relative to the dispenser, in a manner that issynchronized with the variation in characteristics of the mixture,such that a graduated effect is obtained all along the space 253,as illustrated in FIG. 29B.

[3399] The dispensing system may have a stand 254 which keeps thedispenser head down.

[3400] The outlet interface 110, notably when it comprises a cup,may have a static blender which mixes the base products.

[3401] FIGS. 17 to 21 show an outlet interface 110 having such astatic blender.

[3402] This outlet interface 110 may have an exterior body 260which is fixed to the housing of the dispenser 11 and has anexterior tubular upright 270.

[3403] The body 260 has passages 261 for admitting the various baseproducts. These passages 261 open into a central chamber 262delimited by an interior tubular upright 263.

[3404] This upright 263 has an opening 264 passing through it,which opens into an annular space 265 between the interior upright263 and the exterior upright 270.

[3405] FIGS. 31 to 37 show various examples of touch-sensitiveinterfaces that may allow the user to select themoisturizing/matting of the mixture resulting from the metereddispensing of the various base products.

[3406] This interface may have, as illustrated in FIG. 31, amoisturizing/matting selection area, for example in the form of atriangle, the vertices of which correspond to themoisturizing/matting of each of the base products contained in thecartridges.

[3407] The user can move a cursor 300, for example in the form of aball, relative to the vertices A, B and C of the triangle.

[3408] The closer he brings the cursor 300 to one of the vertices,the larger the fraction of the corresponding base product relativeto the total quantity of the various products dispensed.

[3409] The fraction of each product relative to the total quantitymay be indicated at 301 by a numerical value on the interface.

[3410] The interface may allow the user to increment or decreasethe quantity of each of the products, for example by operatingcontrol buttons 302, which allow precise adjustment of the quantityof each of the base products.

[3411] The surface of the triangle 310 may have amoisturizing/matting that varies locally so as to be indicative ateach point of the moisturizing/matting of the mixture that resultsfrom the weighting of the various base products in the proportionscorresponding to the relative coordinates at this point.

[3412] The interface may have a button 305 providing access to aspecific menu for adjusting the volume of product dispensed forpurging the dispenser.

[3413] The interface may also advantageously allow the flow rate ofproduct to be adjusted using buttons 304 and 306 returning to aspecific menu for adjusting the flow rate.

[3414] In the example in question, the interface affords the choicebetween a continuous dispensing mode, using the button 304, inwhich the products are dispensed for as long as the user ispressing the control button 12.

[3415] The corresponding dose can be transmitted to the interfaceand displayed.

[3416] The button 306 allows selection of a dose mode of operation,during which even a brief press of the button 12 triggers thedispensing of a predefined dose.

[3417] In order to vary the flow rate, the dispenser acts, forexample, on the operating duty cycle of the motors.

[3418] The interface may be designed to allow the user to programor memorize the settings he or she prefers, using a menu 307providing access to favorites.

[3419] The touch-sensitive interface illustrated in FIG. 32 showson the screen three colored areas 400, each one corresponding tothe moisturizing/matting of one of the base products contained inthe dispenser 10, and a central area 410 which shows themoisturizing/matting of the resulting mixture.

[3420] The relative quantity of each of the base products can beadjusted using cursors 415 which move for example along linesjoining each of the areas 400 to the central area 410.

[3421] During use of the interface, the latter may memorize a givensetting and cause a button 420 of the moisturizing/matting of themixture to appear on the screen. The user can then, simply bypressing this button 420, dispense a mixture of the correspondingmoisturizing/matting.

[3422] In the example in FIG. 34, the interface displays, in anarea 500, a given shade and offers the user, by virtue of controlbuttons 510 that are each for the moisturizing/matting of thecorresponding base product, the opportunity to increase or decreasethe proportion of this base product in the final mixture. Themoisturizing/matting of the area 500 is recalculated depending onthe actions on the control buttons 510.

[3423] In the variant in FIG. 35, the interface shows a color charthaving several areas 530, each one corresponding to a particularproportion of the various base products.

[3424] The user may select one of these areas, for example bypressing it with his or her finger.

[3425] The interface may be designed to display the selectedmoisturizing/matting to a larger scale in an area 535. Theprogramming of the dispenser 11 to dispense thismoisturizing/matting is triggered for example by pressing thearea.

[3426] In the example in FIG. 36, the user may move a cursor 555over a continuous moisturizing/matting chart 550, causing theselected moisturizing/matting to be displayed in an area 558.

[3427] The user can then, for example by pressing the area 556,trigger the sending to the dispenser 11 of the necessaryinstructions for the dispenser to dispense a product in theselected moisturizing/matting.

[3428] It is apparent from FIG. 37 that the interface can memorizethe various shades selected and then display them on the screen soas to allow the user, by pressing corresponding buttons 560, veryeasily to again select a shade that has already been chosen.

[3429] FIG. 38 shows an example of a user interface 1000 of adispensing system comprising a dispenser, preferably as describedabove, and a computer system 100 to which the interfacebelongs.

[3430] The computer system comprises here, for example, a devicesuch as a laptop computer, a tablet or a smartphone, that operatesautonomously or is connected to a remote server.

[3431] In the example in question, the interface 1000 is defined bythe touch screen of such a device. In a variant that has not beenillustrated, the dispenser incorporates a touch screen or any othertype of man-machine interface, and can be used without connectionto another device.

[3432] The device runs an application, for example which has beendownloaded beforehand and which displays on the screen a face 1035and a series of buttons allowing the user to input information.

[3433] The face may comprise several areas Z1 to Z6 that can beselected by touch, for example the forehead, the nose, the cheeks,the eyelids, the chin, and the lips.

[3434] The buttons present on the screen may make it possible forexample to input the name of the makeup or of the user, to displaythe selected area, to choose the moisturizing/matting, and toinform the computer system as to whether or not the result of thetest carried out is acceptable, or even, as illustrated, to provideinformation regarding the assessment of the result relative to atest carried out previously, namely, for example, better or "not asgood". The screen may also display a button allowing the choice ofa moisturizing/matting and an area to be memorized after a test hasbeen carried out with this moisturizing/matting on the area inquestion.

[3435] The choice of moisturizing/matting is made for example witha moisturizing/matting scale similar to the one described withreference to FIG. 36.

[3436] The computer system is designed to memorize the data in theform of a look-up table for example, so as to associate an area ofthe face with the parameters that allow the mixture dispensedduring the test to be reproduced. These parameters include, forexample, the relative contents of each of the base products of thedispenser in the mixture, the quantity Q dispensed, and additionaldata such as, for example, the name of the area, the date themixture was dispensed and/or any other mixture identifier,identifiers of the base products, the period of the year, notablythe season, the age of the user, his or her sex, his or her givenor family name, the name of an event associated with the makeup,for example a birthday, amongst other data, and the quantity ofproduct suitable for the area. The ancillary data may allow theuser to reproduce more easily a makeup look considered suitable fora time of year or recalling a life event, or to give a rejuvenatingeffect.

[3437] These data may be memorized in the computer system 100, forexample in the abovementioned device and/or on a remote server withwhich the device is in communication, or alternatively in anelectronic memory incorporated into the dispenser 11.

[3438] Thus, according to the invention, the user may make thedispenser deliver a first colored substance, and apply it to afirst area of the face, then judge whether or not it is suitable.If the result is satisfactory, the user may record it, indexing itto the area; if the result is unsatisfactory, the user may commandnew moisturizing/matting in order to repeat the aboveoperations.

[3439] The computer system can be used in this context in variousways.

[3440] For example, as illustrated in FIG. 40, in a step 1010, theuser has selected moisturizing/matting to test, using for examplethe moisturizing/matting scale 1011 displayed on the screen, bymoving the adjusting button 1012.

[3441] Next, the choice of moisturizing/matting is transmitted tothe dispenser 11, in step 1015.

[3442] For example, the device transmits the quantities of each ofthe base products to be dispensed and the electronic circuit 81takes charge of operating the motors accordingly.

[3443] In step 1016, the user presses the control button 12 of thedispenser 11, this causing, for example, a dose of the mixture,with the moisturizing/matting selected by the user, to bedispensed.

[3444] The mixture is, for example, dispensed into the cup 115 thenpicked up and applied by the user to the cheeks or any other areainstructed on the interface, in step 1020.

[3445] In variants, the product is applied using an airbrush or byany other means as described above.

[3446] The user then, in step 1022, informs the computer system ofthe result using the buttons 1021.

[3447] If the user indicates that the result is satisfactory, thesystem suggests for example that he/she validate the parameters ofthe test using a button so as to memorize these parameters in step1031.

[3448] If the user does not consider the result to be satisfactoryand makes this known using the button 1032, the result cannevertheless be automatically saved in step 1034.

[3449] Thus, each area can be indexed not only with the suitablemoisturizing/matting, but also with the moisturizing/matting thatis not at all suited to this area.

[3450] The user can then perform a further test on the same area byreturning to step 1010.

[3451] If the user is satisfied with the result, he or she may alsowish to carry out a further test, for example on a different areaof the face.

[3452] If appropriate, if the user is not satisfied, the interfacemay suggest that the user indicate whether the result is consideredbetter than or not as good as the previous test, usingcorresponding buttons 1040 and 1041.

[3453] In that case, the computer system may be designed todetermine whether, in light of the information input by the user, aproposal can be automatically made as to what moisturizing/mattingto test next.

[3454] If appropriate, a questionnaire may be displayed to assistthe computer system in proposing moisturizing/matting in light ofthe tests carried out and the way in which the user or aprofessional assisting the user has assessed these tests.

[3455] For example, if the moisturizing/matting is considered"unsuitable", the system may receive from the user additionalinformation, for example "too greasy" or "too dry", which willassist the system in proposing new moisturizing/matting bettersuited to the user's expectations.

[3456] It may be advantageous for the computer system to be able toreceive information comparing the result against the previoustests, for example "it's better" or "it's not as good" and, fromthere, for the system to be capable of deducing what newmoisturizing/matting to propose.

[3457] Another option is for the computer system to be able toreceive comparison information regarding a comparison against atarget, for example "it's almost ideal" and, from there, for thesystem to be capable of automatically adjusting itsmoisturizing/matting modifications.

[3458] In this particular instance, if it receives the informationthat the desired result has almost been achieved, the system canadopt small levels of moisturizing/matting change and revise themoisturizing scale of adjustment accordingly.

[3459] If the dispensing system itself proposes the coloredmixtures to be tested, these may be based on preprogrammed testscenarios and the system may alter how the scenario is followedthrough according to the successes or failures of the assessment.Thus, for example if, from the third application of product, itreceives information that the moisturizing/matting is almost idealfor the user, the dispensing system may exit the program andthereafter allow itself to be guided by instructions from theoperator.

[3460] In general, the user may be assisted by an expert system inthe choice of moisturizing/matting to test.

[3461] This expert system is, for example, a program run on thedevice with which the dispenser communicates or on the dispenseritself, and which is based on the answers to a questionnaire and/oron measurements, for example of the moisturizing/matting of theskin, taken by a specific sensor or by a camera. The user can thusget assistance from an instrumented evaluation, for example asensor of the state of dryness of the skin or greasiness of theskin. The expert system can even be implemented on a remote serverwith which the device or the dispenser exchanges information. Theoperator may even send an image of his or her face to a specialist,who can preprogram the starting moisturizing/matting choice. Inanother exemplary embodiment, the user presents the computer systemwith a photo of his or her face, and the computer system isdesigned to analyze this and create a program defining the areas tobe tested and the first products to be delivered, both in terms ofmoisturizing/matting and in terms of quantity. For example, thecomputer system may be designed to automatically select themoisturizing/matting of makeup to propose to the user by capturinga photograph in step 1070, as illustrated in FIG. 42. For example,the device which communicates with the dispenser 11 is equippedwith a camera, and the user takes a photograph of his or her face.The image is then analyzed in step 1071, and moisturizing/mattingis proposed for each area of the face in step 1072, for example inaccordance with predefined moisturizing/matting combinationrules.

[3462] The dispensing system may be oriented by the user to decideon the moisturizing/matting and also on the quantity of product tobe delivered. For example, the user may indicate "nose" or"blemish" and the dispensing system is designed to adapt the dosedispensed according to a memorized map of doses to be dispenseddepending on the areas to be treated.

[3463] The computer system may guide the user in the choice ofcolors in the mixture to be tested, so as to limit the number oftests needed until the user obtains a result that pleases him orher.

[3464] It is thus possible, as illustrated in FIG. 41, that after amixture dispensed by the dispenser has been applied to a given areaof the face in step 1060, the computer system will ask the userwhether or not the result is satisfactory and will, of its ownaccord, if the result is considered to be unsatisfactory, make achange 1061 to the dispenser parameters in order to modify themixture dispensed.

[3465] The user then only has to perform a new test with themodified mixture.

[3466] When a mixture is indicated as being satisfactory, thecomputer system can memorize the corresponding parameters so as toallow the mixture to be recreated at a later date.

[3467] The system can then begin the above steps afresh for a newapplication area.

[3468] During the successive tests, the operator does not need totreat the entire face. He or she may for example choose between 3and 8, for example 5, small areas. The dispensing system is thenadvantageously designed to interpolate and/or extrapolate the dataregarding the moisturizing/matting considered to be suitable, so asto calculate the moisturizing/matting that ought to be consideredsuitable for areas for which the exercise has not beenconducted.

[3469] At the end of the learning stage, the system may generate adisplay of the suitable moisturizing/matting on the various areas,tested or calculated.

[3470] The dispensing system may be designed to indicate whethercertain moisturizing/matting levels appear to be incorrect, doingso on the strength of a comparison against standard maps it has inmemory. Thus, it may propose that the user repeat all or some ofthe mapping exercise.

[3471] Once the computer system has completed its learning, i.e.once the moisturizing/matting levels of mixtures have beenidentified as being agreeable to the user for making-up certainareas, the user wishing to apply makeup only has to call up thearea that is to be made up, in step 1080 of FIG. 43, and the systemwill be able to automatically propose a suitablemoisturizing/matting of mixture to the user in step 1081.

[3472] In the variant illustrated in FIG. 44, the user selectsmoisturizing/matting in step 1090 and the computer system proposes,in step 1091, an area in which to apply a mixture of thismoisturizing/matting, on the basis of information previouslycollected on the basis of the tests performed.

[3473] The area proposed is, for example, the area in whichidentical or very similar moisturizing/matting has already beenapplied and the result considered acceptable by the user.

[3474] FIG. 46 illustrates an example of an implementation of theinvention in which, having carried out tests on various zones instep 2010, the user informs the system of the mixture(s) he or sheconsiders to afford the best result, this allowing the system toknow the corresponding parameters in step 2012. Next, in step 2014,the system may propose to the user references of commercialproducts that have the same properties or very similarproperties.

[3475] In one variant, the system sends the parameters to a remotemanufacturing center so that a composition that has the sameformulation or the same properties as that of the mixture that theuser has tested and found to be satisfactory can be produced.

[3476] FIG. 45 illustrates the possibility of using the dispenserto dispense several doses 2020a to 2020d of different mixtures,next to one another on a support 2021, so as to allow these to beapplied to adjacent distinct regions of the same area.

[3477] The user can, in a single hit, apply a series ofmoisturizing/matting levels in order rapidly to home in on theappropriate moisturizing/matting level. The colored substancespresent on the support 2021 may have been chosen by the operatorhim- or herself or proposed by the dispensing system.

[3478] The support 2021 is, for example, movable with respect tothe housing of the dispenser and is moved sequentially to depositthe corresponding mixtures in the various areas 2020a to 2020d,being for example similar to the supports described with referenceto FIG. 29 or 29A. The user can thus easily compare the resultsbetween the various regions and inform the system of which mixtureproduces the best effect.

[3479] FIG. 47 illustrates a system that assists the user inapplying makeup, notably in choosing the correct colorings.

[3480] This system makes it possible to establish a video link, forexample over the Internet, between a camera 2060 at a first site2061 and a second site 2062.

[3481] The camera 2060 is, for example, built into a tablet or asmartphone that constitutes the computer system 100.

[3482] The second site 2062 is allowed to operate the dispenser 11present at the first site 2061 either directly or indirectly.

[3483] Thus, the person present at the first site can apply themixture dispensed and send to the second site 2062 a correspondingimage, and in return receive information relating to the makeupresult.

[3484] The second site 2062 may have a display screen 2064 thatallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the result of themakeup with the mixture dispensed by the dispenser and advise theperson who has applied the makeup. This adviser may in returninfluence the dispenser 11 to alter the moisturizing/matting of themixture and adapt it to best suit the face of the person present atthe first site. The protocol for the exchange of data between thetwo sites thus allows command instructions to be sent to thedispenser 11, either directly or via the computer system 100present at the first site. Thus, the person present at the secondsite controls the mixture delivered by the dispenser 11. The firstperson may make herself up under the gaze of the second. The secondperson sees the result of the test on their screen and can thuscorrect the mixture that this second person will control remotelyuntil the ideal makeup is obtained.

[3485] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link, such that the user present at the first site can seean image of the adviser on the screen of the computer system. Thisadviser can send the user present at the first site a tutorial ifneed be.

[3486] The memorizing of the setting parameters of the dispenser11, once a given mixture has been considered satisfactory, may becommanded from the second site.

[3487] The dispensing system may be designed to receive the map ofsomebody else, real or virtual. It may also combine the map of theperson with the map of another, in order to sublimate the makeupwithout losing the inherent characteristics.

[3488] The interface may be used to define makeup programs in whichthe order of the areas to make up or the order of themoisturizing/matting states to propose is defined.

Examples (Eighth Aspect of the Invention)

[3489] A dispenser 11 like that illustrated in FIG. 3 is created.The dispenser is designed to communicate with a tablet 100 such asan iPad. This computer system runs an application known as".mu.Mix" developed in the specific Apple environment (XCode 4 andiOS simulator) in the Objective C language.

[3490] It uses Foundation, UIKit and CoreGraphics basic frameworkswhich supply the tools for manipulating the data structures,computation tools and functionalities associated with the usergraphics interface.

[3491] The application also uses the CoreBluetooth frameworkproviding access to the Bluetooth 4 Low Energy peripherals, withthe following main tasks: [3492] looking for Bluetooth 4.0 LowEnergy peripherals, [3493] connection/disconnection and managementof connection parameters, [3494] communication in read and/or writemode based on the GATT (Generic Attribute Profile)architecture.

[3495] The application proposes the following functionalities:[3496] definition of the fractions of base products, [3497] choiceof mode of operation when pressing the control button 12, namelycontinuous, purge or dose, [3498] display of a triangle ofvolumetric fraction as illustrated in FIG. 30 with management ofthe volumetric fraction by tactile touch on the triangle or usingthe +/- buttons associated with each product, [3499] Bluetoothconnection/disconnection and real-time transfer of instructions tothe dispenser, [3500] settings of flow rates in continuous mode,and of quantities in dose mode, [3501] calculation, display andtransfer to the dispenser of the volumetric fractions of productsin real time, depending on the instruction, with the sum of thefractions always equal to 100%, [3502] collection and display ofthe torques of the three motors in real time, and [3503] saving ofthe key parameters in a configuration file.

[3504] The continuous mode is a dispensing mode in which themixture of the three base products is dispensed for as long as theuser presses the dispensing button 12. The product is dispensed ata flow rate, an estimate of which is displayed above the"Continuous" button 304. The choice of flow rate is made in a"Settings" menu.

[3505] The "dose" mode is a mode of dispensing the mixture indoses, in which the dose is delivered after the user presses thedispensing button 12. One press is enough and the user can thenrelease the button. The overall dose of product dispensed is thatindicated above the "Dose" button 306, for example 0.1 ml. Thisvolume can be altered in the "Settings" menu.

[3506] The "purge" mode is a dispensing mode in which a dose ofmixture with equal volumetric fractions (33%) is delivered as soonas the user has pressed the dispensing button 12, as in the "dose"mode. One press is enough and the user can then release the button.When the dose has been dispensed in full, the button may bereleased. If the button is released before the end, dispensingstops, even if the specified volume has not been achieved. Theoverall dose of product dispensed is that indicated above a "Purge"button 305, for example 3 ml. This volume can be altered in theSettings menu.

[3507] The user determines the desired moisturizing/matting withthe application which is run on the tablet and which calculates thefractions of the various products. The tablet communicates thisvalue to the dispenser by a Bluetooth connection.

[3508] The electronics built into the dispenser 11 collects theinformation and automatically adjusts the flow rates of the threecartridges so as to obtain a mixture of the desiredmoisturizing/matting.

[3509] When the user wishes to use the product, he or she pressesthe button 12 of the dispenser in order to cause the product to beexpelled. He or she presses for as long as he or she wants product,in "continuous" mode. In "dose" mode, the user presses the button12 once and the predefined dose is delivered.

[3510] Dispensing may be performed continuously, namely with themotors operating continuously, the entire volume being dispensed inone hit, or iteratively, the motors then operating in a pulsedfashion; in that case, the time interval between two pulses makesit possible to vary the flow rate. Small volumes are delivered oneafter another in several stages.

[3511] The pulses may be separated for example by intervals of 50ms, 100 ms or 200 ms. The duration of a pulse during which themotor is turning will be from 50 to 150 ms, for example.

[3512] The main page of the ".mu.Mix" application comprises in thisexample the following elements, as can be seen notably in FIG. 31:[3513] status bar at the top of the screen: indicates the status ofthe Bluetooth connection or .mu.Mix if there is no Bluetoothconnection; [3514] thumbnails at the bottom of the screen: forselecting the active page: main page, Settings, Bluetooth, Productsand Favorites; [3515] Continuous button 304 for selecting the modein which products are dispensed continuously; [3516] Purge button305 for selecting the Purge mode; [3517] Dose button 306 forselecting the mode in which dispensing is in doses with the volumeof the dose associated with the Dose button; [3518] a blue ball 300that the user can move around inside the volumetric triangle eitherby dragging it or using a double tap; [3519] "-" buttons 302 foreach product A, B and C: reduces the fraction of product selectedwhen moving along the straight line connecting the point to thevertex of the product selected; [3520] "+" buttons 302 for eachproduct A, B and C: increases the fraction of product selected whenmoving along the straight line connecting the point to the vertexof the product selected; [3521] volumetric fraction of each productas a percentage: modifiable by the user and updated in real timeaccording to the instruction from the + and - buttons 302 and theposition of the ball 300.

[3522] While the volumetric fractions are being modified by movingthe ball or using the + and - buttons, the values of the volumetricfractions of the products A, B and C are updated automatically.When the volumetric fractions are modified using the + and -buttons, the ball 300 is moved automatically into the correspondingposition in the triangle.

[3523] When the application run on the tablet is started up, itautomatically connects to the dispenser 11 if it is detected. Whenthe dispenser is switched off or the Bluetooth connection isbroken, the tablet disconnects. When the user moves the cursorsthat adjust the proportions of the products A and B, the values aretransmitted in real time to the dispenser 11.

[3524] The Settings page of the application contains the followingelements: [3525] status bar at the top of the screen: indicates thestatus of the Bluetooth connection or .mu.Mix if there is noBluetooth connection; [3526] thumbnails at the bottom of thescreen: for selecting the active page: [3527] main page, Settings,Bluetooth, or Info; [3528] "Volumes" part with a text field to befilled in by the user to define the volume of the dose, in ml (2 mlfor example), and a field for the purge volume, in ml (3 ml forexample). The minimum doses in this example are 0.023 ml and themaximum doses are 9.90 ml (3.times.3.3 ml); [3529] "Flow rate" partwith selection of the flow rate: fast (>>0.03 ml/s), medium(>>0.02 ml/s) or slow (>>0.01 ml/s); [3530] "Dose" partwith iterative choice of the mixture, for dispensing a mixture ofproducts with small volumes delivered one after another in severalstages;

[3531] In the contrary case, the total volume of each product isdispensed in one hit; [3532] "Triangle image" part for selectingthe image of the triangle that will be displayed on the main pagein order to be able to display a triangle with themoisturizing/matting levels delivered by the dispenser 11. By usinga "Choose image" button on the "Settings" page, an album can beaccessed.

[3533] The "Products" page of the application has, in the examplein question, the following elements: [3534] a choice of the valueof each product in code step units from 0 to 1414.

[3535] Each unit corresponds to a delivered product volume of 2.33.mu.l, which is the smallest quantity that the dispenser in thisexample can deliver; when this page is displayed, it is the valuesof products on this page that are transmitted in real time to thedispenser. As soon as the page is no longer displayed, the valuessent to the dispenser are those of the main page with the triangle;[3536] display of the motor torques for A, B and C in real timerefreshed every 45 values.

[3537] The mode in which the products are delivered is theiterative or direct dose mode, according to the option chosen onthe Settings page.

[3538] The "Favorites" page allows configurations to be saved in afile. It provides access in the example in question to 10 files,namely "Configuration 1" to "Configuration 10" in addition to thedefault file. These files record for example the followingparameters: [3539] fractions of products A, B and C, [3540] Purgevolume, [3541] Dose volume, [3542] fast, medium or slow flow rate,[3543] Dose, Purge or Continuous mode, [3544] continuous oriterative dispensing.

[3545] Several base products are created (the proportions are bymass)

[3546] The formulations F1 and F2 are rich in fillers (and aredifferent colors). The formulation F3 is rich in moisturizingagent.

TABLE-US-00013 F1 F2 F3 mass % mass % mass % Dimethicone copolyolsold under 2 2 2 the reference KF 6017 by the company Shin-EtsuEtsu Bis PEG/PPG-14/14 1 1 1 dimethicone + Cyclopentasiloxane soldunder the reference Abil EM 97 by the company GoldschmidtCyclopentasiloxane 17.65 17.65 17.65 Phenyl trimethicone sold under2 2 2 the reference DC556 by the company Dow Corning Ethyl hexylmethoxycinnamate 3 3 3 Squalane 1 1 1 Dispersion of bismuth 0 0 0oxychloride in 2-ethylhexyl hydroxystearate (70:30) (Timiron LiquidSilver .RTM. from Merck) Cyclopentasiloxane 7 7 7 Yellow iron oxidecoated with 1.65 1.25 1.45 aluminum stearoyl glutamateNAI-C33-9001-10 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Red iron oxidecoated with 0.3 0.5 0.4 aluminum stearoyl glutamate NAI-C33-8001-10from the company Miyoshi Kasei Black iron oxide coated with 0.150.15 0.15 aluminum stearoyl glutamate NAI-C33-7001-10 from thecompany Miyoshi Kasei Titanium dioxide (anatase) 9.9 10.1 10 coatedwith aluminum stearoyl glutamate NAI-TAO-77891 from the companyMiyoshi Kasei Talc sold under the 0.5 0.5 0.25 reference Micro AceP3 by the company Nippon Talc Nylon 12 powder sold under the 0.50.5 0.25 reference SP 500 by the company Toray IndustriesDemineralized water 36.15 36.15 34.65 Glycerol 0 0 5 1,3-Butyleneglycol 3 3 3 Magnesium sulfate 0.7 0.7 0.7 Hydrogenated maltosesolution 0.5 0.5 0.5 Denatured 96.degree. ethyl alcohol 13 13 10TOTAL 100 100 100

[3547] Procedure

[3548] The constituents of phase A are weighed out in the mainbeaker and are stirred with a Moritz blender (1000 rpm) whilemaintaining at room temperature. Phase B is prepared separately bymilling three times in a three-roll mill the mixture of pigmentsand of cyclopentasiloxane. This phase B is then added, withcontinued stirring, along with the fillers (phase C).

[3549] The aqueous phase D is also prepared separately, by weighingout in a beaker the glycerol, the butylene glycol, the magnesiumsulfate, the hydrogenated maltose solution, and water at roomtemperature. The aqueous phase D is stirred using a magnetic baruntil hom*ogenized. C D E The emulsion is made at room temperature:the aqueous phase D is poured into the fatty phase while graduallyincreasing the stirring speed (Moritz blender) up to 4000 rpm.Stirring is continued for 7 minutes. Finally, phase E (ethylalcohol) is added for the last 3 minutes of 5 theemulsification.

[3550] Test 1

[3551] The system was tested with: [3552] F1 in compartment A[3553] F2 in compartment B [3554] F3 in compartment C

[3555] The system was used to create several mixtures:

[3556] M1: A 30%, B 0%, C 70%

[3557] M2: A 70%, B 0%, C 30%

[3558] M3: A 50%, B 0%, C 50%

[3559] M1, M2, M3 were applied to different areas of the face: M1to dry areas such as the cheeks, M2 to greasy areas such as theforehead, and M3 to intermediate areas such as the chin.

[3560] Test 2

[3561] The system was used to create several mixtures:

[3562] M1: A 80%, B 10%, C 10%

[3563] M2: A 35%, B 35%, C 30%

[3564] M3: A 20%, B 20%, C 60%

[3565] M1 and M2 are intended for greasy areas. M1, fairly yellow,is applied to the bags. M1, more pink, is applied to the sides ofthe nose.

[3566] M3 is applied to very dry areas such as the area above themouth.

[3567] I) System for Creating Tailor-Made Mixtures Based onAlcoholic Formulation

[3568] According to this ninth aspect, the invention relates moreparticularly to methods and systems for dispensing products with ahigh concentration of alcohol.

[3569] It relates more particularly to the production of perfumes(concentrated, eaux de parfums, eaux de toilettes, etc.),fragrancing products and deodorants.

[3570] These products are used for perfuming oneself to enjoy theodor or to conceal disagreeable (body) odors.

[3571] Users wish to have numerous perfumes, with different notesand strengths. For that, professionals create and market mixturesof different ingredients, in the process creating notes which arepleasant to a large number of people. However, the evolution ofsociety has led to people wanting to have their own specificperfume, with notes and strengths that are tailor-made. Users maymake tailor-made mixtures, but this does not meet the need forregular change well. Moreover, there is a desire to be able topropose an entire choice of types of fragrance. However, it isapparent that when a mixture is tailor-made, using alcoholiccompositions, there is a risk of the mixture not corresponding tothe programmed odor if the different ingredients or preparations ofingredients are not properly metered. An error in the proportionscan cause a notable, or even unacceptable, difference in smell.

[3572] An error is even less acceptable given that the person hashad to pay a fairly large amount for the preparation of histailor-made perfume (or spend time if he has wanted to make ithimself) and is thus disappointed that the odor does not correspondto the intended odor. For example, if he has an old preparation, hewill very quickly realize the difference on making a comparison. Asis known, this problem does not arise each time a mixture iscreated, but there is always the risk of ending up withdissatisfied customers. Large-volume productions could limit theserisks, but they are neither economical nor sensible given that thequantities used are often limited (for example 200 mg per day),since users like to change recipe upon each use or frequently.

[3573] This problem is all the greater given that the ingredientsor ingredient bases used often differ from one another (in terms ofodor).

[3574] It may be possible to limit oneself to mixing ingredients oringredient bases that are similar (in terms of smell), but thisgreatly reduces the range of perfumes possible.

[3575] Thus, none of the existing solutions is satisfactory, tothis day limiting the development of tailor-made perfumes.

[3576] The invention seeks, according to its ninth aspect, torespond to this problem, and one subject thereof is a system fordispensing a perfumed product, comprising a dispenser that receivesat least two cartridges containing first and second base products,respectively, the first base product comprising a compositioncontaining at least one alcohol and at least one cellulosederivative acting as a thickener, the dispenser making it possibleto deliver at least these two base products in adjustableproportions.

[3577] The invention according to this ninth aspect may have one ormore of the following features: [3578] each base product comprisesa composition containing at least one alcohol and at least onecellulose derivative, [3579] the first base product or each baseproduct has a mass concentration of alcohol relative to the other,non-alcoholic compound(s) of the first product of at least 80/20,better still 85/15 and even better still 90/10, [3580] the firstbase product or each base product contains at least 50% by mass ofethanol in its solvent phase, better still at least 80% by mass ofethanol in its solvent phase, even better still at least 85% bymass of ethanol in its solvent phase, [3581] the first base productor each base product contains at least one odorous compound,preferably chosen from esters, carbonates, acids, anhydrides,aldehydes, alcohols, aliphatic compounds without functions otherthan alkanes and alkenes, and mixtures thereof, [3582] the odorouscompound(s) is/are chosen from hexanal, octanal, nonanal, decanal,undecanal, dodecanal, tridecanal, 2-methyldecanal,2-methylundecanal, trans-2-hexenal, cis-4-heptanal,2,6-dimethyl-5-hepten-1-al, E-4-decenal, 10-undecenal, 2-dodecenal,1,1-dimethoxy-2,2,5-trimethyl-4-hexene, 2-methyl-2-pentenoic acid,(S)-(+)-2-methylbutanoic acid, ethyl formate, cis-3-hexenylformate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, hexylacetate, 3,5,5-trimethylhexyl acetate, trans-2-hexenyl acetate,cis-3-hexenyl acetate, ethyl propionate, ethyl butyrate, butylbutyrate, isoamyl butyrate, hexyl butyrate, cis-3-hexenylisobutyrate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl-2-methyl butyrate, ethylhexanoate, ethyl 2-methyl pentanoate, 2-propenyl hexanoate, ethylheptanoate, 2-propenyl heptanoate, ethyl octanoate, methyl2-nonenoate, ethyl 2-trans-4-cis-decadienoate, methyl 2-octynoate,methyl 2-nonynoate, ethyl 3-octobutanoate, allyl amyl glycolate,Z-3-hexenyl methyl carbonate, 3-octanol; 2,6-dimethyl-2-heptanol,trans-2-hexen-1 ol; 3-hexen-1-ol; 1-octen-3-ol; 9-decen-1-ol;10-undecen-1-ol; 2-trans-6-cis-nonadien-1-ol;4-methyl-3-decen-5-ol, myrcene, ocimene, beta-Farnesene, citral,citral diethyl acetate, citronellal, methoxydihydrocitronellal,2,6,10-trimethyl-9-undecanal, cis-geranic acid, citronellic acid,geranyl ester (formate, acetate, propionate, isobutyrate,isovalerate), neryl acetate, linalyl esters (formate, acetate,propionate, isobutyrate), citronellyl esters (formate, acetate,propionate, isobutyrate, isovalerate, tiglate) and esters ofmyrcenol, geraniol, nerol, linalool, myrcenol, lavendulol,citronellol, trans,trans-farnesol, trans-nerolidol,tetrahydrogeraniol, tetrahydrolinalool, avendulol,trans,trans-farnesol, trans-nerolidol, tetrahydrogeraniol,tetrahydrolinalool, limonene, terpinene, terpinolene, phellandrene,camphene, 3-carene, menthyl ester (acetate, lactate),alpha-terpinyl esters (acetate), noryl esters (acetate), bornylesters (acetate), isobornyl esters (acetate), cedryl esters(acetate), 2,4-dimethyl-3-cyclohexene carboxaldehyde,4-(4-hydroxy-4-methylpentyl)-3 cyclohexene carboxaldehyde,1-(4-isopropycyclohexyl)ethanol,2-methyl-4-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-1-yl)butanol,2-methyl-4-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-1-yl)butenol,3-methyl-5-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-1-yl)-4-penten-2-ol,3,3-dimethyl-5-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-1-yl)-4-penten-2-ol,indole, p-cymene, diphenylmethane, benzaldehyde,phenylacetaldehyde, phenylacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal,dihydrocinnamaldehyde, 2-phenylpropanal, cyclamen aldehyde,2-methyl-3-(4-tert-butyl-phenyl)propanal, cinnamaldehyde,heliotropin, furfuraldehyde, benzyl esters (acetate, propionate,isovalerate), phenethyl esters (acetate, isobutyrate, isovalerate),alpha-trichloromethylbenzyl ester (acetate), cinnamyl acetate,benzoate ester (acetate, hexyl, benzyl), phenylacetate ethyl,phenylacetate geranyl, methyl cinnamate, benzyl cinnamate, phenylethyl cinnamate, eugenol acetate, phenylacetic acid, benzylalcohol, 2-phenyl ethyl alcohol, styrallyl alcohol,2,2-dimethyl-3-(3-methylphenyl)propanol, cinnamyl alcohol,3-methyl-5-phenylpentanol, thymol, anethole, isoeugenol, eugenol,anise alcohol, raspberry ketone, ethylmaltol, 2,6-dimethoxyphenol,2-propylphenol, 2-(methylthio)phenol, ortho-guaiacol, 4-methylguaiacol, abietic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, [3583] thecellulose derivative is chosen from derivatives of celluloseobtained by reacting basified cellulose with propylene oxide orethylene oxide, [3584] the cellulose derivative ishydroxypropylcellulose, [3585] the molecular weight size of thecellulose derivative is greater than or equal to 10 000, betterstill between around 850 000 and around 1 150 000, [3586] the totalmass content of cellulose compound(s) varies between 0.1% and 20%,better still between 0.5% and 5%, even better still between 0.7%and 2%, the percentage being expressed relative to the mass of thebase product, [3587] the system comprises a third cartridge with athird base product, [3588] the cartridges are received in aremovable manner in the dispenser, [3589] each product leaves thecartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge, the outletpassage being defined by a dispensing end piece of the cartridge,said end piece being driven in rotation relative to a body of thecartridge by a drive mechanism of the dispenser in order todispense the base product contained in the cartridge, [3590] thedispensing system has an electronic memory for recording, inassociation with a dispensed product, the respective proportions ofeach of the base products of this product, in order to be able toautomatically dispense this product again later.

[3591] A further subject of the invention, according to its ninthaspect, is a method for generating a perfumed product with aid of asystem as claimed in any one of the preceding claims, wherein oneor more base products contained in respective cartridges of thedispenser is/are selected, and the base products selected aredispensed in chosen quantities.

[3592] It is also possible to memorize the proportions of thedifferent base products making up the dispensed product. [3593] 1)Thus, according to its ninth aspect, the invention is preferablybased on a dispensing system comprising a programmable dispenserwith several compartments. [3594] 2) Which is able to deliver verysmall quantities from each compartment with precision. [3595] 3) Atleast one composition contains alcohol (in particular ethanol),with or without odorous compounds, and an agent of the cellulosederivative type of the "hydroxypropylcellulose" type. [3596] 4)There may optionally be other compartments containing compositionswhich are not alcoholic.

[3597] By virtue of the invention according to this ninth aspect,the person may: [3598] a) Design and record perfumes [3599] b)Produce a small quantity for use, without any risk of differingfrom the intended odor [3600] c) specifically using the fullpanorama of olfactory ingredients.

[3601] Even if the reservoirs are used up, or have even gone off,the person could refill the compartments with new cartridges andthen create a small quantity for use.

[3602] The person could also share their perfume with others, evenremotely.

[3603] This system could furthermore be used to create largerquantities, it being understood that these quantities should beconsidered, once created, to have a limited life (usually between 1month and 48 months).

[3604] Dispensing System

[3605] The dispensing system may consist of a single deviceoperating autonomously, preferably able to be manipulated in onehand, or of a device that operates in interaction with othercomponents or devices. It may for example entail various outletinterfaces which are mounted on the dispenser depending on the typeof note to be created, as will be specified below. It may alsoentail a computer system which exchanges information with thedispenser in order to operate the latter, this computer systemcomprising, for example, a portable terminal such as a smartphone,a camera phone, a tablet, a laptop computer or a dedicatedterminal.

[3606] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[3607] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[3608] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[3609] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[3610] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[3611] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[3612] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[3613] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[3614] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[3615] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[3616] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[3617] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[3618] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s.

[3619] Preferably, the drive mechanism delivers flow rates ofbetween 20 and 100 .mu.L/s, better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60.mu.L/s. It is thus possible to easily create a mixture of around10 mg. Such a dispensing system is thus ideal for creating smallfragrant touches.

[3620] It is also possible to create larger quantities of mixturesuch as the quantities needed for fragrancing for one or more days.These quantities remain relatively low, however, at less than 1000mg, for example a quantity of between 10 and 500 mg, better stillbetween 40 and 250 mg.

[3621] Thus, one subject of the invention, according to one aspectthereof, is a dispensing system comprising a dispenser having ahousing, and at least one cartridge received in the housing of thedispenser, this cartridge having a body and a piston capable ofmoving in the body, the housing comprising a motorized drivemechanism for moving the piston of the cartridge.

[3622] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[3623] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[3624] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[3625] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[3626] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[3627] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[3628] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[3629] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[3630] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[3631] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[3632] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[3633] In order to adjust the note, the dispensing system accordingto the invention has to allow the user to vary the volume deliveredfrom each compartment.

[3634] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[3635] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the noteto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several different odorous base products.

[3636] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[3637] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[3638] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time or, as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted from one another so that one product isdispensed while the other products are paused.

[3639] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the mixtureis delivered into a cavity of a container which may closehermetically or not, for example in the form of a cup, into whichan applicator, particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped.Such a dispensing system is especially suited to formulations thatare intended to be applied without direct contact with the hands.This container may be removable.

[3640] When it is not removable, the container may be produced withthe body of the dispenser. When it is removable, it may constituteone output interface among others that can be mounted on thedispenser.

[3641] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[3642] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for odor graduations to be achieved simply.An "alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture A to a mixture B several times in succession. In thecase of application by spraying, a multilayer application can thusbe achieved, with different formulations for two superposedadjacent coats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offerseveral preprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system eachtime indicating to the user how these should be used, for exampleby display on a screen.

[3643] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the mixture tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person has perfumed themselves fully.

[3644] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[3645] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[3646] Solvents of the Compositions

[3647] The alcoholic composition(s) contain(s) primary ornon-primary alcohols, at a concentration relative to water or othernon-alcoholic solvents of at least 80/20, preferably at least85/15, even more preferably at least 90/10. The alcohols preferablycontain at least 50% by mass of ethanol relative to the mass of theother alcohols, preferably at least 80% by mass of ethanol relativeto the mass of the other alcohols, even better still at least 85%by mass of ethanol relative to the mass of the other alcohols. Theother alcohols are typically glycols and/or alcohols of type C3 ormore, in particular isopropanol.

[3648] The other non-alcohol solvents are typically acetone orethers, such as glycol ethers.

[3649] Preferably, the composition contains, in its solvent phase:At least 80% by mass of ethanol, and between 0 and 10% by meass ofwater and between 0% and 20% by mass of another non-acoholicorganic solvent.

[3650] The alcoholic composition(s) contain(s) or do(es) notcontain other compounds considered to be "nonsolvents". [3651]Odorous compounds [3652] Care compounds such as screening agents,biological agents [3653] Dyes [3654] Polymers

[3655] Odorous Compounds

[3656] An "odorous compound" is understood to include odorousmolecules and those which have a (stimulating, modifying) effect onthe odorous molecules. They are also understood to includesteroids, which can then act on the final odor of the mixture.

[3657] Consideration is given to two types of odorous compounds.[3658] Esters [3659] Carbonates [3660] Acids [3661] Anhydrides[3662] Aldhydes [3663] Alcohols [3664] Aliphatic compounds withoutfunctions other than alkanes and alkenes

[3665] More specifically, the compounds are aliphatic: [3666]Alkanes and alkenes [3667] (E,Z)-1,3,5-undecatriene [3668]Aldhydes

[3669] Hexanal, octanal, nonanal, decanal, undecanal, dodecanal,tridecanal, 2-methyldecanal, 2-methylundecanal, trans-2-hexenal,cis-4-heptanal, 2,6-dimethyl-5-hepten-1-al, E-4-decenal,10-undecenal, 2-dodecenal, 1,1-dimethoxy-2,2,5-trimethyl-4-hexene[3670] Acids [3671] 2-Methyl-2-pentenoic acid,(S)-(+)-2-methylbutanoic acid [3672] Esters

[3673] Ethyl formate, cis-3-hexenyl formate, ethyl acetate, butylacetate, isoamyl acetate, hexyl acetate, 3,5,5-trimethyl hexylacetate, trans-2-hexenyl acetate, cis-3-hexenyl acetate, ethylpropionate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, hexylbutyrate, cis-3-hexenyl isobutyrate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl2-methyl butyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl 2-methyl pentanoate,2-propenyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, 2-propenyl heptanoate,ethyl octanoate, methyl 2-nonenoate, ethyl2-trans-4-cis-decadienoate, methyl 2-octynoate, methyl 2-nonynoate,ethyl 3-octobutanoate, allyl amyl glycolate [3674] Carbonates[3675] Z-3-hexenyl methyl carbonate [3676] Alcohols

[3677] 3-Octanol; 2,6-dimethyl-2-heptanol, trans-2-hexen-1-ol;3-hexen-1-ol; 1-octen-3-ol; 9-decen-1-ol; 10-undecen-1-ol;2-trans-6-cis-nonadien-1-ol; 4-methyl-3-decen-5-ol

[3678] The compounds are noncyclic derivatives of terpene [3679]Alkanes and alkenes [3680] Myrcene, ocimene, beta-Farnesene [3681]Aldehydes and acetal derivatives Citral, citral diethyl acetate,citronellal, methoxydihydrocitronellal,2,6,10-trimethyl-9-undecanal [3682] Acids [3683] cis-Geranic acid,citronellic acid [3684] Esters

[3685] Geranyl ester (formate, acetate, propionate, isobutyrate,isovalerate), neryl acetate, linalyl esters (formate, acetate,propionate, isobutyrate), citronellyl esters (formate, acetate,propionate, isobutyrate, isovalerate, tiglate) and esters ofmyrcenol, lavendulol, trans,trans-farnesol, trans-nerolidol,tetrahydrogeraniol, tetrahydrolinalool [3686] Alcohols

[3687] Geraniol, nerol, linalool, myrcenol, lavendulol,citronellol, trans,trans-farnesol, trans-nerolidol,tetrahydrogeraniol, tetrahydrolinalool

[3688] The compounds are cyclic derivatives of terpene [3689]Alkanes and alkenes

[3690] Limonene, terpinene, terpinolene, phellandrene, camphene,3-carene [3691] Esters

[3692] Menthyl ester (acetate, lactate), alpha-terpinyl esters(acetate), noryl esters (acetate), bornyl esters (acetate),isobornyl esters (acetate), cedryl esters (acetate) [3693]Alcohols

[3694] Menthol and various diastereoisomers (neomenthol,isomenthol, neoisomenthol), pulegol, and various diastereoisomers,piperitone, terpineols and various isomers, borneol,

[3695] The compounds are cyclic derivatives not of terpene [3696]Alkanes and alkenes [3697] Aldehydes and acetal derivatives [3698]2,4-dimethyl-3-cyclohexene carboxaldehyde,4-(4-hydroxy-4-methylpentyl)-3 cyclohexene carboxaldehyde [3699]Esters

[3700] OTBCHA, PTBCHA, allyl 4-cyclohexyl propionate, allylcyclohexyl oxyacetate, methyl jasmonate, methyl dihydrojasmonate,[3701] Alcohols [3702] 1-(4-isopropycyclohexyl)ethanol,2-methyl-4-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-1-yl)butanol,2-methyl-4-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-1-yl)butenol,3-methyl-5-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-1-yl)-4-penten-2-ol,3,3-dimethyl-5-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-1-yl)-4-penten-2-ol

[3703] The compounds are aromatic (benzene or heterocyclic)derivatives [3704] Aromatic (benzene or heterocyclic) rings withoutadditional functions Indole, p-cymene, diphenylmethane [3705]Aldehydes and acetal derivatives

[3706] Benzaldehyde, phenylacetaldehyde, phenylacetaldehydedimethyl acetal, dihydrocinnamaldehyde, 2-phenylpropanal, cyclamenaldehyde, 2-methyl-3-(4-tert-butyl-phenyl)propanal, cinnamaldehyde,heliotropin, furfuraldehyde [3707] Esters

[3708] Benzyl esters (acetate, propionate, isovalerate), phenethylesters (acetate, isobutyrate, isovalerate),alpha-trichloromethylbenzyl ester (acetate), cinnamyl acetate,benzoate ester (acetate, hexyl, benzyl), phenylacetate ethyl,phenylacetate geranyl, methyl cinnamate, benzyl cinnamate, phenylethyl cinnamate, eugenol acetate [3709] Acids

[3710] Phenylacetic acid [3711] Alcohols

[3712] Benzyl alcohol, 2-phenyl ethyl alcohol, styrallyl alcohol,2,2-dimethyl-3-(3-methylphenyl)propanol, cinnamyl alcohol,3-methyl-5-phenylpentanol, thymol, anethole, isoeugenol, eugenol,anise alcohol, raspberry ketone, ethylmaltol, 2,6-dimethoxyphenol,2-propylphenol, 2-(methylthio)phenol, ortho-guaiacol, 4-methylguaiacol

[3713] Others [3714] Abietic anhydride [3715] Citraconicanhydride

[3716] Cellulose Derivative

[3717] They are obtained by reacting basified cellulose withpropylene oxide or ethylene oxide. The degree of substitution ofthe alkylene oxides with respect to hydroxyls of the cellulose istypically greater than 2, better still greater than 4.

[3718] The molecular weight sizes vary from 10 000 to severalmillion, preferably from 70 000 to 1 500 000 determined byexclusion chromatography.

[3719] For example, the cellulose derivative is a Klucel.RTM.(Ashland) sold under the name: [3720] H1 150 000 [3721] M850 000[3722] G370 000 [3723] J140 000 [3724] L95 000 [3725] E80 000

[3726] All grades of purity are usable: [3727] Industrial [3728] F[3729] CS [3730] F pharm

[3731] Preferably, sizes with higher values such as M and H areemployed.

[3732] The total mass content of cellulose compound(s) may varybetween 0.1% and 20%, better still between 0.5% and 5%, even betterstill between 0.7% and 2%, the percentage being expressed relativeto the mass of the base product.

[3733] Use for Treating One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[3734] The dispensing system allows perfume to be applied, dayafter day, with only the precise areas being treated. To this end,small doses of product are delivered, and are applied specificallyand sequentially to the corresponding areas. Each small dose iscreated using the mixture suited to the area.

[3735] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below. As analternative, the dispensing system informs the person, whendelivering a mixture, of the area to which the person is to applythe mixture. Thus, the dispensing system may follow an applicationprogram in which it delivers, in a given order, the variousmixtures that are to be applied.

[3736] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the odor, the areaof the face and the quantity needed, thereby making it possible toreduce costs and wastage of product, and to cover the skin onlylightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. The dispensing system mayalso allow mixtures to be created precisely, facilitating thedispensing of small quantities and the rapid use thereof.

[3737] When the user is looking for the product to apply to an areaof the face, it is advantageous to memorize the mixture (ratiobetween the products in the compartments) best suited to each area,and the dispensing system is thus advantageously designed tomemorize the effect, the ratios and the corresponding area. Thus,by using the memorized information, on each use, the same mixturecan be delivered for each area or, if several areas are beingtreated, the same series of mixtures can be delivered for the sameseries of areas.

[3738] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the effects application after application.Thus, the person may perfume her skin with different notes that shechooses on a day-by-day basis to suit her tastes. For example, onweekdays, the person applies a given perfume, and at the weekend adifferent one.

[3739] The system is also designed to deliver touches depending onthe result of the application of different touches. Thus, if it isapparent to the user that, following the application of severaltouches, there is something missing for perfecting the result, thesystem can deliver, on demand, a mixture for realizing a touchwhich will complete the result.

[3740] For example, in the case of perfumes, if the person appliesa touch of perfume at one location and then another touch ofdifferent perfume to another area, the person may desire completingthe olfactory impression by applying to the same areas or to adifferent area another touch of yet another, different perfume.

[3741] The system is thus provided to propose variations and aninterface for translating simple orders into the production of amixture.

[3742] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange the ingredients to suit her tastes according to the day, thetime, what she is wearing, and the weather. Thus, a system toassist with decision making is advantageously provided to guide theuser in her choices of perfume notes.

[3743] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[3744] Continuous Use for Graduated Treatment

[3745] In this application, the dispensing system changes theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product.

[3746] In addition, the outlet for the base products or for themixture is moved relative to a container or a support defining anapplication surface. In one particular embodiment of the invention,the dispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the odor C1 of one area to betreated and of the odor C2 of another area to be treated. Forexample, with the knowledge that the neck requires an odor C1 andthat the hair requires an odor C2, the dispensing system may varythe formulation of the mixture while it is delivering it in orderto graduate the odor between these two odors. This makes itpossible for example to better conceal imperfections of the facewhile ensuring that the end result is realistic, or allows the odorto be graduated to increase attractivity. The dispensing system mayalso be designed such that the user can command a variation in odorof the mixture dispensed without the start and/or end odors havingbeen set beforehand. To do that, the dispensing system may possessa location or auto-location system and deduce from a look-up tablethe odors C1 and C2 that it has to create and therefore the changesin the mixture that it has to make.

[3747] For example, he may create a perfume graduation along theneck in order to share a richness of odor with an approachingperson.

[3748] The same concept is applicable to protective compositions.The person could create graduations of protective indices, therebycreating, after being exposed to the sun, a tanning result that isitself graduated.

[3749] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to have the neck perfumed with one odor and theear with another, with a graduation between the two.

[3750] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[3751] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[3752] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[3753] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or are provided in the compartments of the dispenserwith the other constituents of the base products, or are containedin the dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[3754] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[3755] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [3756] set solid, [3757] yield a materialthat can crumble if rubbed, and are preferably colored.

[3758] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the weight to the total mass of thecomposition, better still more than 20% by mass of solid particlesrelative to the total mass of the composition, even better stillmore than 30% by mass of solid particles relative to the total massof the composition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition.

[3759] Preferably, one or more of the compositions introduced intothe system contain oil, preferably in a content greater than orequal to 20%.

[3760] These compositions may contain absorbent particles orreactive compounds, such as those that react in contact with theair, for example cyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those whichreact to light, notably UV.

[3761] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[3762] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system incorporates a heating means, for example with anelectrical resistor, to create lipsticks or other waxy products. Inthat case, the base products are heated before being delivered.

[3763] The dispensing system may also comprise a means forsupplying heat and/or light energy, after the mixture has beendispensed into a container, for example an electrical resistor oran LED, notably UV. This energy may accelerate the setting-solid ofthe dispensed mixture.

[3764] The system preferably contains large quantities of cellulosederivatives, such as greater than 5% and preferably greater than10%.

[3765] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it setssolid.

[3766] Creation of Odor Palettes

[3767] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures of odors deposited in said regions, suited to variousparts of the face.

[3768] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[3769] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[3770] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[3771] Cup-Type Dispenser

[3772] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[3773] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a system for dispensing at least onefragrancing product, having a cup and a dispenser for filling thecup with at least one product, the cup being secured to thedispenser at least while it is being filled.

[3774] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[3775] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[3776] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[3777] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[3778] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[3779] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to thefragrancing to be performed, as described in detail below.

[3780] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[3781] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[3782] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up.

[3783] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[3784] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. This may facilitate the testing ofodors and/or allow the preparation of several different odormixtures intended for fragrancing respective areas of the face. Thecups may be associated with identifiers that remind the user of thearea of the face for which a mixture contained in a given cup isintended.

[3785] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[3786] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the color of the mixture contained inside.

[3787] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[3788] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[3789] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Preferably, the size and shape of the cup either allow directapplication of the mixture to the skin or allow the mixture to bepicked up on a finger or an applicator. The cup may be made of anelastically deformable material, making it possible for example toturn the concavity of the bottom of the cup inside out and empty itmore easily or use it to apply the product.

[3790] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[3791] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[3792] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga fragrancing product, comprising the step of filling a cup of adispensing system as defined above with at least one base productfrom the dispenser.

[3793] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[3794] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[3795] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[3796] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[3797] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[3798] The dispensing system may have a dispenser having outletpassages for base products and an outlet interface that isseparable from the dispenser, this interface having a staticblender that preferably delivers the mixture into a cavity where itcan be picked up.

[3799] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[3800] According to this aspect of the invention, it is possible touse several outlet interfaces and to fill them with differentrespective mixtures, without the need to purge the blender, therebyreducing losses of product. The outlet interface may be asingle-use interface, if necessary.

[3801] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[3802] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[3803] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[3804] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[3805] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[3806] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[3807] Reduced Dead Volume

[3808] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing theodor of the mixture to be varied as quickly as possible duringapplication, particularly when the dispenser is coupled to anairbrush.

[3809] A system for dispensing a fragrancing product according tothis ninth aspect of the invention has a dispenser receiving atleast two cartridges that each have a reservoir containing a baseproduct, the latter being able to leave the cartridge through anoutlet passage of the cartridge, this outlet passage opening out atthe outside of the dispenser or near the external surfacethereof.

[3810] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[3811] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[3812] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[3813] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the outside of the housing of the dispenser in theabsence of an outlet interface. The mounting area may besubstantially planar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis ofthe dispenser housing.

[3814] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[3815] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[3816] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[3817] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[3818] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[3819] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different fragrancing effects easily and beable, if so desired, to fragrance areas as different as the skin,the lips, the neck, the eyebrows or the hair.

[3820] The dispensing system may comprise an assembly having adispenser of at least one fragrancing product, and at least twooutlet interfaces, each of which can be mounted removably on thedispenser, these outlet interfaces being able to receive theproduct(s) delivered by the dispenser, preferably being chosen fromthe following: [3821] an outlet interface having a container,notably a cup, allowing the product to be picked up using a fingeror using an applicator, [3822] an outlet interface allowing theproduct to be delivered to a spray system, notably an airbrush,[3823] an outlet interface having several regions for receiving theproduct, which can move relative to the dispenser, [3824] an outletinterface that allows the product to be delivered to a dispensingend piece.

[3825] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[3826] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[3827] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[3828] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[3829] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[3830] A further subject of the invention is a fragrancing methodinvolving the step of selecting an outlet interface, mounting it onthe dispenser, and delivering the product(s) contained in thedispenser to the interface.

[3831] Mapping and Learning

[3832] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing an odor with an area, with recording.

[3833] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofsubstance may be applied with a finger, using conventional toolssuch as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[3834] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everydayfragrancing.

[3835] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[3836] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate odor.

[3837] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same odor is appropriate.

[3838] To create the map, the operator applies an odor, then makesan assessment.

[3839] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the neck, thenon the ear, then the hair, etc.

[3840] Another option is to create a given mixture and apply thissame mixture to several areas. The operator then needs to look forthe area of the face to which the odor is suited. The mixture isthen indexed in the computer system which attributes it to thearea(s) of the face for which it is suitable.

[3841] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a learning process for a dispensingsystem comprising a dispenser for dispensing a mixture of variableodor, and a computer system for selecting a fragrancing effect andfor storing data, comprising the steps of:

[3842] a) selecting at least one odor with the aid of an interfaceof the computer system,

[3843] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture in order to approach the selected odor,

[3844] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face, (odor)

[3845] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[3846] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for fragrancing saidarea.

[3847] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[3848] It is also possible to create a given mixture and to lookfor the area of the face for which it is suitable. The mixture isthen recorded, being attributed to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable, in a look-up table that will be usedsubsequently in order to deduce which mixture to use on the basisof an area of the skin.

[3849] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[3850] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[3851] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to perfume themselves. Thus, the dispensingsystem can be used at sales outlets to advise people wishing toperfume themselves or at home in order to define correctly whichproducts to order.

[3852] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying a reminder of the odor of the mixture when it isselected.

[3853] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[3854] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[3855] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[3856] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[3857] The computer system may be designed to search a database fora reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[3858] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[3859] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture odor at least on the basis of the imageanalyzed.

[3860] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[3861] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least twodifferent mixtures, preferably separate, so that they can beapplied simultaneously to the test area.

[3862] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[3863] A further subject of the invention is a method offragrancing using a dispensing system according to this aspect ofthe invention, in which:

[3864] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed,

[3865] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposal fortreating an associated zone, on the basis of the learning performedbeforehand, and

[3866] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce theproposed mixture, notably if this is validated by the user.

[3867] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[3868] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [3869] allow theuser to select at least one odor and/or one application area,notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [3870] operate adispenser in such a way as to deliver a mixture selected by theuser, [3871] allow the user to trigger the memorizing of themixture and of an associated application area, notably with a viewto subsequently dispensing the same mixture, notably on the samearea.

[3872] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [3873] receive a request from the user regarding a needfor fragrancing, notably using an interface such as a touch screen,[3874] propose, on the basis at least of data generated by thelearning process as defined above, at least one odor and/or oneapplication area, [3875] operate a dispenser to produce theproposed mixture, notably if this is validated by the user.

[3876] Remote Assistance

[3877] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in perfumingthemselves, notably in choosing the correct olfactory notes.

[3878] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is thus a fragrancing method involving thesteps of: [3879] allowing a video link to be established, forexample over the Internet, between a camera on a first site and asecond site, [3880] allowing the second site to directly orindirectly operate a dispenser present at the first site, thisdispenser making it possible to vary the odor of a mixturedispensed, [3881] allowing a person present at the first site toapply the mixture dispensed and to send a corresponding image orcomments to the second site, so as to receive in return informationrelating to the application result.

[3882] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to hear or read thecomments about the fragrancing result with the product dispensed bythe dispenser and advise the person who has perfumed themselves.This adviser may in return influence the dispenser to alter theodor of the mixture and adapt it to best suit the face of theperson present at the first site. Thus, this person controls themixture delivered by the dispenser. The first person may perfumeherself under the gaze of the second. The second person sees theresult of the test on their screen and can thus correct the mixturethat this second person will control remotely until the idealfragrance is obtained.

[3883] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[3884] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[3885] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine theperception of the odors of each of the base products.

[3886] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[3887] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral perfume themselves. This embodiment makes it possible todevelop "fragrancing coaches" and their work, either within aninstitute or over the Internet. It also allows people with limitedcapabilities, such as people lacking in self-confidence to perfumethemselves.

[3888] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[3889] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the effects of the mixturedispensed.

[3890] The dispensing system may have a dispenser and a computersystem for operating the dispenser, this computer system having atouch screen on which the odor of the mixture or the expectedeffect can be displayed, and a selection means movable on thescreen, in order to vary the odor of the dispensed mixture.

[3891] Preferably, the screen displays end-point effects betweenwhich the effect of the mixture can be selected by moving theselection means between these end points.

[3892] The screen may display a scale of effects in the form of aline or area (triangular contour).

[3893] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired effect.

[3894] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[3895] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[3896] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[3897] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[3898] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[3899] The dispensing system may comprise a spray system,preferably an airbrush, and according to one of its aspects,independently of or in combination with the other aspects, andnotably the foregoing, one subject of the invention is an assemblycomprising: [3900] a spray means, preferably an airbrush having apickup chamber subjected to a stream of entrainment air, [3901] adispenser having at least two compartments containing differentbase products, the products being delivered to the spray meanspreferably via distinct distribution orifices.

[3902] The dispenser may have three cartridges containingfragrancing products.

[3903] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[3904] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[3905] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[3906] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[3907] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the odor depending on the position, if appropriate.

[3908] A further subject of the invention is a method forfragrancing using an assembly as defined above, in which a mixtureis sprayed onto the skin using the spray means, notably theairbrush.

[3909] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated odor can beachieved.

[3910] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in the odor of themixture dispensed while the face is being treated.

[3911] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[3912] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[3913] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[3914] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[3915] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[3916] The viscosity of the base products as measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar is, for example, between0.02 Pas and 50 Pas, preferably from 0.2 Pas to 5 Pas.

[3917] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[3918] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[3919] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and a composition according to theinvention (based on an organic solvent), simultaneously, and thesewill be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelated manner,producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones. The ratiosof base products can be adjusted depending on the particular resultdesired. For example, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels,the ratio corresponding to the volume of the first base product tothe volume of the second base product could be varied between 10/1and 1/10, better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[3920] Location or Auto-Location System

[3921] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[3922] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[3923] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[3924] Examples of dispensing systems suitable for the inventionaccording to its ninth aspect are shown in the figures, which willnot all be described in detail again.

[3925] The housing of the dispenser 11, in the configurationthereof illustrated in FIG. 13, i.e. without the outlet interface110, has the advantage that it can be coupled to various forms ofother outlet interfaces, depending on the fragrancing that is to beperformed and/or on the area to be treated.

[3926] FIG. 29C illustrates a support having spaces disposedthereon substantially in the manner of the different areas of aface; each space may contain a mixture, the odor of which is suitedto the corresponding part of the face. Thus it is easy for the userto know where to apply the mixture picked up from a givenspace.

[3927] The dispenser 11 can be used to deliver a mixture, theformulation of which changes over time, and to collect the mixturein a container that is movable with respect to the dispenser, suchthat the mixture is deposited in a location of the container thatvaries over time, in order to achieve a graduated effect.

[3928] For example, as illustrated in FIGS. 29A and 29B, thedispensing system has an outlet interface 110 having a part that isfixed relative to the dispenser and a moving part 252 that has aspace 253 for receiving the mixture.

[3929] For example, the dispenser 11 is arranged in this case withthe outlet orifices of the cartridges downward and is equipped witha blender such that the mixture falls into the space 253 under itsown weight. A motor may move the moving part of the outletinterface relative to the dispenser, in a manner that issynchronized with the variation in characteristics of the mixture,such that a graduated effect is obtained all along the space 253,as illustrated in FIG. 29B.

[3930] FIGS. 31 to 37 show various examples of touch-sensitiveinterfaces that may allow the user to select the odor of themixture resulting from the metered dispensing of the various baseproducts.

[3931] This interface may have, as illustrated in FIG. 31, an odorselection area, for example in the form of a triangle, the verticesof which correspond to the odors of each of the base productscontained in the cartridges.

[3932] The user can move a cursor 300, for example in the form of aball, relative to the vertices A, B and C of the triangle.

[3933] The closer he brings the cursor 300 to one of the vertices,the larger the fraction of the corresponding base product relativeto the total quantity of the various products dispensed.

[3934] The fraction of each product relative to the total quantitymay be indicated at 301 by a numerical value on the interface.

[3935] The interface may allow the user to increment or decreasethe quantity of each of the products, for example by operatingcontrol buttons 302, which allow precise adjustment of the quantityof each of the base products.

[3936] The surface of the triangle 310 may have an odor that varieslocally so as to be indicative at each point of the odor of themixture that results from the weighting of the various baseproducts in the proportions corresponding to the relativecoordinates at this point.

[3937] The interface may have a button 305 providing access to aspecific menu for adjusting the volume of product dispensed forpurging the dispenser.

[3938] The interface may also advantageously allow the flow rate ofproduct to be adjusted using buttons 304 and 306 returning to aspecific menu for adjusting the flow rate.

[3939] In the example in question, the interface affords the choicebetween a continuous dispensing mode, using the button 304, inwhich the products are dispensed for as long as the user ispressing the control button 12.

[3940] The corresponding dose can be transmitted to the interfaceand displayed.

[3941] The button 306 allows selection of a dose mode of operation,during which even a brief press of the button 12 triggers thedispensing of a predefined dose.

[3942] In order to vary the flow rate, the dispenser acts, forexample, on the operating duty cycle of the motors.

[3943] The interface may be designed to allow the user to programor memorize the settings he or she prefers, using a menu 307providing access to favorites.

[3944] The touch-sensitive interface illustrated in FIG. 32 showson the screen three colored areas 400, each one corresponding tothe odor of one of the base products contained in the dispenser 10,and a central area 410 which shows the odor of the resultingmixture.

[3945] The relative quantity of each of the base products can beadjusted using cursors 415 which move for example along linesjoining each of the areas 400 to the central area 410.

[3946] During use of the interface, the latter may memorize a givensetting and cause a button 420 of the odor of the mixture to appearon the screen. The user can then, simply by pressing this button420, dispense a mixture of the corresponding odor.

[3947] In the example in FIG. 34, the interface displays, in anarea 500, a given odor and offers the user, by virtue of controlbuttons 510 that are each for the odor of the corresponding baseproduct, the opportunity to increase or decrease the proportion ofthis base product in the final mixture. The odor of the area 500 isrecalculated depending on the actions on the control buttons510.

[3948] In the variant in FIG. 35, the interface shows a color charthaving several areas 530, each one corresponding to a particularproportion of the various base products.

[3949] The user may select one of these areas, for example bypressing it with his or her finger.

[3950] The interface may be designed to display the selected odorto a larger scale in an area 535. The programming of the dispenser11 to dispense this odor is triggered for example by pressing thearea.

[3951] In the example in FIG. 36, the user may move a cursor 555over a continuous odor chart 550, causing the selected odor to bedisplayed in an area 558.

[3952] The user can then, for example by pressing the area 556,trigger the sending to the dispenser 11 of the necessaryinstructions for the dispenser to dispense a product in theselected odor.

[3953] It is apparent from FIG. 37 that the interface can memorizethe various shades selected and then display them on the screen soas to allow the user, by pressing corresponding buttons 560, veryeasily to again select a shade that has already been chosen.

[3954] FIG. 38 shows an example of a user interface 1000 of adispensing system comprising a dispenser, preferably as describedabove, and a computer system 100 to which the interfacebelongs.

[3955] The computer system comprises here, for example, a devicesuch as a laptop computer, a tablet or a smartphone, that operatesautonomously or is connected to a remote server.

[3956] In the example in question, the interface 1000 is defined bythe touch screen of such a device. In a variant that has not beenillustrated, the dispenser incorporates a touch screen or any othertype of man-machine interface, and can be used without connectionto another device.

[3957] The device runs an application, for example which has beendownloaded beforehand and which displays on the screen a face 1035and a series of buttons allowing the user to input information.

[3958] The face may comprise several areas Z1 to Z6 that can beselected by touch, for example the forehead, the nose, the cheeks,the eyelids, the chin, and the lips.

[3959] The buttons present on the screen may make it possible forexample to input the name of the fragrance or of the user, todisplay the selected area, to choose the odor, and to inform thecomputer system as to whether or not the result of the test carriedout is acceptable, or even, as illustrated, to provide informationregarding the assessment of the result relative to a test carriedout previously, namely, for example, better or "not as good". Thescreen may also display a button allowing the choice of an odor andan area to be memorized after a test has been carried out with thisodor on the area in question.

[3960] The choice of odor is made for example with a scale similarto the one described with reference to FIG. 36.

[3961] The computer system is designed to memorize the data in theform of a look-up table for example, so as to associate an area ofthe face with the parameters that allow the mixture dispensedduring the test to be reproduced. These parameters include, forexample, the relative contents of each of the base products of thedispenser in the mixture, the quantity Q dispensed, and additionaldata such as, for example, the name of the area, the date themixture was dispensed and/or any other mixture identifier,identifiers of the base products, the period of the year, notablythe season, the age of the user, his or her sex, his or her givenor family name, the name of an event associated with thefragrancing, for example a birthday, amongst other data, and thequantity of product suitable for the area. The ancillary data mayallow the user to reproduce more easily a fragrance consideredsuitable for a time of year or recalling a life event, or to give arejuvenating effect.

[3962] These data may be memorized in the computer system 100, forexample in the abovementioned device and/or on a remote server withwhich the device is in communication, or alternatively in anelectronic memory incorporated into the dispenser 11.

[3963] Thus, according to the invention, the user may make thedispenser deliver a first fragrancing substance, and apply it to afirst area of the face, then judge whether or not it is suitable.If the result is satisfactory, the user may record it, indexing itto the area; if the result is unsatisfactory, the user may commanda new odor in order to repeat the above operations.

[3964] The computer system can be used in this context in variousways.

[3965] For example, as illustrated in FIG. 40, in a step 1010, theuser has selected an odor to test, using for example the scale 1011displayed on the screen, by moving the adjusting button 1012.

[3966] Next, the choice of odor is transmitted to the dispenser 11,in step 1015.

[3967] For example, the device transmits the quantities of each ofthe base products to be dispensed and the electronic circuit 81takes charge of operating the motors accordingly.

[3968] In step 1016, the user presses the control button 12 of thedispenser 11, this causing, for example, a dose of the mixture, inthe odor selected by the user, to be dispensed.

[3969] The mixture is, for example, dispensed into the cup 115 thenpicked up and applied by the user to the cheeks or any other areainstructed on the interface, in step 1020.

[3970] In variants, the product is applied using an airbrush or byany other means as described above.

[3971] The user then, in step 1022, informs the computer system ofthe result using the buttons 1021.

[3972] If the user indicates that the result is satisfactory, thesystem suggests for example that he/she validate the parameters ofthe test using a button so as to memorize these parameters in step1031

[3973] If the user does not consider the result to be satisfactoryand makes this known using the button 1032, the result cannevertheless be automatically saved in step 1034.

[3974] Thus, each area can be indexed not only with the suitableodor(s), but also with the odor(s) that is/are not at all suited tothis area.

[3975] The user can then perform a further test on the same area byreturning to step 1010.

[3976] If the user is satisfied with the result, he or she may alsowish to carry out a further test, for example on a different areaof the face.

[3977] If appropriate, if the user is not satisfied, the interfacemay suggest that the user indicate whether the result is consideredbetter than or not as good as the previous test, usingcorresponding buttons 1040 and 1041.

[3978] In that case, the computer system may be designed todetermine whether, in light of the information input by the user, aproposal can be automatically made as to what odor to testnext.

[3979] If appropriate, a questionnaire may be displayed to assistthe computer system in proposing an odor in light of the testscarried out and the way in which the user or a professionalassisting the user has assessed these tests.

[3980] For example, if the odor is considered "unsuitable", thesystem may receive from the user additional information, forexample "too fruity", which will assist the system in proposing anew odor better suited to the user's expectations.

[3981] It may be advantageous for the computer system to be able toreceive information comparing the result against the previoustests, for example "it's better" or "it's not as good" and, fromthere, for the system to be capable of deducing what new odor topropose.

[3982] Another option is for the computer system to be able toreceive comparison information regarding a comparison against atarget, for example "it's almost ideal" and, from there, for thesystem to be capable of automatically adjusting its odormodifications.

[3983] In this particular instance, if it receives the informationthat the desired result has almost been achieved, the system canadopt small levels of odor change and revise the scale ofadjustment accordingly.

[3984] If the dispensing system itself proposes the odorousmixtures to be tested, these may be based on preprogrammed testscenarios and the system may alter how the scenario is followedthrough according to the successes or failures of the assessment.Thus, for example if, from the third application of product, itreceives information that the odor is almost ideal for the user,the dispensing system may exit the program and thereafter allowitself to be guided by instructions from the operator.

[3985] In general, the user may be assisted by an expert system inthe choice of odors to test.

[3986] This expert system is, for example, a program run on thedevice with which the dispenser communicates or on the dispenseritself, and which is based on the answers to a questionnaire and/oron measurements, for example of the odor of the skin or body, takenby a specific sensor or by a camera. The user can thus getassistance from an instrumented evaluation, for example an odorsensor. The expert system can even be implemented on a remoteserver with which the device or the dispenser exchangesinformation. The operator may even send an image of his or her faceto a specialist, who can preprogram the starting odor choice. Inanother exemplary embodiment, the user presents the computer systemwith a photo of his or her face, and the computer system isdesigned to analyze this and create a program defining the areas tobe tested and the first products to be delivered, both in terms ofodor and in terms of quantity. For example, the computer system maybe designed to automatically select the odors to propose to theuser by capturing a photograph in step 1070, as illustrated in FIG.42. For example, the device which communicates with the dispenser11 is equipped with a camera, and the user takes a photograph ofhis or her face. The image is then analyzed in step 1071, and odorsare proposed for each area of the face in step 1072, for example inaccordance with predefined odor combination rules.

[3987] The dispensing system may be oriented by the user to decideon the odor and also on the quantity of product to be delivered.For example, the user may indicate "neck" or "hair" and thedispensing system is designed to adapt the dose dispensed accordingto a memorized map of doses to be dispensed depending on the areasto be treated.

[3988] The computer system may guide the user in the choice ofodors in the mixture to be tested, so as to limit the number oftests needed until the user obtains a result that pleases him orher.

[3989] It is thus possible, as illustrated in FIG. 41, that after amixture dispensed by the dispenser has been applied to a given areaof the face in step 1060, the computer system will ask the userwhether or not the result is satisfactory and will, of its ownaccord, if the result is considered to be unsatisfactory, make achange 1061 to the dispenser parameters in order to modify themixture dispensed.

[3990] The user then only has to perform a new test with themodified mixture.

[3991] When a mixture is notified as being satisfactory, thecomputer system can memorize the corresponding parameters so as toallow the mixture to be recreated at a later date.

[3992] The system can then begin the above steps afresh for a newapplication area.

[3993] During the successive tests, the operator does not need totreat the entire face. He or she may for example choose between 3and 8, for example 5, small areas. The dispensing system is thenadvantageously designed to interpolate and/or extrapolate the dataregarding the odors considered to be suitable, so as to calculatethe odors that ought to be considered suitable for areas for whichthe exercise has not been conducted.

[3994] At the end of the learning stage, the system may generate adisplay of the suitable odors on the various areas, tested orcalculated.

[3995] The dispensing system may be designed to indicate whethercertain odors appear to be incorrect, doing so on the strength of acomparison against standard maps it has in memory. Thus, it maypropose that the user repeat all or some of the mappingexercise.

[3996] Once the computer system has completed its learning, i.e.once the odors of mixtures have been identified as being agreeableto the user for fragrancing certain areas, the user wishing toperfume themselves only has to call up the area that is to betreated, in step 1080 of FIG. 43, and the system will be able toautomatically propose a suitable mixture odor to the user in step1081.

[3997] In the variant illustrated in FIG. 44, the user selects anodor in step 1090 and the computer system proposes, in step 1091,an area in which to apply a mixture of this odor, on the basis ofinformation previously collected on the basis of the testsperformed.

[3998] The area proposed is, for example, the area in which anidentical or very similar odor has already been applied and theresult considered acceptable by the user.

[3999] FIG. 46 illustrates an example of an implementation of theinvention in which, having carried out tests on various zones instep 2010, the user informs the system of the mixture(s) he or sheconsiders to afford the best result, this allowing the system toknow the corresponding parameters in step 2012. Next, in step 2014,the system may propose to the user references of commercialproducts that have the same properties or very similarproperties.

[4000] In one variant, the system sends the parameters to a remotemanufacturing center so that a composition that has the sameformulation or the same properties as that of the mixture that theuser has tested and found to be satisfactory can be produced.

[4001] FIG. 45 illustrates the possibility of using the dispenserto dispense several doses 2020a to 2020d of different mixtures,next to one another on a support 2021, so as to allow these to beapplied to adjacent distinct regions of the same area.

[4002] The user can, in a single hit, apply a series of odors inorder rapidly to home in on the appropriate odor. The substancespresent on the support 2021 may have been chosen by the operatorhim- or herself or proposed by the dispensing system.

[4003] The support 2021 is, for example, able to move with respectto the housing of the dispenser and is moved sequentially todeposit the corresponding mixtures in the various zones 2020a to2020d, being for example similar to the supports described withreference to FIG. 29 or 29A. The user can thus easily compare theresults between the various regions and inform the system of whichmixture produces the best effect.

[4004] FIG. 47 illustrates a system that assists the user inperfuming themselves, notably in choosing the correct odors.

[4005] This system makes it possible to establish a video link, forexample over the Internet, between a camera 2060 at a first site2061 and a second site 2062.

[4006] The camera 2060 is, for example, built into a tablet or asmartphone that constitutes the computer system 100.

[4007] The second site 2062 is allowed to operate the dispenser 11present at the first site 2061 either directly or indirectly.

[4008] Thus, the person present at the first site can apply themixture dispensed and send to the second site 2062 a correspondingimage, and in return receive information relating to the result ofthe fragrancing.

[4009] The second site 2062 may have a display screen 2064 thatallows an adviser sitting at this screen to understand, via thecomments, the result with the mixture dispensed by the dispenserand advise the person fragrancing themselves. This adviser may inreturn influence the dispenser 11 to alter the odor of the mixtureand adapt it to best suit the face of the person present at thefirst site. The protocol for the exchange of data between the twosites thus allows command instructions to be sent to the dispenser11, either directly or via the computer system 100 present at thefirst site. Thus, the person present at the second site controlsthe mixture delivered by the dispenser 11. The first person mayperfume herself under the gaze of the second. The second personsees the result of the test on their screen and can thus correctthe mixture that this second person will control remotely until theideal fragrance is obtained.

[4010] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link, such that the user present at the first site can seean image of the adviser on the screen of the computer system. Thisadviser can send the user present at the first site a tutorial ifneed be.

[4011] The memorizing of the setting parameters of the dispenser11, once a given mixture has been considered satisfactory, may becommanded from the second site.

[4012] The interface may be used to define fragrancing programs inwhich the order of the areas to treat or the order of the odors topropose is defined.

EXAMPLES

[4013] A dispenser 11 like that illustrated in FIG. 3 iscreated.

[4014] The user determines the desired odor with the applicationwhich is run on the tablet and which calculates the fractions ofthe various products. The tablet communicates this value to thedispenser by a Bluetooth connection.

[4015] The electronics built into the dispenser 11 collects theinformation and automatically adjusts the flow rates of the threecartridges so as to obtain a mixture of the desired odor.

[4016] When the user wishes to use the product, he or she pressesthe button 12 of the dispenser in order to cause the product to beexpelled. He or she presses for as long as he or she wants product,in "continuous" mode. In "dose" mode, the user presses the button12 once and the predefined dose is delivered.

[4017] Dispensing may be performed continuously, namely with themotors operating continuously, the entire volume being dispensed inone hit, or iteratively, the motors then operating in a pulsedfashion; in that case, the time interval between two pulses makesit possible to vary the flow rate. Small volumes are delivered oneafter another in several stages.

[4018] The pulses may be separated for example by intervals of 50ms, 100 ms or 200 ms. The duration of a pulse during which themotor is turning will be from 50 to 150 ms, for example.

[4019] The main page of the ".mu.Mix" application comprises in thisexample the following elements, as can be seen notably in FIG. 31:[4020] status bar at the top of the screen: indicates the status ofthe Bluetooth connection or .mu.Mix if there is no Bluetoothconnection; [4021] thumbnails at the bottom of the screen: forselecting the active page: main page, Settings, Bluetooth, Productsand Favorites; [4022] Continuous button 304 for selecting the modein which products are dispensed continuously; [4023] Purge button305 for selecting the Purge mode; [4024] Dose button 306 forselecting the mode in which dispensing is in doses with the volumeof the dose associated with the Dose button; [4025] a blue ball 300that the user can move around inside the volumetric triangle eitherby dragging it or using a double tap; [4026] "-" buttons 302 foreach product A, B and C: reduces the fraction of product selectedwhen moving along the straight line connecting the point to thevertex of the product selected; [4027] "+" buttons 302 for eachproduct A, B and C: increases the fraction of product selected whenmoving along the straight line connecting the point to the vertexof the product selected; [4028] volumetric fraction of each productas a percentage: modifiable by the user and updated in real timeaccording to the instruction from the + and - buttons 302 and theposition of the ball 300.

[4029] While the volumetric fractions are being modified by movingthe ball or using the + and - buttons, the values of the volumetricfractions of the products A, B and C are updated automatically.When the volumetric fractions are modified using the + and -buttons, the ball 300 is moved automatically into the correspondingposition in the triangle.

[4030] When the application run on the tablet is started up, itautomatically connects to the dispenser 11 if it is detected. Whenthe dispenser is switched off or the Bluetooth connection isbroken, the tablet disconnects. When the user moves the cursorsthat adjust the proportions of the products A and B, the values aretransmitted in real time to the dispenser 11.

[4031] The Settings page of the application contains the followingelements: [4032] status bar at the top of the screen: indicates thestatus of the Bluetooth connection or .mu.Mix if there is noBluetooth connection; [4033] thumbnails at the bottom of thescreen: for selecting the active page:

[4034] main page, Settings, Bluetooth, or Info; [4035] "Volumes"part with a text field to be filled in by the user to define thevolume of the dose, in ml (2 ml for example), and a field for thepurge volume, in ml (3 ml for example). The minimum doses in thisexample are 0.023 ml and the maximum doses are 9.90 ml (3.times.3.3ml); [4036] "Flow rate" part with selection of the flow rate: fast(>>0.03 ml/s), medium (>>0.02 ml/s) or slow(>>0.01 ml/s); [4037] "Dose" part with iterative choice ofthe mixture, for dispensing a mixture of products with smallvolumes delivered one after another in several stages;

[4038] In the contrary case, the total volume of each product isdispensed in one hit; [4039] "Triangle image" part for selectingthe image of the triangle that will be displayed on the main pagein order to be able to display a triangle with the odors deliveredby the dispenser 11. By using a "Choose image" button on the"Settings" page, an album can be accessed.

[4040] The "Products" page of the application has, in the examplein question, the following elements: [4041] a choice of the valueof each product in code step units from 0 to 1414.

[4042] Each unit corresponds to a delivered product volume of 2.33.mu.l, which is the smallest quantity that the dispenser in thisexample can deliver; when this page is displayed, it is the valuesof products on this page that are transmitted in real time to thedispenser. As soon as the page is no longer displayed, the valuessent to the dispenser are those of the main page with the triangle;[4043] display of the motor torques for A, B and C in real timerefreshed every 45 values.

[4044] The mode in which the products are delivered is theiterative or direct dose mode, according to the option chosen onthe Settings page.

[4045] The "Favorites" page allows configurations to be saved in afile. It provides access in the example in question to 10 files,namely "Configuration 1" to "Configuration 10" in addition to thedefault file. These files record for example the followingparameters: [4046] fractions of products A, B and C, [4047] Purgevolume, [4048] Dose volume, [4049] fast, medium or slow flow rate,[4050] Dose, Purge or Continuous mode, [4051] continuous oriterative dispensing.

[4052] Several tests are carried out with the dispensingsystem.

Example 1 (Ninth Aspect of the Invention)

[4053] A set of three base products was created:

TABLE-US-00014 F1: (orange peel odor) n-decanal 6% n-octanal 5%Klucel H CS 1% Absolute ethanol qs 100 F2 (rose odor) Phenylethylethanol 6% Klucel H CS 1% Absolute ethanol qs 100 F3 (anise odor)Anethole 2% Klucel H CS 1% Absolute ethanol qs 100

[4054] Each composition has a rheology ranging from 2 to 2.7Pas.

[4055] The three cartridges were placed in the three compartmentsC1, C2 and C3.

[4056] Next, several mixtures (200 mg) were created:

[4057] Mixture 1: C1 0%, C2 50%, C3 50%

[4058] Mixture 2: C1 50%, C2 50%, C3 0%

[4059] Mixture 3: C1 50%, C2 0%, C3 50%

[4060] Mixture 4: C1 34%, C2 33%, C3 33%

[4061] The olfactory notes of these mixtures were compared withmixtures created by balance of precision on 9 g.

Example 2 (Ninth Aspect of the Invention)

[4062] The same mixtures as in example 1 were created with thefollowing formulations:

TABLE-US-00015 F1: (orange peel odor) n-decanal 6% n-octanal 5%Klucel M CS 1% Absolute ethanol qs 100 F2 (rose odor) Phenylethylethanol 6% Klucel M CS 1% Absolute ethanol qs 100 F3 (anise odor)Anethole 2% Klucel M CS 1% Absolute ethanol qs 100

[4063] The olfactory notes of these mixtures were compared withmixtures created by balance of precision on 9 g.

Example 3 (Comparative)

[4064] The same mixtures as in example 1 were created with thefollowing formulations:

TABLE-US-00016 F1: (orange peel odor) n-decanal 6% n-octanal 5%Absolute ethanol qs 100 F2 (rose odor) Phenylethyl ethanol 6%Klucel M CS 1% Absolute ethanol qs 100 F3 (anise odor) Anethole 2%Klucel M CS 1% Absolute ethanol qs 100

[4065] The viscosities were around 2 to 2.5 Pas for formulations F2and F3 and <0.02 Pas for formulation F1.

[4066] The viscosity of the products was measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar.

[4067] The olfactory notes of these mixtures were compared withmixtures created by balance of precision on 9 g. An olfactorydifference was noted in the case of mixtures 2, 3 and 4.

[4068] Mixture 2: C1 50%, C2 50%, C3 0%

[4069] Mixture 3: C1 50%, C2 0%, C3 50%

[4070] Mixture 4: C1 34%, C2 33%, C3 33%

Example 4 (Ninth Aspect of the Invention)

[4071] Two people, a specialist and a beginner in the world ofperfumes, are speaking on the telephone.

[4072] The beginner has the device with the compositions of example1.

[4073] The beginner wishes to develop an aniseed and floweryformulation.

[4074] Firstly, the specialist regulates the device to create amixture (100 mg) M1: C1 20%, C2 0%, C3 80%, which she believes willsatisfy the beginner.

[4075] The beginner says that she thinks the mixture is too sweet.The specialist interprets this explanation and proposes a mixture(100 mg) M2: C1 20%, C40%, C3 40%, which she believes goes in thedirection of the beginner's wishes.

[4076] The beginner says that she still thinks the mixture is toosweet. The specialist interprets this explanation and proposes amixture (100 mg) M3: C1 30%, C50%, C3 20%, which she believes goesin the direction of the beginner's wishes.

[4077] The beginner says that she thinks the mixture is almostperfect. The specialist interprets this explanation and proposesthree mixtures (100 mg):

[4078] M4: C1 35%, C50%, C3 15%,

[4079] M5: C1 25%, C50%, C3 25%,

[4080] M6: C1 25%, C60%, C3 15%,

[4081] The beginner chooses her preferred mixture: M5

[4082] Next, a large quantity of mixture M5 is produced by weighing(25 g). The beginner then has a perfume with the same olfactoryquality as the one she had determined during the work session withthe specialist.

[4083] The same test carried out with the formulations of example 3is also possible.

[4084] However, there is a difference between the mixture selectedduring the work session with the specialist and the perfumeproduced in a large quantity by weighing.

[4085] J) Dispensing System with a Set of Cartridges forCustomizing the Levels of Durability/Comfort

[4086] The precision of the color obtained is a very importantfactor for obtaining a quality result. Users also want to be ableto alter the durability and comfort of their makeup depending onthe time, but also the location on the face. Usually, by using aproduct with good durability, the makeup is resistant, even instressed areas. However, this solution is not satisfactory onaccount of the discomfort created. The use of a comfortablecomposition makes it possible to make up the entire face, includingthe most sensitive areas. However, this solution is not verysatisfactory on account of the poor durability of the exposedareas.

[4087] It is desirable for the properties of the film to be able tobe adapted to the different parts of the face or to the time inorder to be able to make up the entire face with one and the samesystem, even if the different parts of the face require differentlevels of durability and comfort.

[4088] It is known that the treatment of the lips requires gooddurability. It is known that the treatment of the area around theeye requires a film that is more flexible and comfortable, possiblyentailing more limited durability. It is also known that thetreatment of the base requires a film that is more comfortable thanresistant. Other areas, which are less mobile, may benefit fromfilms that are resistant without causing discomfort (for example,the nose).

[4089] It is also desired that the properties of the film can beadapted to different times of the day or of the year in order to beable to apply makeup suited to the time with one and the samesystem.

[4090] Thus, it is known that, sometimes, a person may wish fortheir lipstick to be as durable as possible, for instance in thecase of a performance or show. By contrast, on other occasions, itis comfort which takes priority, for example when socializing.

[4091] Usually, the solution consists in using a series of productscreated for such and such a part of the face. This approach, whichis very widespread, presents the problem of the number ofreferences to be provided in order to cover all the needs in termsof color.

[4092] In our case, given the desire to create several levels ofdurability/comfort, the approach would consist in multiplying theproducts.

[4093] Moreover, when there is a desire to be able to vary theconcentrations of colored ingredients (in order that the user canhave the most suitable color(s) for each area), it is even moredifficult to provide an entire range of products, with differentcolors and different levels of durability/comfort.

[4094] One possibility is to provide users with a single system forvarying durability/comfort that is mounted with an entire set ofcartridges of product providing a variety of film qualities. Inthis case, depending on the area to be treated, the system will usesuch and such a product without the user needing the change thecartridges of product in the compartments of the system. However,this approach is not realistic since it requires the system to havea very large number of compartments, and cartridges, requiringcomplex and expensive technology.

[4095] We have thus sought to propose a simple system forregulating the concentration of colored ingredients and of filmquality.

[4096] This system is especially advantageous for rapidly treating(without having to change systems or cartridges) all of the areasof the face, varying the color thereof, and ensuring suitable filmqualities.

[4097] It also allows the user to test their colors and filmqualities until the best performance in terms of visual effect andcomfort has been achieved.

[4098] According to a tenth aspect, the invention seeks to solvethis problem, and it achieves this aim by virtue of a system fordispensing a product, comprising a dispenser that receives at leasttwo cartridges containing a first base product and a second baseproduct, respectively, the dispenser making it possible to deliverat least these two base products in adjustable proportions, thefirst base product comprising a volatile solvent and a film-formingpolymer, the second base product comprising a nonvolatile oil.

[4099] The invention, according to this tenth aspect, has one ormore of the following features: [4100] the first base product is inthe form of a liquid anhydrous composition, [4101] the second baseproduct is in the form of an anhydrous liquid composition, [4102]the first base product comprises an inverse emulsion, [4103] thesecond base product comprises an inverse emulsion, [4104] thefilm-forming polymer is hydrophobic, [4105] the property of thefilm that varies is its flexibility, [4106] the property of thefilm that varies is its oily nature, [4107] the property of thefilm that varies is its tightening nature, [4108] the two baseproducts are chosen to react with one another to form a film,[4109] the first base product comprises a reactive silicone and thesecond base product comprises a catalyst that brings about thecrosslinking of the reactive silicone, [4110] the reactive siliconecomprises a mixture of telechelic polyorganosiloxane bearing avinyl function at the two chain ends and polyhydrogenosiloxane,[4111] the catalyst is platinum based, [4112] the first baseproduct comprises a film-forming polymer and the second baseproduct comprises an oily compound that is liquid at roomtemperature, [4113] the film-forming polymer has a glass transitiontemperature Tg greater than or equal to 30.degree. C., better stillgreater than or equal to 60.degree. C., [4114] the film-formingpolymer is chosen from vinyl, notably acrylic, polymers orcopolymers, [4115] the film-forming polymer is lipsoluble, [4116]the first and second base products contain different respectivefilm-forming polymers, [4117] the film-forming polymer of the firstbase product has a glass transition temperature Tg1 and the polymerof the second base product has a glass transition temperature Tg2different than Tg1, wherein preferably Tg1>60.degree. C. andTg2<10.degree. C., [4118] the first base product comprises apolymer or copolymer chosen from methacrylic polymers andcopolymers, polyamides, alkyl celluloses, polymers and copolymersof vinylpyrrolidone, and silicone resins, [4119] the second baseproduct comprises a polymer or copolymer chosen from acrylicpolymers and copolymers, vinyl polymers and copolymers andpolycondensates such as polyesters and polyurethanes, [4120] thefirst base product comprises an oily compound with a melting pointMp1>20.degree. C. and the second base product comprises an oilycompound with a melting point Mp2<20.degree. C.

[4121] According to its tenth aspect, a subject of the invention isalso a method for applying a cosmetic, makeup and/or care, productto human keratin materials, comprising the setting of the dispenserdepending on the area to be treated, and the dispensing of theproduct by base products being picked up from the cartridges in theproportions corresponding to the setting of the dispenser.

[4122] According to its tenth aspect, the invention is thus basedon: [4123] A dispensing system

[4124] At least two compartments which preferably comprisedifferent inverse emulsions. One with a volatile solvent and a filmformer. The other with a nonvolatile oil. [4125] The system may beprogrammed to deliver, for each location on the face, the bestmixture.

[4126] According to this tenth aspect, the invention makes itpossible to treat one or more areas of the face and to obtainmixtures that are very precise in terms of color faithfulness andcomfort and suitable durability for obtaining particularlyeffective effects. Hereinbelow, the term "area" is used to denote adefined part of the face, fairly small in surface area, coveringbetween 1 cm2 and 100 cm2, better still ranging from 2 cm2 to 50cm2.

[4127] This concept applies here for all treatments in which a filmis deposited on the skin, said film being colored, concealing, ornot. For example, the concept comprises the application of aprotective film (with screening agents) or a treating film (withbiological active agents) or a tightening film.

[4128] The system according to the invention can vary the filmproduced, producing an effect of good durability or good comfort,and effects in between. Thus, depending on the adjustments chosen,the durability/comfort properties of the film are not the same.

[4129] Dispensing System

[4130] The dispensing system may consist of a single deviceoperating autonomously, preferably able to be manipulated in onehand, or of a device that operates in interaction with othercomponents or devices. It may for example entail various outletinterfaces which are mounted on the dispenser depending on the typeof makeup to be created, as will be specified below. It may alsoentail a computer system which exchanges information with thedispenser in order to operate the latter, this computer systemcomprising, for example, a portable terminal such as a smartphone,a camera phone, a tablet, a laptop computer or a dedicatedterminal.

[4131] Preferably, the dispenser is designed to pressurize one ormore compartments containing the base product(s), via volumetricmetering devices, preferably a motor causing a piston to move inthe corresponding compartment.

[4132] The dispenser may be formed of a housing and of at least twoor three compartments, and preferably an identical number ofmotors. For example, the rotation of the motors drives endlessscrews which push the pistons of each compartment. The advancingmovement of the pistons is, for example, controlled by the numberof command pulses sent to the motors and/or by the length of timefor which the latter are operating. The motors may be powered insequence or preferably simultaneously.

[4133] For example, the motors are powered during an elementaryoperating cycle for a short duration one after the other or at thesame time as one another, so as to dispense correspondingmicrodoses.

[4134] The elementary cycles are repeated, possibly with a pausebetween them, giving the base products time to flow out of thecompartments.

[4135] The compartments may be defined by cartridges, which areremoved when they become empty. As an alternative, the compartmentsare permanently present and refilled once they become empty.

[4136] Each cartridge may be closed by a stopper that can beremoved to allow the cartridge to be cleaned.

[4137] Preferably, the housing of the dispenser is of elongateshape along a longitudinal axis, making it easier to handle, andthe cartridges are disposed about this axis, inside thehousing.

[4138] Preferably, the cartridges are inserted from the rear andthe mixture is delivered from the front. The cartridges may beinserted individually or, as an alternative, the cartridgesconstitute a one-piece assembly as they are inserted.

[4139] The cartridges may each have a volumetric metering mechanismcomprising a piston moved by a drive mechanism of the dispenser ina direction accompanied by a reduction in the internal volumecontaining the base product and the expulsion of some product. Itmay be advantageous for the cartridges to have at least a region oftheir wall that is transparent so that the color of the productcontained therein can be seen.

[4140] The drive mechanism may have a motorization system formed ofmotors coupled to gearboxes, of elongate shape parallel to thelongitudinal axis of the dispenser, and positioned between thecartridges. Positioning the motors and cartridges in this way makesthe dispenser particularly compact.

[4141] The base product can leave the corresponding cartridge in asealed manner, then flow along a passage provided for this purposein the housing of the dispenser, before leaving the latter.

[4142] The cartridges advantageously end in an end piece producedin such a way that, once the cartridge has been inserted into thehousing of the dispenser, the end of the end piece terminates flushwith the housing. As an alternative, the end piece is long enoughto protrude beyond the housing and thus connect various outletinterfaces that can be attached to the housing of thedispenser.

[4143] By virtue of the drive mechanism having motors for causingthe pistons to advance, it is possible to precisely delivermixtures in very small quantities. Thus, the drive mechanism candeliver the base products with a minimum flow rate less than orequal to 50 .mu.L/s, better still less than or equal to 20 .mu.L/s,even better still less than or equal to 10 .mu.L/s. Preferably, thedrive mechanism delivers flow rates of between 20 and 100 .mu.L/s,better still between 40 .mu.L/s and 60 .mu.L/s. It is thus possibleto easily create a mixture of around 10 mg. Such a dispensingsystem is therefore ideal for achieving small touches of makeup,for covering an area of 1 cm.sup.2, better still an area of 0.5cm.sup.2, for example.

[4144] It is also possible to create larger quantities of mixturesuch as the quantities needed to make up a cheek or a face. Thesequantities remain relatively low, however, for example a quantityof between 100 and 500 mg, better still between 150 and 250 mg.

[4145] Preferably, the cartridge has a dispensing end piece throughwhich the product exits, and this dispensing end piece is driven inrotation by the drive mechanism for moving the piston. The endpiece may have at least one rotation-proofing relief, better stilltwo diametrically opposed rotation-proofing studs.

[4146] The end piece may bear a seal, notably an O-ring seal. Thus,when changing the cartridge, the seal is also changed, making itpossible to get around the problem of seal wear.

[4147] The dispenser may have an electronic board for controllingthe motorized drive mechanism, this electronic board having the endpiece(s) passing through it. This may make it possible to produce aboard extending across substantially the entire cross section ofthe dispenser so that all the electronic components of thedispenser can be grouped together on a single board, thus improvingcompactness and reliability. The board may extend substantiallyperpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the housing. The boardmay bear a switch for controlling operation of the dispenser.

[4148] The dispensing system may be designed to operate in at leasttwo dispensing modes.

[4149] In a first mode, referred to as "continuous", the mixture isdispensed as long as pressure is applied to the control switch.

[4150] In a second mode, referred to as "dose", a predefinedquantity of the mixture is dispensed for each press of theswitch.

[4151] The end piece(s) may terminate at one end of the housing.This may make it possible to reduce the dead volume, as will beexplained in detail below.

[4152] The end piece(s) may have at their end a shutoff system forpreventing the products from drying out in the duct, for example aself-healing membrane.

[4153] The cartridge may have a hollow screw onto which the pistonis screwed, the piston being able to move axially along the screwas the latter turns; the piston is prevented from turning in thebody of the cartridge. For example, the friction of the pistonagainst the body of the cartridge may be enough to prevent it fromturning when the screw turns.

[4154] Preferably, rotation is rendered impossible with a cartridgebody of non-circular cross section and a piston that is notdeformable.

[4155] The torque of the motors may be determined electronicallydepending on the current drawn, and may be used for example todetect that the piston has reached the end of its travel.Information regarding the torque may be transmitted remotely to acomputer system that has a man-machine interface, in order thatcorrect operation of the dispenser can be monitored.

[4156] In order to adjust the shade, the dispensing systemaccording to the invention has to allow the user to vary the volumedelivered from each compartment.

[4157] Preferably, the dispenser is operated by a computer systembuilt into the dispenser or external thereto, the dispenser thenbeing able to exchange information with the computer system using awireless or wired protocol.

[4158] The dispenser may thus be operated so as to allow the shadeto be adjusted by controlled simultaneous or sequential dispensingof several base products of different colors.

[4159] The dispensing of the base products may be continuous; insuch a case, the volumes of each of the base products are dispensedin a single shot, simultaneously or in succession.

[4160] In the case of simultaneous dispensing, it is beneficial tobe able to adjust the respective flow rates of the various baseproducts in order for the dispensed mixture to correspond to thedesired mixture at all times. Such a dispensing mode may besuitable in particular when dispensing the mixture by spraying,using an airbrush. To adjust the flow rates it is possible, forexample, to alter the speed at which the pistons move, for examplein the case where the pistons are driven by an endless screw, byvarying the rotational speed of the motors that drive the screw.The products may also be dispensed in a pulsed manner with adispensing time and a pause in each cycle. By altering the dutycycle it is possible to alter the flow rate.

[4161] All the products may be delivered simultaneously during thedispensing time or, as an alternative, the cycles of the variousproducts are phase-shifted from one another so that one product isdispensed while the other products are paused.

[4162] In one particular embodiment of the invention, the mixtureis delivered into a cavity of a container which may closehermetically or not, for example in the form of a cup, into whichan applicator, particularly a stylus or a brush may be slipped.Such a dispensing system is especially suited to liners, glossesand other formulations applied without direct contact with thehands. This container may be removable.

[4163] For example, it is used as a lip-color dispenser and has adispensing system, for example using a screw. When it is notremovable, the container may be produced with the body of thedispenser. When it is removable, it may constitute one outputinterface among others that can be mounted on the dispenser.

[4164] The compartments, and in particular the cartridges, maycontain all or part of the drive mechanism and, for example, themotorizing system or, better still, part of the motorizing system,the purpose of this being to reduce the number of moving parts inthe body of the dispenser outside the cartridges. For example, thecartridges contain the rotor of the motor. Once the cartridges havebeen installed in the body of the dispenser, the rotors are made tointeract with the stators.

[4165] The dispensing system is advantageously arranged in such away as to allow the running of preprogrammed sequences in which themixture delivered by the system is modified continuously ordiscontinuously. A "graduated" mode makes it possible for exampleto progress gradually from a mixture A to a mixture B. In the casewhere the application is by spraying, notably using an airbrush,this makes it possible for graduations to be achieved simply. An"alternate" mode makes it possible for example to switch quicklyfrom a mixture

[4166] A to a mixture B several times in succession. In the case ofapplication by spraying, a multilayer application can thus beachieved, with different formulations for two superposed adjacentcoats. Another mode makes it possible for example to offer severalpreprogrammed successive mixtures, the computer system each timeindicating to the user how these should be used, for example bydisplay on a screen.

[4167] In the case of manual application, the mixtures aredispensed for example into a cup. The person applies the makeup tothe recommended place with a corresponding mixture taken from thecup, then, if necessary, cleans out the cup and commands deliveryof a new mixture; the operation is repeated as many times asnecessary until the person is fully made up.

[4168] The mixtures dispensed can be hom*ogenized in various waysdepending on the type of use. In the case of manual application, itcan be done directly on the application area at the time ofapplication or in the cup before the mixture is picked up; in thecase of an airbrush application, the pipe of the airbrush is usedas a mixing chamber; if the mixture is dispensed into a containerfor later use, hom*ogenization can be performed by hand or bypassing the dispensed products through a mixing chamber situatedbetween the dispenser and the container or incorporated directlyinto the container, as described in detail below.

[4169] The product may be delivered by the dispensing system andused extemporaneously. As an alternative, the product delivered bythe dispensing system is packaged and used later, for example onseveral occasions, with, for example, at least one day's intervalbetween two uses.

[4170] In preferred exemplary embodiments:

[4171] Compartment 1 contains a composition C1.

[4172] Compartment 2 contains a composition C2.

[4173] The contact between C1 and C2, at different ratios, bringsabout different film durability/comfort qualities.

[4174] Composition C1 preferably comprises a lipophilic continuousphase (inverse emulsion or liquid anhydrous composition) comprisinga film-forming polymer and a volatile solvent.

[4175] Composition C2 preferably comprises a lipophilic continuousphase (inverse emulsion or liquid anhydrous composition) comprisinga nonvolatile oil.

[4176] Film-Forming Polymer

[4177] This type of polymer is particularly advantageous insofar asit makes it possible to significantly increase the durability ofthe matt effect over time.

[4178] According to a particularly preferred form of the invention,the compositions according to the invention comprise at least onehydrophobic film-forming polymer.

[4179] Within the meaning of the invention, a "polymer" isunderstood to be a compound corresponding to the repetition of oneor more units (these units resulting from compounds known asmonomers). This or these unit(s) are repeated at least twice andpreferably at least three times.

[4180] Within the meaning of the present invention, a "hydrophobicfilm-forming polymer" is understood to denote a film-formingpolymer that has no affinity for water and, in this respect, doesnot lend itself to a formulation in the form of a solute in anaqueous medium. In particular, a hydrophobic polymer is understoodto be a polymer which has a solubility in water at 25.degree. C. ofless than 1% by weight.

[4181] A "film-forming polymer" is understood to be a polymer thatis capable of forming, by itself or in the presence of an auxiliaryfilm-forming agent, a macroscopically continuous film on a support,especially on keratin materials, and preferably a cohesive film,and better still a film of which the cohesion and mechanicalproperties are such that said film may be able to be isolated andmanipulable in isolation, for example when said film is prepared bypouring onto a non-stick surface, for instance a Teflon-coated orsilicone-coated surface.

[4182] In particular, the hydrophobic film-forming polymer is apolymer chosen from the group comprising: [4183] film-formingpolymers that are soluble in an organic solvent medium, inparticular liposoluble polymers; this means that the polymer issoluble or miscible in the organic medium and forms a singlehom*ogeneous phase when it is incorporated into the medium; [4184]film-forming polymers that are dispersible in an organic solventmedium, which means that the polymer forms an insoluble phase inthe organic medium, the polymer remaining stable and/or compatibleonce incorporated into this medium. In particular, such polymersmay be in the form of non-aqueous dispersions of polymer particles,preferably dispersions in silicone oils or hydrocarbon-based oils;in one embodiment, the non-aqueous polymer dispersions comprisepolymer particles stabilized on their surface with at least onestabilizing agent; these non-aqueous dispersions are often referredto as NADs; [4185] film-forming polymers in the form of aqueousdispersions of polymer particles, which means that the polymerforms an insoluble phase in water, the polymer remaining stableand/or compatible once incorporated into the water, the polymerparticles possibly being stabilized at their surface with at leastone stabilizing agent. These polymer particles are often known as"latices".

[4186] Hydrophobic film-forming polymers that may notably bementioned include hom*opolymers and copolymers of a compound bearingan ethylenic unit, acrylic polymers and copolymers, polyurethanes,polyesters, polyureas, cellulose-based polymers such asnitrocellulose, silicone polymers such as silicone resins, siliconepolyamides, polymers bearing a non-silicone organic backbonegrafted with monomers containing a polysiloxane, polyamide polymersand copolymers, and polyisoprenes.

[4187] In particular, said hydrophobic film-forming polymer(s) arepresent totally or partially, and preferably solely, in the gelledoily phase.

[4188] As hydrophobic film-forming polymers that are mostparticularly suitable for use in the invention, mention may be madenotably of block ethylenic polymers, vinyl polymers comprising atleast one carbosiloxane dendrimer derivative and silicone resins (Tresin, MQ resin).

[4189] Volatile Solvent

[4190] Within the meaning of the invention, a "volatile solvent" isunderstood to be any oil that is capable of evaporating on contactwith the skin in less than one hour, at room temperature andatmospheric pressure.

[4191] The volatile oil is a volatile cosmetic compound, which isliquid at room temperature, notably having a non-zero vaporpressure, at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, notablyhaving a vapor pressure ranging from 0.13 Pa to 40 000 Pa(10.sup.-3 to 300 mmHg), in particular ranging from 1.3 Pa to 13000 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmHg) and more particularly ranging from 1.3 Pato 1300 Pa (0.01 to 10 mmHg).

[4192] The volatile oils may be hydrocarbon-based oils or siliconeoils.

[4193] Among the volatile hydrocarbon-based oils containing from 8to 16 carbon atoms, mention may be made notably of branched C8-C16alkanes, for instance C8-C16 isoalkanes (also known asisoparaffins), isododecane, isodecane, isohexadecane and, forexample, the oils sold under the trade names Isopar or Permethyl,branched C8-C16 esters, for instance isohexyl neopentanoate, andmixtures thereof. Preferably, the volatile hydrocarbon-based oil ischosen from volatile hydrocarbon-based oils containing from 8 to 16carbon atoms, and mixtures thereof, in particular from isododecane,isodecane and isohexadecane, and is especially isohexadecane.

[4194] Mention may also be made of volatile linear alkanescomprising from 8 to 16 carbon atoms, in particular from 10 to 15carbon atoms and more particularly from 11 to 13 carbon atoms, forinstance n-dodecane (C12) and n-tetradecane (C14) sold by Sasolunder the respective references Parafol 12-97.RTM. and Parafol14-97.RTM., and also mixtures thereof, the undecane-tridecanemixture, mixtures of n-undecane (C11) and of n-tridecane (C13)obtained in examples 1 and 2 of the application WO 2008/155 059from the company Cognis, and mixtures thereof.

[4195] Volatile silicone oils that may be mentioned include linearvolatile silicone oils such as hexamethyldisiloxane,octamethyltrisiloxane, decamethyltetrasiloxane,tetradecamethylhexasiloxane, hexadecamethylheptasiloxane anddodecamethylpentasiloxane.

[4196] Volatile cyclic silicone oils that may be mentioned includehexamethylcyclotrisiloxane, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane,decamethylcyclopentasiloxane and dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane.

[4197] Nonvolatile Oil

[4198] A "nonvolatile oil" is understood to be an oil that remainson the skin at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure for atleast several hours, and that in particular has a vapor pressure ofless than 0.13 Pa (0.01 mmHg).

[4199] These nonvolatile oils may be hydrocarbon-based oils,notably of animal or plant origin, silicone oils, or mixturesthereof. A "hydrocarbon-based oil" is understood to be an oilmainly containing hydrogen and carbon atoms and possibly oxygen,nitrogen, sulfur and/or phosphorus atoms.

[4200] Nonvolatile hydrocarbon-based oils that may especially bementioned include: [4201] hydrocarbon-based oils of animal origin,[4202] hydrocarbon-based oils of plant origin such as triglyceridesconstituted by fatty acid esters of glycerol, the fatty acids ofwhich may have chain lengths varying from C4 to C24, these chainspossibly being linear or branched, and saturated or unsaturated;these oils are in particular heptanoic or octanoic acidtriglycerides, or alternatively wheatgerm oil, sunflower oil,grapeseed oil, sesame seed oil, corn oil, apricot oil, castor oil,shea oil, avocado oil, olive oil, soybean oil, sweet almond oil,palm oil, rapeseed oil, cottonseed oil, hazelnut oil, macadamiaoil, jojoba oil, alfalfa oil, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, marrow oil,blackcurrant oil, evening primrose oil, millet oil, barley oil,quinoa oil, rye oil, safflower oil, candlenut oil, passion-floweroil and musk rose oil; shea butter; or else caprylic/capric acidtriglycerides, [4203] synthetic ethers containing from 10 to 40carbon atoms, [4204] linear or branched hydrocarbons of mineral orsynthetic origin, such as petroleum jelly, polydecenes,hydrogenated polyisobutene, squalane and liquid paraffins, andmixtures thereof, [4205] synthetic esters such as oils of formulaR1COOR2 in which R1 represents a linear or branched fatty acidresidue containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and R2 represents anotably branched hydrocarbon-based chain containing from 1 to 40carbon atoms, on the condition that R1+R2.gtoreq.10, for instancepurcellin oil (cetostearyl octanoate), isopropyl myristate,isopropyl palmitate, C12 to C15 alkyl benzoates, hexyl laurate,diisopropyl adipate, isononyl isononanoate, isodecyl neopentanoate,2-ethylhexyl palmitate, isostearyl isostearate, 2-hexyldecyllaurate, 2-octyldecyl palmitate, 2-octyldodecyl myristate, alkyl orpolyalkyl heptanoates, octanoates, decanoates or ricinoleates suchas propylene glycol dioctanoate; hydroxylated esters such asisostearyl lactate, diisostearyl malate and 2-octyldodecyl lactate;polyol esters and pentaerythritol esters, [4206] fatty alcoholsthat are liquid at room temperature, with a branched and/orunsaturated carbon-based chain containing from 12 to 26 carbonatoms, for instance octyldodecanol, isostearyl alcohol, oleylalcohol, 2-hexyldecanol, 2-butyloctanol and 2-undecylpentadecanol,[4207] higher fatty acids such as oleic acid, linoleic acid orlinolenic acid, and mixtures thereof,

[4208] The nonvolatile silicone oils that may be used in thecomposition according to the invention may be nonvolatilepolydimethylsiloxanes (PDMSs), polydimethylsiloxanes comprisingalkyl or alkoxy groups, that are pendent and/or at the end of asilicone chain, the groups each containing from 2 to 24 carbonatoms, phenyl silicones, for instance phenyl trimethicones, phenyldimethicones, phenyltrimethylsiloxydiphenylsiloxanes, diphenyldimethicones, diphenylmethyldiphenyltrisiloxanes, and mixturesthereof.

[4209] Preferably, the oily phase comprises at least one siliconeoil, even more preferably chosen from: [4210] volatile cyclicsilicone oils having a viscosity at room temperature of less than 8cSt and containing in particular from 4 to 7 silicon atoms, thesesilicones optionally comprising alkyl or alkoxy groups containingfrom 1 to 10 carbon atoms, in particular chosen fromhexamethylcyclotrisiloxane, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane,decamethylcyclopentasiloxane and dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane(cyclohexasiloxane), and mixtures thereof; [4211] volatile ornonvolatile polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMSs) (INCI name: Dimethicone);[4212] phenylated silicones; [4213] polydimethylsiloxanescomprising aliphatic groups, in particular alkyl groups, or alkoxygroups, which are pendent and/or at the end of the silicone chain;these groups each comprising from 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and moreparticularly caprylyl methicone, such as the commercial product DowCorning FZ-3196.RTM. from the company Dow Corning; [4214] mixturesthereof.

[4215] Optimization

[4216] It is very advantageous to have as few compartments aspossible.

[4217] Thus, if the system is desired to be able to adjust thecolor, it will be necessary to provide two compartments in additionto the two intended for controlling the film quality. Thus, it willbe necessary to provide: [4218] compartments 1 and 2 containing theingredients for varying the quality of durability/comfort of thefilm, and [4219] other compartments (3 or 4 for example), forplacing the ingredients M for varying the color therein.

[4220] It is also possible to place the active agents M incompartments 1 or 2 or 1 and 2.

[4221] In this way, the total number of compartments is reduced to3, or even 2, rather than 4.

[4222] For example, the active agents M are put in the productsthat are placed in compartments 1 and 2. In compartment 1, M is setat a high concentration, and in compartment 2, M is set at a lowconcentration.

[4223] The active agents that produce the film and regulate thedurability/comfort properties thereof are thus placed incompartments 1 and 2. Specifically, in the example, apolymer+volatile solvent in compartment 2 and the nonvolatilesolvent in compartment 1.

[4224] If the system is used with a majority setting in 1, aproduct with a concentration of nonvolatile solvent and activeagent M is obtained.

[4225] The majority setting in 1 can then be used on foundationareas where extensive coverage and a comfortable film aredesired.

[4226] The majority setting in 2 can be used on marked areas of theface. The low quantity of colored active agent M does not make itpossible to obtain good concealing, but this concealing will lastover time, thus compensating for the moderate concealing power. Thediscomfort in these areas, of limited area, is not consideredbothersome.

[4227] It is possible to place an active agent M1 in a productintended for compartment 1 and an active agent M2 in a productintended for compartment 2. For example, M1 is a yellow pigment andM2 is a red pigment. The active agents that produce the film andregulate the durability/comfort properties thereof are thus placedin compartments 1 and 2. Specifically, in the example, apolymer+volatile solvent in compartment 2 and the nonvolatile oilin compartment 1.

[4228] The majority setting in 1 can then be used on foundationareas where a base color and a comfortable film are desired.

[4229] The majority setting in 2 can be used on areas such as thelips or the cheeks. A reddish color with good durability isobtained.

[4230] It is possible to place an active agent M1 in a productintended for compartment 1 and the same active agent M1 in aproduct intended for compartment 2. For example, M1 is a yellowpigment. The active agents that produce the film and regulate thedurability/comfort properties thereof are thus placed incompartments 1 and 2. Specifically, in the example, apolymer+volatile solvent in compartment 2 and the nonvolatile oilin compartment 1.

[4231] The majority setting in 1 can then be used on foundationareas where a base color and a comfortable film are desired.

[4232] The majority setting in 2 can be used on contour areas suchas the top of the forehead or the nose. Thus, the same color as therest of the face is obtained, but with better durability, making itpossible to resist movements and rubbing and movements of the hairand/or spectacles.

[4233] It is possible to place the active agents M in a compartment3. For example, a yellow pigment is placed therein.

[4234] The active agents that produce the durability/comfort of thefilm and regulate the film properties are placed in compartments 1and 2. Specifically, in the example, a polymer+volatile solvent incompartment 2 and the nonvolatile oil in compartment 1.

[4235] The invention according to this tenth aspect is not limitedto active agents that provide coloring effects. It is possible touse care active agents such as anti-aging, antioxidant,anti-wrinkle, antiperspirant, mark-preventing, photoprotective andmoisturizing active agents.

[4236] It is also possible to mix active agents that providecoloring effects and care effects.

[4237] Use for Making Up One or More Precise Areas of the Skin

[4238] The dispensing system allows makeup to be applied, day afterday, with only the areas that need to be hidden being treated. Tothis end, small doses of makeup are delivered, and are appliedspecifically and sequentially to the corresponding areas. Eachsmall dose is created using the mixture suited to the area.

[4239] In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the dispensingsystem waits for information regarding which area is to be treatedand then delivers the corresponding mixture. It may use apreprogrammed look-up table for that purpose, this table being theresult for example of a learning process as defined below.

[4240] In one particularly advantageous embodiment, the programmingtakes into account the resistance and comfort to be achieved inorder to obtain optimum results. As an alternative, the dispensingsystem informs the person, when delivering a mixture, of the areato which the person is to apply the mixture. Thus, the dispensingsystem may follow an application program in which it delivers, in agiven order, the various mixtures that are to be applied.

[4241] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is informed as to the quantities to be delivered.For that, it memorizes the relationship between the color, the areaof the face and the quantity needed, thereby making it possible toreduce costs and wastage of product, and to cover the skin onlylightly, thus avoiding occlusion effects. In so doing, it ispossible to use products that have a high covering capability andprovide too much cover to be applied to the whole of the face.Thus, it is possible to obtain makeup of natural or evenundetectable appearance.

[4242] The dispensing system may also make it possible, byfacilitating the dispensing of small quantities and rapid usethereof, to reduce the time for which the products are kept, thusmaking it possible to reduce the risks of the products changingand/or to reduce the amounts of preservative to be used.

[4243] The dispensing system is suited to treating the areas thatare to be concealed, without having to conceal the entire face.

[4244] When the user is looking for the color to apply to an areaof the face, it is advantageous to memorize the color best suitedto each area, and the dispensing system is thus advantageouslydesigned to memorize this color and the corresponding area. Thus,by using the memorized information, on each use, the same mixturecan be delivered for each area or, if several areas are beingtreated, the same series of mixtures can be delivered for the sameseries of areas.

[4245] The dispensing system may also be designed to allow an areato be treated by varying the colors application after application.Thus, the person may make up her lips using different colors thatshe chooses on a day-by-day basis to suit her tastes. This approachis also suitable for the eyelids or eyelashes, and for face makeupbecause the person may fancy a change of foundation color. Forexample, on weekdays, the person applies a pale colored foundation,with a more tanned foundation color at the weekends, or may haveeye makeup in one color one day and another color another day.

[4246] The dispensing system may be designed to allow the user tochange color to suit her tastes according to the day, the time,what she is wearing, and the weather. Thus, a system to assist withdecision making is advantageously provided to guide the user in herchoices of color.

[4247] An assistance system may also be provided for balancing thecolors on the same face and contribute toward a successful overallmakeup look.

[4248] It may be desirable for several people in the same group,for example a family, to be able to use the dispensing system, thusreducing costs and minimizing the space taken up. This solution isparticularly suited to travel or hotels, campsites, airplanes,campervans, boutiques, schools, etc. For that, provision may bemade for the dispensing system to be able to be informed as towhich person is using it, so as to access pre-stored personaldata.

[4249] Continuous Use for Graduated Makeup

[4250] In this application, the dispensing system changes theformulation of the mixture while it is delivering the product. Inaddition, the outlet for the base products or for the mixture ismoved relative to a container or a support defining an applicationsurface. In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system is designed to calculate the way in which themixture evolves as a function of the color C1 of one area to betreated and of the color C2 of another area to be treated. Forexample, with the knowledge that the chin requires a color C1 andthat the cheek requires a color C2, the dispensing system may varythe formulation of the mixture while it is delivering it in orderto graduate the color between these two colors. This makes itpossible for example to better conceal imperfections of the facewhile ensuring that the end result is realistic, or allows color tobe graduated for beautifying purposes. The dispensing system mayalso be designed such that the user can command a variation incolor of the mixture dispensed without the start and/or end colorshaving been set beforehand. To do that, the dispensing system maypossess a location or auto-location system and deduce from alook-up table the colors C1 and C2 that it has to create andtherefore the changes in the mixture that it has to make.

[4251] The dispensing system may have an outlet head, in particularin the case of an airbrush, which is mobile and steered. Thisoption then makes it possible to achieve graduated effects withoutmoving the rest of the dispensing system. For example, thedispensing system is located near to the cheek, then a controlsystem is triggered that will automatically steer the variation informulation of the mixture and the movement of the outlet head soas, for example, to make the center of the cheek redder than theperiphery thereof, with a graduation between the two.

[4252] The dispensing system may even be used to create tailor-madeproducts that are kept for several applications.

[4253] It is also possible to produce solid or semi-solidproducts.

[4254] Manufacture of "Bespoke" Compacts or Other Solid orSemi-Solid Products

[4255] The dispensing system may be designed to allow a mixture tobe chosen and delivered to a container such as a cup. The mixturepreferably comprises compounds which are such that the mixture canset solid.

[4256] More preferably, use is made of compounds that make thesetting especially rapid. These compounds are either deposited inthe container before or after it is filled with the otheringredients, or are provided in the compartments of the dispenserwith the other constituents of the base products, or are containedin the dispenser in a compartment especially designed to containthem.

[4257] Specific compositions which may harden quickly by chemical,biochemical or physicochemical reaction after discharge may thus bedispensed.

[4258] These compositions are especially designed for the creationof compacts, namely they: [4259] set solid, [4260] yield a materialthat can crumble if rubbed, and are preferably colored.

[4261] Preferably, these compositions are very rich in solidparticles, with for example more than 10% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition, betterstill more than 20% by mass of solid particles relative to thetotal mass of the composition, even better still more than 30% bymass of solid particles relative to the total mass of thecomposition, preferably between 10 and 40% by mass of solidparticles relative to the total mass of the composition. Thesecompositions may contain absorbent particles or reactive compounds,such as those that react in contact with the air, for examplecyanoacrylate or alpha-silanes or those which react to light,notably UV.

[4262] The container into which the mixture is dispensed maycontain a compound A and the dispensed compositions may contain acompound B, A and B being chosen to react with one another andsolidify the mixture.

[4263] In one particular embodiment of the invention, thedispensing system incorporates a heating means, for example with anelectrical resistor, to create lipsticks or other waxy products. Inthat case, the base products are heated before being delivered.

[4264] The dispensing system may also comprise a means forsupplying heat and/or light energy, after the mixture has beendispensed into a container, for example an electrical resistor oran LED, notably UV. This energy may accelerate the setting-solid ofthe dispensed mixture.

[4265] Preferably, the mixture is hom*ogenized before it setssolid.

[4266] Creation of Color Palettes

[4267] The dispensing system may have a support, having severalregions, and may be designed to automatically generate severalmixtures deposited in said regions, for example a series of colorssuited to various parts of the face.

[4268] The support may define several cavities to receive themixtures or may bear several containers, for example in the form ofcups, potentially cups that are separable from the support.

[4269] In one particular case, the support adopts the shape of aface with regions for receiving the mixtures for targetedapplication areas.

[4270] The support may be able to move, notably to rotate, withrespect to the body of the dispenser and, for example, may bedriven in its movement by the dispenser so that various spaces orcontainers can be filled in succession.

[4271] Cup-Type Dispenser

[4272] There is a benefit to having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that the user can easily pick up. Moreover, incases in which the base products delivered by the dispensing systemare not already blended, there is a need to allow the user toperform the mixing easily.

[4273] The dispensing system may have a cup and a dispenser forfilling the cup with at least one product, the cup being secured tothe dispenser at least while it is being filled.

[4274] The cup is sometimes also known as a "crucible" and thatterm should be understood in its broadest sense.

[4275] A "cup secured to the dispenser" should be understood asmeaning that the cup is held, notably immobilized, at leasttemporarily, on the dispenser, being for example fixed to thelatter by screws, magnetic attraction, clip-fastening, bayonetlocking, clamping, or produced with a part of the dispenser body bymaterial molding. When it is secured to the dispenser, the cupallows the latter to be manipulated in one hand, the cup remainingin place on the dispenser while the latter is being movedaround.

[4276] The dispenser may be offered to the user with the cupalready in place.

[4277] As an alternative, the cup is installed by the user thefirst time the dispensing system is used.

[4278] The cup is preferably less deep than it is wide, makingaccess to it easier and allowing the product, notably the mixture,to be picked up with an applicator or a finger.

[4279] Preferably, the cup is separable from the dispenser andconstitutes one outlet interface that can be chosen from acollection of outlet interfaces that can be mounted on thedispenser, at the choice of the user and according to the making upto be performed, as described in detail below.

[4280] Preferably, the dispensing system comprises several fillingorifices for filling with different base products, opening into thecup. Thus, the mixing of these products may take place in thecup.

[4281] The cup preferably has a bottom that is concave toward theoutside, making it easier for the user to clean it between twouses.

[4282] In addition, this may make the product easier for the userto pick up and the base products easier to mix.

[4283] Preferably, the dispenser allows at least two base productsto be delivered into the cup, in adjustable proportions, and betterstill at least three products.

[4284] In one exemplary embodiment, the dispensing system has atleast two cups that can be selectively fed by the dispenser. Thismay allow the user to fill these two cups quickly with mixtureswith different characteristics. This may facilitate the testing ofcolored substances and/or allow the preparation of severaldifferent color mixtures intended for making up respective areas ofthe face. The cups may be associated with identifiers that remindthe user of the area of the face for which a mixture contained in agiven cup is intended.

[4285] The cups may be able to move relative to the dispenser,being for example borne by a mobile support such as a turret thatis rotatable with respect to the dispenser or by a slide capable oftranslational movement with respect to the dispenser.

[4286] The dispensing system may comprise a lid for closing thecup. This closure lid is preferably transparent so that the usercan see the color of the mixture contained inside.

[4287] When the cup is separable from the dispenser it may ifnecessary be introduced into a housing that allows it to betransported more easily, this housing being able, if necessary, tocontain a mirror and/or an applicator. The lid of the housing mayin this case act as a lid for the cup.

[4288] The volume of the cup may be between 2 and 1000 mm.sup.3,better still between 100 and 1000 mm.sup.3, even better stillbetween 250 and 750 mm.sup.3.

[4289] The base product(s) delivered into the cup are preferablyfoundations, but as an alternative may be makeup products for thelips or eyelids.

[4290] The cup preferably has a shape that exhibits symmetry ofrevolution. As an alternative, it has a polygonal or some othercontour. Its largest inside diameter, or that of the inscribedcircle in the case of a noncircular contour, is preferably between2 and 100 mm, preferentially between 5 and 40 mm. Its depth ispreferably between 1 and 10 mm, better still between 3 and 8 mm.Preferably, the size and shape of the cup either allow directapplication of the mixture to the skin or allow the mixture to bepicked up on a finger or using an applicator. The cup may be madeof an elastically deformable material, making it possible forexample to turn the concavity of the bottom of the cup inside outand empty it more easily or use it to apply the product.

[4291] The cup may have no blender; in that case, the base productsmay arrive in the cup from the dispenser in the unmixed state, viadistinct respective dispensing orifices. As an alternative, thedispenser incorporates a blender and the base products arrive inthe cup already blended.

[4292] The cup may also incorporate a static blender as describedin detail below, which is fed via distinct filling orifices of thedispenser and which preferably delivers the mixture into a cavityof the cup situated above the blender.

[4293] A further subject of the invention is a method for preparinga makeup product, comprising the step of filling a cup of adispensing system as defined above with at least one base productfrom the dispenser.

[4294] Several products may be delivered into the bottom of thecup, then blended using a finger or an applicator, or a staticblender incorporated into the cup.

[4295] The cup is preferably filled from beneath. Dispensingsystems using a sonotrode have been proposed in the past.

[4296] The cup according to the invention is not intended tovibrate in order to dispense the product(s) conveyed by the feedpassage(s) supplying it. It differs from a sonotrode. Preferably,the cup is made of plastic.

[4297] Blender Incorporated into the Outlet Interface

[4298] There is a benefit in having a dispensing system capable ofdelivering a mixture that can easily be used, notably picked up bythe user, without the need for an additional mixing action on thepart of the user.

[4299] The dispensing system may have a dispenser having outletpassages for base products and an outlet interface that isseparable from the dispenser, this interface having a staticblender that preferably delivers the mixture into a cavity where itcan be picked up.

[4300] The static blender may be situated under the abovementionedcavity. The dispensing system is then particularly suited to thecreation of compacts, using cups with an in-built static blender asoutlet interfaces. In that case, the cavity of the cup is filledwith product from beneath. After passing into the static blender,the blended base products cover the blender.

[4301] It is possible to use several outlet interfaces and to fillthem with different respective mixtures, without the need to purgethe blender, thereby reducing losses of product. The outletinterface may be a single-use interface, if necessary.

[4302] Preferably, the static blender has a central chambercommunicating with base product intake ducts. This central chambermay communicate with a peripheral chamber having a series ofpartitions which act as deflectors for the mixture and createshearing thereof.

[4303] The peripheral chamber may have a perforated annularpartition defining perforations through which the mixture passes asit circulates in the peripheral chamber. The central and peripheralchambers may be closed at the top by a wall which defines the endwall of the cavity receiving the mixture.

[4304] The end wall of the peripheral chamber may be of helicalshape about the axis of the cup and of a height that decreases inthe direction toward the outlet. The latter may open ahead of aconnecting ramp connecting the end wall of the peripheral chamberand the top wall of the blender, this connecting ramp preferablybeing a portion of a helix extending the helix formed by the endwall of the peripheral chamber.

[4305] Preferably, the peripheral chamber comprises theabovementioned annular partition and radial partitions that forcethe mixture to circulate alternately between upper and lowerregions of the peripheral chamber and between radially inner andouter regions, the mixture circulating for example from an upperand radially outer region to a lower and radially outer region bypassing through the abovementioned annular partition.

[4306] The blender may have an outer body in which a componentforming the core of the blender is housed, the outer body radiallyclosing the peripheral chamber on the outside and comprising anupright that separates the central and peripheral chambers.

[4307] The outer body of the blender and the core of the blendermay each be produced as a single piece by injection molding.

[4308] Reduced Dead Volume

[4309] There is benefit to be had in reducing the losses of productwhen changing the formulation of the mixture and in allowing thecolor of the mixture to be varied as quickly as possible duringapplication, particularly when the dispenser is coupled to anairbrush.

[4310] The dispensing system may have a dispenser receiving atleast two cartridges that each have a reservoir containing a baseproduct, the latter leaving the cartridge through an outlet passageof the cartridge, this outlet passage opening out at the outside ofthe dispenser or near the external surface thereof.

[4311] The outlet passage may notably open into an area in whichthe mixture is picked up or close to this area, notably less than 5mm away, better still less than 3 mm away, better still less than 1mm away, or even better still flush therewith.

[4312] The cross section of the outlet passage is, for example,between 1 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[4313] Thus, each base product coming from a cartridge can leavethe dispenser without mixing with a base product from anothercartridge and the dead volume that cannot be picked up and islikely to increase the inertia of the system is minimized. Theproduct is more quickly available without having to circulatethrough special passages in the housing of the dispenser, therebyavoiding a painstaking purging step in the event of a cartridgechange.

[4314] The outside of the dispenser may be the product pickup area,notably when the dispenser is produced with a cup that is notdesigned to be removed, into which the mixture is dispensed, or adispensing area intended for the mounting of a removable outletinterface, which defines the pickup area. This outlet interface mayhave a cup as defined above. This mounting area corresponds forexample to the outside of the housing of the dispenser in theabsence of the outlet interface. The mounting area may besubstantially planar and perpendicular to the longitudinal axis ofthe dispenser housing.

[4315] The dispenser may have three cartridges of baseproducts.

[4316] The dispenser may have housings for receiving thecartridges, which are preferably received removably in thedispenser. The latter may comprise passages for ducts for thecartridges defining the outlet passages.

[4317] The length of these ducts is preferably such that the ductsare set back slightly from the end or lie flush with the cavityused for picking up the product or, as an alternative, are set backslightly from or lie flush with the end face of the housing of thedispenser that defines the mounting area.

[4318] These ducts of the cartridges may be end pieces used forcausing the pistons to move within the cartridges, as described indetail above.

[4319] Multiple Outlet Interfaces

[4320] There is a need to be able, using the same dispensingsystem, to achieve different makeup looks easily and be able, if sodesired, to make up areas as different as the skin, the lips, theeyelashes or eyebrows.

[4321] The dispensing system may comprise an assembly having adispenser of at least one cosmetic product, in particular makeup,and at least two outlet interfaces, each of which can be mountedremovably on the dispenser, these outlet interfaces being able toreceive the product(s) delivered by the dispenser, preferably beingchosen from the following: [4322] an outlet interface having acontainer, notably a cup, allowing the product to be picked upusing a finger or using an applicator, [4323] an outlet interfaceallowing the product to be delivered to a spray system, notably anairbrush, [4324] an outlet interface having several regions forreceiving the product, which can move relative to the dispenser,[4325] an outlet interface that allows the product to be deliveredto a dispensing end piece.

[4326] Preferably, the assembly comprises at least three of saidoutlet interfaces, or better still the four outlet interfaces.

[4327] The dispenser may comprise at least two different baseproducts and allow these to be delivered in variable proportionsand, preferably, the dispenser comprises three different baseproducts and allows these to be delivered in variableproportions.

[4328] Each outlet interface may have a base allowing it to befixed to the dispenser. This fixing may be done using screws forexample, but preferably the base is designed to allow an outletinterface to be removed and replaced without the need for tools. Itis, for example, a quarter-turn fixing or a fixing using anexternal locking ring.

[4329] The outlet interface and/or the housing of the dispenser maycomprise seals allowing sealed communication between the housing ofthe dispenser and the outlet interface. If appropriate, thedispenser is designed to recognize the outlet interface mountedabove, for example by virtue of the outlet interface havingidentifiers in the form of specific reliefs which are detected bythe dispenser, or in the form of an electronic chip that thedispenser recognizes. That may allow the operation of the dispenserto be adapted to the outlet interface mounted above. The dispensermay communicate information about the outlet interface it isbearing to a computer system, and the computer system may, on thebasis of this information, display a specific screen and/or run aspecific program for controlling the operating parameters of thedispenser so as, for example, to adapt the dose dispensed and/orthe flow rate to the type of outlet interface.

[4330] The user may be initially offered several outlet interfaceswith a common dispenser within one and the same package, forexample a case or a cardboard box.

[4331] A further subject of the invention is a makeup methodinvolving the step of selecting an outlet interface, mounting it onthe dispenser, and delivering the product(s) contained in thedispenser to the interface.

[4332] Mapping and Learning

[4333] The term "mapping" should be understood here as meaning aprocess of indexing a color with an area, with recording.

[4334] The mapping may relate to applications to areas smaller than1 cm.sup.2. However, the naked eye then has difficulty indiscerning whether the result obtained is adequate, and it ispreferable to substitute an instrumented evaluation withmagnification for evaluation by the naked eye. Small quantities ofcolored substance may be applied with a finger, using conventionaltools such as brushes, or using specialist applicators.

[4335] The map may be generated during a learning period in whichthe user carries out tests with mixtures on different areas of theface; once created, the map can then be used for everyday makeup.This learning period may take account of the resistance and thecomfort. In the process, the user tests several adjustments andinputs the best adjustment obtained.

[4336] Specific graphic interfaces can be used during the learningperiod and during the period of use of the map.

[4337] In particular, the dispensing system may be used with agraphic interface in which the operator sees the face, which is forexample a schematic, figurative or accurate representation such asa photograph or a 3D simulation. In that case, the operator canpoint at part of the face on the screen to show and/or deliver theappropriate color.

[4338] The graphic interface may also show the other areas of theface where use of that same color is appropriate.

[4339] To create the map, the operator applies a color, then makesan assessment.

[4340] The areas of the face can be treated one after the other;for example, the exercise is carried out on part of the cheek, thenon the nose, etc.

[4341] Another option is to create a given mixture and apply thissame mixture to several areas. The operator then needs to look forthe area of the face to which the color is suited. The mixture isthen indexed in the computer system which attributes it to thearea(s) of the face for which it is suitable.

[4342] In one of its aspects, independently of or in combinationwith the other aspects thereof, and notably with the foregoing, onesubject of the invention is a learning process for a dispensingsystem comprising a dispenser for dispensing a mixture of variablecolor, and a computer system for selecting a color and for storingdata, comprising the steps of:

[4343] a) selecting at least one color with the aid of an interfaceof the computer system,

[4344] b) delivering, with the aid of the dispenser, at least onemixture of the selected color,

[4345] c) evaluating the mixture(s) dispensed following theapplication thereof to at least one area of the face,

[4346] d) memorizing the characteristics of at least one mixture,notably a mixture that the user wishes to be able to recall, and ofat least one area on which it has been tested.

[4347] This memorizing can be carried out notably with a view tosubsequent dispensing of this mixture for making up said area.

[4348] Preferably, the computer system is designed to allow theuser to indicate whether or not the result of the test issatisfactory, or even to inform same of the comparison with a testcarried out earlier.

[4349] It is also possible to create a given mixture and to lookfor the area of the face for which it is suitable. The mixture isthen recorded, being attributed to the area(s) of the face forwhich it is suitable, in a look-up table that will be usedsubsequently in order to deduce which mixture to use on the basisof an area of the skin.

[4350] The same procedure can be adopted with other mixtures inorder to create a map of the entire face and thus have a completelook-up table for the face.

[4351] It is also possible to create a given mixture, apply it to agiven area, and then vary the mixture until the most suitablemixture is obtained. The mixture is then recorded, being attributedto the area(s) of the face for which it is suitable, in a look-uptable that will be used subsequently in order to deduce whichmixture to use on the basis of an area of the skin.

[4352] Preferably, the computer system evaluates and memorizes thequantities used area by area. Such a method, which uses "testpatches" makes it possible to identify the product(s) required bythe person wishing to apply makeup. Thus, the dispensing system canbe used at sales outlets to advise people wishing to apply makeupor at home in order to define correctly which products toorder.

[4353] The interface of the computer system preferably has a touchscreen displaying the color of the mixture when it is selected.

[4354] The interface may display a face and allow the computersystem to be informed by selecting the area on the facedisplayed.

[4355] The computer system is preferably designed to allow an area,mixture reconstruction parameters, and the date of the test and/orany other identifier of the mixture to be associated with oneanother.

[4356] The computer system is preferably also designed to allow atleast one of the following data: the name of the area, the periodof the year, the name of an event, a user identifier and the age ofthe user, to additionally be associated with said area, with themixture reconstruction parameters, and with the date or identifierof the mixture.

[4357] Steps a) to c) may be repeated at least once before thecharacteristics of the mixture are memorized in step d).

[4358] The computer system may be designed to search a database fora reference of a commercial product on the basis of thecharacteristics of the mixture identified as being suitable for atleast one given area, and to relay this information to theuser.

[4359] The selection in step a) may be carried out using an expertsystem, which may or may not be external to the computersystem.

[4360] The expert system may analyze an image of the user in orderto propose a mixture color at least on the basis of the imageanalyzed.

[4361] Step a) may be preceded by the computer system proposing tothe user a color and an area to be tested with a mixture of thiscolor.

[4362] The computer system may be designed to allow the user toinform same of his or her assessment of the result of the test instep c) and to generate a proposal to modify the mixture to beselected upon return to step a).

[4363] The computer system may be designed to propose at least onecolor of mixture in step a) depending on an application area ofwhich it has been informed by the user.

[4364] The computer system may be designed to propose at least oneapplication area in step a), on the basis of a color of which ithas been informed by the user.

[4365] The dispenser may deliver, in step b), at least two mixturesof different colors, preferably separate, so that they can beapplied simultaneously to the test area.

[4366] This may allow time to be saved and make it easier tocompare the results.

[4367] A further subject of the invention is a method of making upusing a dispensing system according to this aspect of theinvention, in which:

[4368] a) the user sends the computer system a request regarding aneed for makeup,

[4369] b) in return, the computer system generates a proposed colorfor making up an associated zone, on the basis of the learningperformed beforehand, and

[4370] c) the computer system operates the dispenser to produce themixture of the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[4371] Such a method may use a map previously established with theuser.

[4372] A further subject of the invention is a computer programproduct containing code instructions which, when run in a computersystem, allow the computer system to be made to: [4373] allow theuser to select at least one color and/or one application area,notably using an interface such as a touch screen, [4374] operate adispenser in such a way as to deliver a mixture of the colorselected by the user, [4375] allow the user to trigger thememorizing of the color of the mixture and of an associatedapplication area, notably with a view to subsequently dispensingthe same mixture, notably on the same area.

[4376] The computer program product may comprise code instructionswhich, when run in a computer system, allow the computer system tobe made to: [4377] receive a request from the user regarding a needfor makeup, notably using an interface such as a touch screen,[4378] propose, on the basis at least of data generated by thelearning process as defined above, at least one color and/or oneapplication area, [4379] operate a dispenser to produce the mixtureof the proposed color, notably if this is validated by theuser.

[4380] Remote Assistance

[4381] It is desirable to be able to assist the user in applyingmakeup, notably in choosing the correct colorings.

[4382] A further subject of the invention is thus a makeup methodcomprising the steps of: [4383] allowing a video link to beestablished, for example over the Internet, between a camera on afirst site and a second site, [4384] allowing the second site todirectly or indirectly operate a dispenser present at the firstsite, this dispenser making it possible to vary the color of amixture dispensed, [4385] allowing a person present at the firstsite to apply the mixture dispensed and to send a correspondingimage to the second site, so as to receive in return informationrelating to the makeup result.

[4386] The second site may notably have a viewing screen whichallows an adviser sitting at this screen to see the makeup resultwith the product dispensed by the dispenser and advise the personwho has applied the makeup. This adviser may in return influencethe dispenser to alter the color of the mixture and adapt it tobest suit the face of the person present at the first site. Thus,this person controls the mixture delivered by the dispenser. Thefirst person may make herself up under the gaze of the second. Thesecond person sees the result of the test on their screen and canthus correct the mixture that this second person will controlremotely until the ideal makeup is obtained.

[4387] If appropriate, the video acquisition can be calibratedusing a test pattern or with the mixture dispensed by the dispenseronto a reference surface. That then allows a more faithful displayof the makeup applied at the first site.

[4388] Preferably, the video link between the two sites is atwo-way link.

[4389] The first site may receive a tutorial from the second site,if appropriate.

[4390] Identifiers of the base products may be communicated to thesecond site; this may make it possible to precisely determine thecolor of each of the base products.

[4391] The method may involve memorizing the dispenser settingparameters once a given mixture is considered to be satisfactory.Preferably, this memory storage may be commanded from the secondsite. The memory storage may be in the computer system present atthe first site and/or on an external server.

[4392] One alternative may be to have one person working to helpseveral apply makeup. This embodiment makes it possible to developmakeup artists and their work, either within an institute or overthe Internet. It also allows people with limited capabilities, suchas people with poor eyesight, or people who have difficultydiscerning colors, or the elderly, or those lacking inself-confidence to apply makeup.

[4393] Operation Via Touch-Sensitive Interface

[4394] There is a need to make it easier to control the dispensingsystem and notably the choice of the color of the mixturedispensed.

[4395] In another of its aspects, independently of or incombination with the other aspects thereof, and notably with theforegoing, one subject of the invention is thus a dispensing systemcomprising a dispenser and a computer system for operating thedispenser, this computer system comprising a touch screen on whichthe color of the mixture may be displayed and a selection meansthat can be moved over the screen in order to vary the color of themixture dispensed.

[4396] Preferably, the screen displays end-point colors betweenwhich the color of the mixture can be selected by moving theselection means between these end-point colors.

[4397] The screen may display a scale of colors between at leasttwo colors, or an area, notably of triangular outline, within whichthe selection means can be moved. This area may locally show thecolor of the mixture depending for example on the distance fromeach of the vertices, each one embodying a pure base product.

[4398] The computer system may perform some of the calculationsnecessary to determine the fractions of each of the base productsthat lead to a mixture of the desired color.

[4399] The computer system may be a smartphone, a camera phone, atablet, or a personal computer. As an alternative, it isincorporated into the housing of the dispenser.

[4400] The computer system may have a camera. The latter can beused notably for capturing an image of the user and/or of themixture.

[4401] The computer system may be designed to display an image of aface, in order to make it easier to identify the areas to which themixture is to be applied.

[4402] Coupling of the Dispensing System to a Spray Means

[4403] The dispensing system may have or be connected to a means ofspraying the mixture, preferably an airbrush.

[4404] Another of the aspects of the invention is to improve stillfurther the dispensing systems that comprise a spray system,preferably an airbrush, and according to one of its aspects,independently of or in combination with the other aspects, andnotably the foregoing, one subject of the invention is an assemblycomprising: [4405] a spray means, preferably an airbrush having apickup chamber subjected to a stream of entrainment air, [4406] adispenser having at least two compartments containing differentbase products, the products being delivered to the spray meanspreferably via distinct distribution orifices.

[4407] The dispenser may have three cartridges containing makeupproducts of different colors.

[4408] The airbrush may have a stylus defining the pickup chamber,the stylus being fixed to the dispenser or to an outlet interfacefixed to the dispenser, or forming an integral part of this outletinterface.

[4409] The dispensing system may have a circuit controllingoperation of the dispenser, allowing the proportion of baseproducts delivered to the pickup chamber to be varied while theairbrush is in operation. The proportions may be modified dependingon the movement of the airbrush relative to the surface onto whichthe mixture is sprayed. This movement may be mechanized, ifappropriate.

[4410] This control circuit may have or be constituted by acomputer system as defined above.

[4411] The housing of the dispenser may act as a hand grip when theassembly is being handled for delivering the mixture.

[4412] The dispenser may have a camera and/or one or more sensorssuch as accelerometers so as to automatically locate the area towhich the mixture is applied, and so as to be able to automaticallyregulate the color depending on the position, if appropriate.

[4413] A further subject of the invention is a method for applyingmakeup using an assembly as defined above, in which a mixture issprayed onto the skin using the spray means, notably theairbrush.

[4414] The composition of the mixture can be modified as theairbrush is moved relative to the skin. A graduated effect can beachieved.

[4415] This aspect of the invention is based on the observationthat the dispenser can be used to supply the spray system, notablythe airbrush, while at the same time allowing the dispensing systemto be responsive enough to allow a change in the color of themixture dispensed while the face is being made up, notably as thearea to be made up changes.

[4416] It may be advantageous for the dispensing of products to beperformed iteratively, notably with dispensing times that are notphase-shifted between the various products.

[4417] This may make it easier to vary the composition of themixture dispensed over time.

[4418] The mixture may be created directly in the airbrush, withpractically no troublesome dead volume, thus allowing the mixturesprayed to be changed in real time.

[4419] The depression created in the pickup chamber is strongenough to entrain the base products without in any way impeding themetering.

[4420] The depression which prevails in the pickup chamber is forexample between 10 mbar and 200 mbar, better still between 50 and150 mbar, even better still between 75 and 125 mbar.

[4421] The viscosity of the base products as measured at 1 atm and25.degree. C. with a CONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with anMS-r3 or MS-r4 measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10minutes of rotation of the measuring bar is, for example, between0.05 Pas and 50 Pas.

[4422] The cross section of the passages along which the baseproducts arrive in the chamber is, for example, between 1 and 3mm.sup.2, better still between 2 and 3 mm.sup.2.

[4423] The product is preferably supplied continuously.

[4424] It is also possible to apply immiscible or reactive baseproducts, such as an aqueous gel and an oily gel, simultaneously,and these will be deposited directly onto the skin in a pixelatedmanner, producing a kind of gel/gel in situ, reactive silicones, orcolorants that react with one another. The ratios of base productscan be adjusted depending on the particular result desired. Forexample, in the case of aqueous gels and oily gels, the ratiocorresponding to the volume of the first base product to the volumeof the second base product could be varied between 10/1 and 1/10,better still between 5/1 and 1/5.

[4425] Location or Auto-Location System

[4426] The dispensing system according to the invention may have alocation or auto-location system.

[4427] A location system is the name given to a means via which theperson inputs the area that she is to treat. This can be performednotably using systems that leave at least one hand free. Thus, aninterface of a computer system such as a touch screen, a joystick,or voice recognition system can be used.

[4428] An auto-location system is the name given to a means forinputting the area that is to be treated without intervention onthe part of the person. This can be achieved using one or moreaccelerometers which deduce, from the movements, the directionstargeted by the person or by a camera and an image recognitionsystem.

[4429] Examples of dispensing systems suitable for the inventionaccording to its tenth aspect are shown in the figures, which willnot be described in detail again.

Example (Tenth Aspect of the Invention)

[4430] Several base products are created (the proportions are bymass)

[4431] The formulation F2 is rich in film-forming agent andvolatile solvent. The formulations F1 and F3 are rich innonvolatile oils (phenyl trimethicone et squalane) and aredifferent colors.

TABLE-US-00017 F1 F2 F3 mass % mass % mass % 1 Dimethicone copolyolsold under the 2 2 2 reference KF 6017 by the company Shin-EtsuCetyl PEG/PPG-10/1 dimethicone 0 1 0 sold under the reference AbilEM 90 by the company Goldschmidt Bis PEG/PPG-14/14 dimethicone + 10 1 Cyclopentasiloxane sold under the reference Abil EM 97 by thecompany Goldschmidt Cyclopentasiloxane 17.65 0 17.65Cyclohexasiloxane 0 8.2 0 Isododecane 0 1 0 Isohexadecane 0 1.6 0Phenyl trimethicone sold under the 2 0 2 reference DC556 by thecompany Dow Corning Ethyl hexyl methoxycinnamate 3 3 3 Squalane 1 01 2 Butyl acrylate copolymer containing 0 10 0 dendritic siliconeside chains: Tris((trimethylsiloxy)siloxyethyldimethylsiloxy)silylpropyl methacrylate in isododecane(40/60) sold under the reference Dow Corning FA 4002 ID by DowCorning 3 Cyclopentasiloxane 7 0 7 Cyclohexasiloxane 0 7.5 0 Yellowiron oxide coated with 1.25 1.25 1.65 aluminum stearoyl glutamateNAI- C33-9001-10 from the company Miyoshi Kasei Red iron oxidecoated with aluminum 0.5 0.5 0.3 stearoyl glutamate NAI-C33-8001-10from the company Miyoshi Kasei Black iron oxide coated with 0.150.15 0.15 aluminum stearoyl glutamate NAI- C33-7001-10 from thecompany Miyoshi Kasei Titanium dioxide (anatase) coated 10.1 10.19.9 with aluminum stearoyl glutamate NAI-TAO-77891 from the companyMiyoshi Kasei 4 Talc sold under the reference Micro 0.5 0 0.5 AceP3 by the company Nippon Talc Nylon 12 powder sold under the 0.5 00.5 reference SP 500 by the company Toray Industries Nylon 12powder sold under the 0 3 0 reference Orgasol 2002 EXD NAT COS bythe company Arkema Silica microspheres sold under the 0 1 0reference SB 700 by the company Miyoshi Kasei Perlite sold underthe reference 0 0.2 0 Optimat 2550 OR by the company World MineralsDemineralized water 36.15 34.8 36.15 1,3-Butylene glycol 3 6 3Magnesium sulfate 0.7 0.7 0.7 Hydrogenated maltose solution 0.5 00.5 Denatured 96.degree. ethyl alcohol 13 8 13 TOTAL 100 100100

[4432] Procedure Formulation F2

[4433] The constituents of phase A1 are weighed out in the mainbeaker and are stirred with a Moritz blender (1000 rpm) whilemaintaining at room temperature. Next, phase A2 is added at roomtemperature, by stirring using a Moritz blender (1000 rpm) untilhom*ogenized.

[4434] Phase A3 is prepared separately by milling three times in athree-roll mill the mixture of pigments and of cyclohexasiloxane.This phase A3 is then added, with continued stirring, along withphases A4 and A5.

[4435] The aqueous phase B is also prepared separately, by weighingout in a beaker the butylene glycol and the magnesium sulfate, andby adding water preheated to 95.degree. C. The aqueous phase isstirred using a magnetic bar until hom*ogenized. The emulsion ismade at room temperature: the aqueous phase B is poured into thefatty phase while gradually increasing the stirring speed (Moritzblender) up to 4000 rpm. Stirring is continued for 10 minutes.Phase C (ethanol) is finally added. The product obtained is stirredusing a Rayneri blender (paddles) for 10 minutes between 50 and 60rpm.

[4436] Procedure Formulations F1 and F3 The constituents of phaseA1 are weighed out in the main beaker and are stirred with a Moritzblender (1000 rpm) while maintaining at room temperature. Phase A3is prepared separately by milling three times in a three-roll millthe mixture of pigments and of cyclopentasiloxane. This phase A3 isthen added, with continued stirring, along with the fillers (phaseA4).

[4437] The aqueous phase B is also prepared separately, by weighingout in a beaker the glycerol, the butylene glycol, the magnesiumsulfate, the hydrogenated maltose solution, and water at roomtemperature. The aqueous phase B is stirred using a magnetic baruntil hom*ogenized. A4 B C The emulsion is made at room temperature:the aqueous phase B is poured into the fatty phase while graduallyincreasing the stirring speed (Moritz blender) up to 4000 rpm.Stirring is continued for 7 minutes. Finally, phase C (ethylalcohol) is added for the last 3 minutes of 5 theemulsification.

[4438] The system was tested with: [4439] F1Compartment 1 [4440]F2Compartment 2 [4441] F3Compartment 3

[4442] Test 1

[4443] Mixtures are created (volumetric proportions):

[4444] (The system is used to deliver doses of 50 to 200 mg ofproduct. The mixtures are then spread little by little, dose bydose). [4445] 50/40/10 for making up the cheekbones in order togive a rosy look for the cheekbones with average durability andmoderate comfort. [4446] 10/80/10 for making up the marked areas ofthe cheekbones, these areas requiring good durability. [4447]20/80/0 for making up the lips, with good durability. [4448]30/20/50 for making up the eyelides with good comfort.

[4449] Test 2

[4450] One day it is cold but, being a weekday, the person has fewoccasions to be outside. Thus, she creates mixtures:

[4451] (The system is used to deliver doses of 50 to 200 mg ofproduct. The mixtures are then spread little by little, dose bydose). [4452] (volumetric proportions) 50/40/10 for making up thecheekbones in order to give a rosy look for the cheekbones withaverage durability and moderate comfort. [4453] 10/80/10 for makingup the marked areas of the cheekbones, these areas requiring gooddurability.

[4454] Another day it is cold but, being at the weekend, the personhas plenty of occasions to be outside. Thus, she createsmixtures:

[4455] (The system is used to deliver doses of 50 to 200 mg ofproduct. The mixtures are then spread little by little, dose bydose). [4456] 50/30/10 for making up the cheekbones in order togive a red look for the cheekbones with average durability andmoderate comfort. [4457] 30/60/10 for making up the marked areas ofthe cheekbones, these areas requiring good durability.

[4458] The visual effects are similar on both days, but the comforthas been altered in the case of the weekend day. Of course, thecomfort has been improved at the expense of the durability, but byvirtue of the quality of the adjustments, the durability remainsoptimal.

[4459] The invention is not limited to each of the ten aspects thathave just been described. In particular, it is possible, as part ofnew variants, to combine features of the invention according to thevarious aspects thereof.

SUMMARY

[4460] i) (first aspect) System for dispensing a product, having adispenser that receives at least two cartridges that each have areservoir containing a base product, a first base productcomprising at least 0.1% by mass of particles exhibiting adifference in density of at least 0.5 g/cm3 with the medium whichcontains them, notably particles having a density greater than orequal to 2 g/cm3, and a thickener, the dispenser making it possibleto deliver at least two base products in adjustable proportions,the viscosity of the first base product being greater than 2 Pasand preferably greater than or equal to 4 Pas. The viscosity of thebase products is measured at 1 atm and 25.degree. C. with aCONTRAVES TV rotary viscometer fitted with an MS-r3 or MS-r4measuring bar at a frequency of 60 Hz after 10 minutes of rotationof the measuring bar.

[4461] ii) System according to i), a second base product having aviscosity less than that of the first base product, notably lessthan or equal to 1 Pas, and preferably less than 2 Pas.

[4462] iii) System according to ii), the second base product havinga viscosity less than or equal to 2 Pas.

[4463] iv) System according to i) to iv), the density of saidparticles being greater than or equal to 5 g/cm3.

[4464] v) System according to i) to iv), the particles comprisingat least one of the materials chosen from the following list:bismuth oxychloride, cerium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide,iron oxide, titanium oxide, talc, calcium carbonate, silica, boronnitride, tungsten carbide.

[4465] vi) System according to i) to v), the second product havingno particles with a density greater than or equal to 2 g/cm3.

[4466] vii) System according to i) to vi), comprising a thirdcartridge with a third base product.

[4467] viii) System according to vii), the third base productcomprising a thickener.

[4468] ix) System according to i) to viii), the thickener beingchosen from saccharide compounds of the rubber type, such as gumarabic, acacia gum, guar gum, gellan gum, karaya gum, carrageenangum, cellulose-based compounds such as CMC, HMC, HPMC, syntheticpolymers such as polyacrylic or polymethacrylic acids such ascarbomers (Carbopol), or polyurethanes, polyvinyl acetate,polyvinyl alcohol, inverse or direct thick emulsions, combinationsof non-aqueous solvents with thickening agents for oil, clays suchas bentonite, attapulgite, organochelators, proteins such as caseinor collagen, shear-thinning or thixotropic rheology agents.

[4469] x) System according to ix), the thickener being chosen fromsaccharide compounds of the rubber type, and its mass content beingbetween 0.1% and 5% in the first base product, better still from0.8% to 2.5%.

[4470] xi) System according to i) to x), the cartridges beingreceived in a removable manner in the dispenser.

[4471] xii) System according to i) to xi), each product leaving thecartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge, the outletpassage being defined by a dispensing end piece of the cartridge,said end piece being driven in rotation relative to a body of thecartridge by a drive mechanism of the dispenser in order todispense the base product contained in the cartridge.

[4472] xiii) System according to i) to xiii), comprising amechanism for hom*ogenizing the first base product, notably avibrating mechanism.

[4473] xiv) (second aspect) System for dispensing a product,optionally according to one of i) to xiii), comprising a dispenserthat receives at least two cartridges that each have a reservoircontaining a base product, a first base product comprising athickener, a second base product comprising an agent for modulatingthe viscosity of the thickener, the dispenser making it possible todeliver at least these two base products in adjustableproportions.

[4474] xv) System according to xiv), and:

[4475] First Case:

[4476] The first product comprises a pH-sensitive thickening activeagent, having a viscosity greater than 2 Pas and preferably greaterthan 4 Pas, and the second product contains an acid agent thatmodifies the viscosity of the active agent of the first productupon contact between the two products. The thickening active agentof the first product is notably a gelling agent based on acrylateor methacrylate polymer or copolymer, such as a Carbomer, usedbetween 0.8% and 2.5%, and the second product is an acidifyingagent, such as a mineral or organic acid such as citric or lacticacid, used at 0.2% to 10%. The viscosity of the second product maybe less than or greater than or equal to the viscosity of the firstproduct. Preferably, the viscosity of the second product is between1 and 3 Pas. The pH of the first product is greater than 6 andpreferably greater than 7. The pH of the second product is lessthan 6 and preferably less than 5.

[4477] Second Case:

[4478] The first product has a viscosity greater than 2 Pas andpreferably greater than 4 Pas, and the second product has a lowviscosity, between 0.01 and 2. Pas, preferably between 0.1 and 0.5Pas. The first product and the second product contain notably agelling agent based on acrylate or methacrylate polymer orcopolymer, such as a Carbomer, or a polyose-based gelling agent,with concentrations of gelling agent (all the gelling agents) inthe region of 0.8% to 2.5% for the first and 0% to 2.5% for thesecond.

[4479] Third Case:

[4480] The first product comprises a pH-sensitive thickening activeagent, having a viscosity less than 2 Pas and preferably less than1 Pas, and the second product contains an alkaline agent thatmodifies the viscosity of the active agent of the first productupon contact between the two products. The thickening active agentof the first product is notably a thickening agent based onacrylate or methacrylate polymer or copolymer, such as a Carbomer,and the second product is a basifying agent, such as a mineral ororganic base such as an amine or aqueous ammonia. The viscosity ofthe second product may be less than or greater than or equal to theviscosity of the first product. Preferably, the viscosity of thesecond product is between 1 and 3 Pas. The concentration ofthickening active agent of the first product may vary from 0.8% to5%, The pH of the first product is less than 6 and preferably lessthan 5. The pH of the second product is greater than 6 andpreferably less than 7.

[4481] xvi) System according to xiv) to xv), the thickener having aviscosity dependent on the pH and the agent for modulating theviscosity being an acid or a base, notably chosen from aqueousammonia, amines, sodium hydroxide, citric acid, lactic acid.

[4482] xvii) System according to xiv) to xvi), the agent formodulating the viscosity being a diluent, notable water, ethanol,an oil or a slightly thickened composition of these agents.

[4483] xviii) . . . .

[4484] xix) . . . .

[4485] xx) System according to xiv) to xix), the second baseproduct having a viscosity substantially equal to that of the firstbase product.

[4486] xxi) System according to xiv) to xx), comprising a thirdcartridge with a third base product.

[4487] xxii) System according to xxi), the third base productcomprising a thickener, notably with a different concentration thanthat of the first base product.

[4488] xxiii) System according to xiv) to xxii), the thickenerbeing chosen from saccharide compounds of the rubber type, such asgum arabic, acacia gum, guar gum, gellan gum, karaya gum,carrageenan gum, cellulose-based compounds such as CMC, HMC, HPMC,synthetic polymers such as polyacrylic or polymethacrylic acidssuch as carbomers (Carbopol), or polyurethanes, polyvinyl acetate,polyvinyl alcohol, inverse or direct thick emulsions, combinationsof non-aqueous solvents with thickening agents for oil, clays suchas bentonite, attapulgite, organochelators, proteins such as caseinor collagen, shear-thinning or thixotropic rheology agents.

[4489] xxiv) System according to claim xxiii), the thickener beinga Carbopol gel, preferably in a neutral or alkaline medium, notablywith a content of between 0.1% and 2.5% by mass.

[4490] xxv) System according to claim xxiii), the thickener beingchosen from saccharide compounds of the rubber type, and its masscontent being between 0.2% and 5% in the first base product, betterstill from 0.8% to 2.5%.

[4491] xxvi) System according to xiv) to xxv), the cartridges beingreceived in a removable manner in the dispenser.

[4492] xxvii) System according to xiv) to xxvi), each productleaving the cartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge,the outlet passage being defined by a dispensing end piece of thecartridge, said end piece being driven in rotation relative to abody of the cartridge by a drive mechanism of the dispenser inorder to dispense the base product contained in the cartridge.

[4493] xxviii) System according to xiv) to xxvii), comprising amechanism for hom*ogenizing the first base product, notably avibrating mechanism.

[4494] xxix) Method for applying a cosmetic, makeup and/or careproduct to human keratin materials, comprising the setting of thedispenser of a dispensing system according to one of the precedingpoints, depending on the area to be treated, and the dispensing ofthe product by base products being picked up from the cartridges inthe proportions corresponding to the setting of the dispenser.

[4495] xxx) Method according to xxix), setting being carried out soas to have the greatest viscosity, application being carried out onskin blemishes.

[4496] xxxi) Method according to xxix), setting being carried outso as to have an intermediate viscosity between the end-pointviscosities that can be obtained, application being carried out onskin blemishes or in the under-eye area.

[4497] xxxii) (third aspect) System for dispensing a product,optionally according to one of i) to xxxi), comprising a dispenserthat receives at least two cartridges containing a first baseproduct and a second base product, respectively, the dispenserallowing the delivery of at least these two base products inadjustable proportions in order to form a film, at least oneproperty of which varies depending on the adjustment.

[4498] xxxiii) System according to claim xxxii), the property ofthe film that varies being its flexibility.

[4499] xxxiv) System according to claim xxxii), the property of thefilm that varies being its oily nature.

[4500] xxxv) System according to claim xxxii), the property of thefilm that varies being its tightening nature.

[4501] xxxvi) System according to one of xxxii) to xxxv), the twobase products being chosen to react with one another to form afilm.

[4502] xxxvii) System according to xxxvi), the first base productcomprising a reactive silicone and the second base productcomprising a catalyst that brings about the crosslinking of thereactive silicone.

[4503] xxxviii) System according to xxxvii), the reactive siliconecomprising a mixture of telechelic polyorganosiloxane bearing avinyl function at the two chain ends and polyhydrogenosiloxane.

[4504] xxxix) System according to xxxvii), the catalyst beingplatinum based.

[4505] xl) System according to xxxii) to xxxix), the first baseproduct comprising a film-forming polymer and the second baseproduct comprising an oily compound that is liquid at roomtemperature.

[4506] xli) System according to xl), the film-forming polymerhaving a glass transition temperature Tg greater than or equal to30.degree. C., better still greater than or equal to 60.degree.C.

[4507] xlii) System according to xl) or xli), the film-formingpolymer being chosen from vinyl, notably acrylic, polymers orcopolymers.

[4508] xliii) System according to xl), the film-forming polymerbeing liposoluble.

[4509] xliv) System according to xxxii) to xxxv), the first andsecond base products containing different respective film-formingpolymers.

[4510] xlv) System according to xliv), the film-forming polymer ofthe first base product having a glass transition temperature Tg1and the polymer of the second base product having a glasstransition temperature Tg2 different than Tg1, where preferablyTg1>60.degree. C. and Tg2<10.degree. C.

[4511] xlvi) System according to xlv), the first base productcomprising a polymer or copolymer chosen from methacrylic polymersand copolymers, polyamides, alkyl celluloses, polymers andcopolymers of vinylpyrrolidone, and silicone resins.

[4512] xlvii) System according to xlv), the second base productcomprising a polymer or copolymer chosen from acrylic polymers andcopolymers, vinyl polymers and copolymers and polycondensates suchas polyesters and polyurethanes.

[4513] xlviii) System according to xxxii) to xxxv), the first baseproduct comprising an oily compound with a melting pointMp1>20.degree. C. and the second base product comprising an oilycompound with a melting point Mp2<20.degree. C.

[4514] xlix) Method for applying a cosmetic, makeup and/or care,product to human keratin materials, with the aid of a dispensingsystem according to xxxii to xlviii), comprising the setting of thedispenser depending on the area to be treated, and the dispensingof the product by base products being picked up from the cartridgesin the proportions corresponding to the setting of thedispenser.

[4515] l) (fourth aspect) System for dispensing a cosmetic product,optionally according to any one of the preceding points, comprisinga dispenser that receives at least two cartridges that each have areservoir containing a base product, a first base productcontaining at least one organic solvent, the cartridge thatcontains it having a body made of at least one of the thermoplasticmaterials chosen from the list comprising simple polyolefins,polyvinylchloride (PVC), polyamides and semi-aromatic polyamides,polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polybismaleimide, polyurethanes,polyesters, polyepoxides, polyether-block-amide, polyacetal,polyetherketone, polyetherimides (PEI), polyimides, polyamide-imide(PAI), FEP (perfluorinated ethylene propylene), PFA(polyfluoroalkoxy), ECTFE (ethylene chloro trifluoro ethylene), andETFE (ethylene tetrafluoroethylene), and mixtures thereof, andpreferably simple polyolefins, polyvinylchloride (PVC), polyamidesand semi-aromatic polyamides, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS),polybismaleimide, and mixtures thereof.

[4516] li) System according to 1), the cartridge that comprises thefirst base product comprising, besides the body of the cartridge,other components, notably mobile components, exposed to the firstbase product, at least one of these, notably mobile, components andpreferably all of these components being chosen from the saidlist.

[4517] lii) System according to 1), the total content of organicsolvent(s) in the first base product being greater than or equal tothe total water content of the first base product.

[4518] liii System according to 1) to lii), the total content oforganic solvent(s) in the first base product being greater than orequal to 50% relative to all of the solvents.

[4519] liv) System according to 1 to liii), the cartridges beingidentical, except for their content.

[4520] lv) System according to 1) to liv), at least one of thecompositions comprising a perfume.

[4521] lvi) System according to 1) to lv), the cartridges beingreceived in a removable manner in the dispenser.

[4522] lvii) System according to 1) to lvi), each product leavingthe cartridge through an outlet passage of the cartridge, theoutlet passage being defined by a dispensing end piece of thecartridge, said end piece being driven in rotation relative to abody of the cartridge by a drive mechanism of the dispenser inorder to dispense the base product contained in the cartridge.

[4523] lviii) (fifth aspect) System for dispensing a product,optionally according to any one of points i to lvii), comprising adispenser that receives at least two cartridges that each have areservoir containing first and second base products, respectively,the first bas